Door Hardware

358
Order Catalogue FERCO Builder’s Hardware for aluminium windows and doors

description

Door Hardware

Transcript of Door Hardware

Page 1: Door Hardware

Order Catalogue FERCO

Builder’s Hardwarefor aluminium windows and doors

Page 2: Door Hardware

1995 bescheinigte die AGQS e.V. derGretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschlägedie erfolgreiche Einführung einesQualitätssicherungssystemsentsprechend DIN ISO 9001.Die Herstellung von Qualitätsproduktenist für G.U ein beständiges Anliegen.Die Zertifizierung bestätigt, dass auchdie betriebsinternen Abläufe - von derEntwicklung bis zum Vertrieb undKundenservice - mit diesem Anliegenübereinstimmen.

Qualité:G.U certifié avecsuccèsLa norme DIN ISO9001 définit lesexigences à lastructure et le modede travail del’entreprise et de sagestion de qualité.

Quality:G.U successfully certifiedDIN ISO 9001 defines the requirements tostructure and working methods of the enter-prise and its quality management.In 1995 the committee AGQS e.V. hascertified the successful introduction of a qualitymanagement system according to DINISO 9001 in the company Gretsch-Unitas GmbHBaubeschläge.The production of quality hardware is a perma-nent concern for G.U. The certificate confirmsthat the internal cooperation of the company -from product development to distribution andcustomer's service - also corresponds to thisconcern.

En 1995 le comitéAGQS e.V. a certifié l’introductionavec succès d’un système demanagement de qualité conforme àla norme DIN ISO 9001 dans laSociété Gretsch-Unitas GmbHBaubeschläge.La fabrication de produits de qualitéest un but permanent pour G.U.Le certificat confirme que la coopéra-tion interne de la Société - du déve-loppement des produits jusqu’à ladistribution et le service pour lesclients - correspond égalementà ce but.

Quality: G.U successfully certified

DIN ISO 9001definiert die Anfor-derungen an dieStruktur und Arbeits-weise des Unter-nehmens und seinesQualitäts-managements.

Qualität:G.U erfolgreichzertifiziert

FERCO

Page 3: Door Hardware

1

FERCOContents

Builder’s Hardware for aluminium windows and doors

PageSliding-Folding fittingsDesigns, sash arrangement according to schemes 63Optional parts, handles 64Drilling and milling dimensions, assembly dimensions 67Locking and supporting plates 68Assembly dimensions 69Sliding-Folding fittingsG.U-822, inward opening,

with side hung sash locking mechanism 70G.U-825, inward opening,

with side hung sash locking mechanism 74Locking parts according to profile system 78Drilling jigs 79

Lift-Sliding and Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittingsDesigns, application, sash arrangement

according to schemes 80Optional parts, handles 81Lift-Sliding fittings G.U-933 83Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings G.U-953 85

Fan-light Openers, face-fixedDesigns, application 86Optional parts 87Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200, standard version

with lever handle 89with vertical and corner gears 90with electric drives ELTRAL 91with lever handle and additional side locking 92with flexible transmission for arch headand segmental arch head windows 93for oblique angle head windows 95

Flexible transmission, special versions 96Individual and total rod lengths for lever handle 97Standard version for top hung outward opening windows

with lever handle 98with vertical and corner gears 99with electric drives ELTRAL 100

Electric drives 230 V 101Accessories for electric drives 230 V 102

Horizontal and Vertical Pivot fittingsDesigns, application 103Optional parts 104Horizontal Pivot fittings UNITAS 18 105Vertical Pivot fittings UNITAS 88 106

Small window fittings for tilt and top hung windowsDesigns 107G.U Security Stay EURO-SOLID 108Rebate and cleaning stays 109Rebate stays, window friction stay EGO-B 110

Overhead door closers OTS 230 and OTS 330with tooth drive and scissor action arms 111

Overhead door closer OTS 530 with rack and pinion driveand scissor action arms to DIN 18 263, part 2 112

Overhead door closer OTS 630with linear drive and slide channel 113

Overhead door closer OTS 730 with linear driveand slide channel to DIN 18 263, part 2 114

Rebate door closers FTS 20 and FTS 24fo concealed installation in the vertical door rebate 115

PageProduction programme 2

Tilt-turn and Side hung fittingsDesign, application 4Optional parts 5Composition of fittings according to schemes 8Drilling and milling dimensions, assembly dimensions 9Tilt-turn fittings JET AK 8

with geared handle 11with mill-in gear 12

Side hung fittings JET AK 8with geared handle 13with mill-in gear 14

Inactive sash fittings JET AK 8 15Tilt sash fittings JET AK 8 18Axial hinges 19

Multi point locking system for large area outward openingaluminium windows installed in glazed façadesMain characteristics 207 point locking system for outward opening windows 214 point locking system for outward opening windows 22Drilling and milling dimensions 23

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURYDesigns 25Optional parts, accessories 26General use, installation and maintenance advice

for locks and furniture 27Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic 28Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-opener 29G.U-SECURY COMFORT 30Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic

with anti-panic function 31Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic

with Safe-T-Catch 32Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SB 2 and SB 2

with Safe-T-Catch 33Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SH 2 and SH 2

with Safe-T-Catch 34Optional parts, accessories 35Latch plates and catch plates 36Locking plates 37Monobloc furniture with DIRIGENT handles 38

Profile cylinders Series 8800, janus cylinder system 40

INLINE Sliding fittingsDesigns 41Gear, backset 15 mm 42Gear, backset 7.5 mm 43Locking handles EURIS 44

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittingsDesigns 45Optional parts, handles 46Sash arrangement according to schemes 50Assembly, drilling and milling dimensions 51Drilling and assembly jigs 55Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ

with geared handle inside 56with cylinder gear, lockable 57

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 mZwith geared handle inside 58with cylinder gear, lockable 59

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZwith geared handle inside 60with mill-in gear, lockable 61

Positioning and locking plates according to profile system 62

Page 4: Door Hardware

2

FERCOProduction programme

for aluminium windows and doors

Function Fitting Application Max. sashmodels Sash width mm Sash height mm weight kg

Tilt-turn JET AK 8 355 - 1700 500 - 2400 80fittings

Side hung JET AK 8 355 - 1700 500 - 2400 80fittings

Tilt sash JET AK 8fittings

Handles SPACIO Handles DIRIGENT-F

Profile cylinders Series 8800High securitycylinder system janus

Sliding INLINEfittings

Safety Door G.U-SECURY 1730 - 2285Locks with Automatic, SB 2, SH 2additional Backset 35, 40, 45 mmdeadbolts Centres 92 mm

Door handle Monobloc-sets DIRIGENT

Parallel G.U-968/200 mZ 740 - 2000 895 - 2400 200*Slide and Tilt G.U-968/150 mZ 740 - 1600 895 - 2400 150fittings G.U-968/150 oZ 600 - 1600 730 - 2400 130

(* according to prescription of G.U)

As a specialist for builder's hardware and ventilationtechniques Gretsch-Unitas is the professional leaderin many product ranges since a couple of years. Themanifold production programme for suitable builder's

hardware and ventilators with advanced conceptionsand functions make the company respected in thedaily competition.

Page 5: Door Hardware

3

FERCOProduction programme

for aluminium windows and doors

pivot fittings

Sound UNITAS 100, 150 Window installationabsorbingventilators

Small window Rebate and Window installationfittings cleaning stays,

friction stays

Overhead OTS 230, 330, 530,door closers OTS 630, 730Floor springs UTS 82, 85

Function Fitting Application Max. sashmodels Sash width mm Sash height mm weight kg

Sliding-Folding G.U-822, -825 400 - 1000 850 - 2350 80fittings

Lift-Sliding G.U-933 720 - 3300 800 - 2280 250fittings

Lift-Tilt-Sliding G.U-953 720 - 3000 800 - 2280 250fittings

Face-fixed fan- VENTUS F 200 400 - 3600 250 - 80light openers VENTUS F 300 620 - 3600 350 - 200Concealed fan-light opener VENTUS EVZ 18 600 - 2400 350 - 80

Smoke and heat RWA-EMB, -EM Ventilation by specific operation systemsevacuating Preventiveinstallations fire protection

Horizontal UNITAS 18 175pivot fittings

Vertical UNITAS 88 175

Page 6: Door Hardware

4

FERCO

ApplicationRange of applications for JET Tilt-turn and Side hung fittings:– Single-sash windows and doors– Double-sash windows and doors without mullion– Single-sash doors, lockable– Double-sash doors, lockable, without mullion

DesignTilt-turn and Side hung fittings JET AK 8Clampable fittings for windows and doors with 21 mm rebate clearance,Euro-groove 15/20 mm on the sash and groove 14/18 on the frame.Sash weight up to 80 kg. Corner bearing adjustable: height + 2.5 mmor - 1.5 mm, laterally ± 1 mm; stay arm adjustable ± 3 mm; sash pressureadjustable ± 1 mm.

HandlesThe geared handles are made of aluminium with concealed fixings. Therosettes have a robust retention feature. An additional wrong operationsafety device is fixed together with the geared handle. Lockable andremovable handles as well as handles with extended carrier completethe programme.

Standard coloursEV 1 Anodized, natural colourUC 5 Anodized, dark bronze colour

(locking parts concealed in the rebate: silver colour)Black Powder-coated in black satin finish (RAL 9005)

(locking parts concealed in the rebate: silver colour)White Powder-coated in white colour (RAL 9016 or RAL 9010)

(locking parts concealed in the rebate: silver colour)

Locking mechanismThe fittings are concealed within the rebate with one handle operation.All locking parts are adapted to the Euro-groove 15/20 mm. The lockingpins of the gear parts, stay arms and corner transmissions are adjust-able. The clampable locking plates are also adjustable and ensure anoptimized sash pressure. From a width of 1400 mm the sashes areequipped with an additional stay arm. The corner transmissions areprovided with rust-proof 4-leaf stainless steel spring assemblies.

Materials, surface sealing ferGUard* silver andferGUard* yellowThe fitting parts are made of high quality steel, zinc die-casting andaluminium alloys.According to the material they are protected against corrosion by thesurface sealing ferGUard* silver or ferGUard* yellow, aluminium partsare anodized.

AbbreviationsG Gear position for standard sashGIA Gear position for inactive sashIA Inactive sashL LengthML Middle lockPU Packing unitSD Side hung window or doorSH Sash heightST Sash thicknessSW Sash widthTT Tilt-turn window or door

Article NumbersExampleArticle No.6-24533-00-0-*

6-24533- - - Part number- -00- - Size- - -L- Left hand assembly- - -R- Right hand assembly- - -0- Usable on both sides- - - -1T Nickel silver- - - -1 F 1/EV 1, natural or silver colour, zinc die-casting

parts galvanized and blue bichromated- - - -2 F 2/EV 2, champagne colour- - - -3 F 3, brass or brass colour, steel

parts galvanized and yellow bichromated- - - -4 UC 3, medium bronze or medium brown- - - -5 UC 5, dark bronze or dark brown- - - -6 Black, powder-coated (RAL 9005)- - - -7 White, powder-coated (RAL 9016)- - - -7T White, powder-coated (RAL 9010)- - - -8 Stainless steel oder inox colour- - - -* Surface treatment variable (see price-list)

for aluminium windows and doors

Tilt-turn and Side hung fittings

ApplicationFittings Opening Rebate Max. sash Sash Sash Space requirement Standard

type clearance weight width height hinge side bottom assemblymm kg SW mm SH mm mm mm drawing

JET AK 8 TT 21 80 355-1700 500-2400 17 3 0.44170.1Tilt-turn fittingsJET AK 8 SD 21 80 355-1700 500-2400 17 3Side hung fittingsJET AK 8 IA 21 80 355-1700 500-2400 17 3Inactive sash fittings

Page 7: Door Hardware

5

FERCO

Additional stay arm for tilt-turn sashesK-12964-00-0-1

Bag of limiting stay with friction sliderArm length 150 mmFrame groove 14/18 G-12952-14-0-1Arm length 250 mmFrame groove 14/18 G-12953-14-0-1

Bag of concealed blocking lock without keyFrame groove 14/18G-12996-00-0-0

Key for blocking lock8-00771-00-0-3

Bag of door catchK-12962-00-0-1

JET Slit ventilation catch forwindows with sash overlapK-12223-90-0-*JET Slit ventilation catch forflush windowsK-12216-90-0-*Drilling jig for JETSlit ventilation catch6-23861-00-0-0

Bag of screw-on blocking lockwith key K-12968-00-0-*

Carrier roller, singlefor one-piece push rodG-14694-00-0-0

Locking pin, singleA-02823-00-0-0

Carrier roller, singlefor two-piece push rodG-11669-00-0-0

Optional parts

for Tilt-turn and Side hung fittings JET AK 8

Key 6-23903-38-0-0for inactive sash gear6-24680-00-0-1

Page 8: Door Hardware

6

FERCO

Bag of geared handle SPACIO,with fixing screwsG-46551-00-0-*

Optional parts

Geared handles SPACIO for tilt-turn and side hung sashes, accessoriesGeared handles SPACIO, aluminium with lacquer finish1 carrier 22 mmnon lockable lockable Geared rosette, removable handle

Bag of geared handle SPACIO,with fixing screws and 2 keysG-46553-00-0-*

Bag of geared rosette SPACIO,with fixing screwsG-46555-00-0-*Removable handle SPACIOG-18888-00-0-*

Bag of geared handle SPACIO,with fixing screwsG-46595-00-0-*

Geared handles SPACIO, aluminium with lacquer finish1 carrier 33 mmnon lockable lockable Geared rosette, removable handle

Bag of geared handle SPACIO,with fixing screws and 2 keysG-46597-00-0-*

Bag of geared rosette SPACIO,with fixing screwsG-46596-00-0-*Removable handle SPACIOG-18888-00-0-*

Bag of geared handle SPACIO,right hand, with fixing screwsG-46552-00-R-*

Geared handles SPACIO, aluminium with lacquer finish2 carriers 22 mmnon lockable lockable Geared rosette, removable handle

Bag of geared handle SPACIO,right hand, with fixing screwsand 2 keysG-46554-00-R-*

Bag of geared rosette SPACIO,right hand, with fixing screwsG-46556-00-R-*Removable handle SPACIOG-18888-00-0-*

Bag of accessories forconversion of handlesonly delivered right handinto left handG-46550-00-L-1

Page 9: Door Hardware

7

FERCO

Handle DIRIGENT-Fwithout spindle6-28072-00-0-*

Handles DIRIGENT-F for mill-in gears

Handle DIRIGENT-FSpindle 296-28072-29-0-*

Handle DIRIGENT-F/Zwith push-buttoncylinder, all keys alikeSpindle 296-28075-29-0-*

In- and outside operationCountersunk screw M 5ST 51-60 9-13255-60ST 61-70 9-13255-70ST 71-80 9-13255-80

Inside operationCountersunk screwM 5 x 35 9-13255-35

Removable handleDIRIGENT-F/SGSpindle 338-00694-33-0-*

Handle DIRIGENT-F/AFoutside, flat6-25223-00-0-*

Handle DIRIGENT-F/Aoutside6-25993-00-0-*

Rosette insidewith cylinder bore6-25224-02-0-*

Rosette outsidewith cylinder bore9-32407-02-0-*

SpindleST 51-68 9-26874-56-0-1ST 69-80 9-26874-69-0-1

Rosette/F inside, flat6-24913-00-0-*

Mill-in gear, 180°with wrong operationsafety deviceBackset 25-50 mm6-25917-**-0-1

Locking elementwith cylinder boreBackset 25-50 mm6-25918-**-0-1

Pull handle,outside9-22921-00-0-*

Mill-in gear, 90°Backset 25-50 mm6-25948-**-0-1

Mill-in gear, 180°Backset 25-50 mm6-25916-**-0-1

Optional parts

Mill-in gear, 180°with wrong operationsafety device fortilt-turn sashesBackset 14 mm6-30534-00-0-1

** Available backsets: 25 - 35 - 40 - 45 - 50 mm

Mill-in gear, 180°without wrong operationsafety device for sidehung and tilt sashesBackset 14 mm6-31280-00-0-1

Page 10: Door Hardware

8

FERCO

Tilt-turn windows and doorsComposition of fittings according to schemes A to E and sash dimensions

Windows – Scheme A B C D EMiddle lock vertical vertical verticalDimensions according to profile system horizontal horizontal horizontal

additional stay armDoors – Scheme B DMiddle lock vertical verticalDimensions according to profile system horizontal

Side hung sashes of windows and doorsComposition of fittings according to schemes A to D and sash dimensions

Windows – Scheme A B C DMiddle lock vertical verticalDimensions according to profile system horizontal horizontalMiddle hinge middle hinge middle hingeDoors – Scheme B DMiddle lock vertical verticalDimensions according to profile system horizontalMiddle hinge middle hinge middle hinge

Inactive side hung sashes of windows and doorsComposition of fittings according to schemes G to H and sash dimensions

Windows – Scheme G HMiddle lock horizontalDimensions according to profile systemDoors – Scheme G HMiddle lock horizontalDimensions according to profile systemMiddle hinge middle hinge middle hinge

for aluminium windows and doors

Tilt-turn and Side hung fittings

Page 11: Door Hardware

9

FERCO

Assembly dimensions for frame and sash

Drilling and millingdimensions formill-in gears6-25916-**-0-16-25917-**-0-16-25948-**-0-1

1520 > 2521

3 = Thickness of corner hinge JET AK 8

SW / SH

Product information

22

** Available backsets: 25 - 35 - 40 - 45 - 50 mm

Drilling and millingdimensions forlocking elementwith cylinder bore6-25918-**-0-1

Drilling and milling dimensions, assembly dimensions

Back-set+ 11

Drilling and millingdimensions formill-in gearBackset 14 mmwith wrong operationsafety device6-30534-00-0-1without wrong operationsafety device6-31280-00-0-1

G =

han

dle

posi

tion

Page 12: Door Hardware

10

FERCO

JET AK 8 – Shortening dimensions forpush rods, width of sash overlap 22 mm

Stay arm size 30: L = SW – 95Stay arm size 50: L = SW – 535Stay arm size 90: L = SW – 785

Push rod at top for tilt-turn sash

Side hung sash: L = SW/2 – 91Inactive sash: L = 55 and L = SW/2 – 212

Push rod for side hung and inactive sash, locking at top

Push rod for tilt-turn, side hung andinactive sash, locking at bottom

AbbreviationsG Gear position for standard sashGIA Gear position for inactive sashML Middle lockSH Sash heightSW Sash width

JET AK 8Sash typeTilt-turn sash: L = SH/2 – 183

Push rod for tilt-turn sash,locking on hinge side

Push rod for tilt-turn, side hung andinactive sash, at top of gear side

Product information

JET AK 8Sash typeTilt-turn sash: L = SH – G – 210Side hung sash without ML: L = SH – G – 210Side hung sash with ML: L = SH – G – 210Inactive sash without ML: L = SH – GIA – 132Inactive sash with ML: L = SH – GIA – 170

Push rod for tilt-turn, side hung andinactive sash, at bottom of gear side

JET AK 8Sash typeTilt-turn sash: L = SH – G – 210Side hung sash without ML: L = SH – G – 164Side hung sash with ML: L = SH – G – 210Inactive sash without ML: L = SH – GIA – 132Inactive sash with ML: L = SH – GIA – 170

JET AK 8Sash typeTilt-turn sash: L = SW/2 – 183Side hung sash: L = SW/2 – 183Inactive sash: L = SW/2 – 183

Tilt-locking plate for 6-30964-00-0-1tilt-turn and side hung sashes

Frame groove

14/18 mm

18 14

Tilt-locking plate, locking plates,supporting plate and lifting wedge

Supporting plate for 6-31066-00-0-1tilt-turn and side hung sashes

Lifting wedge for side hung 6-30998-00-0-1sashes without middle lock

Locking plate,fixed 6-30959-00-0-1adjustable G-11071-00-0-1

Locking platefor shoot 6-30961-00-0-1

Drilling dimension for push rod

6,0

10

Milling and drilling dimensions for geared handle

Page 13: Door Hardware

11

FERCO

Fitting requirementsaccording to size of sashes for schemes A to EQuantity Description Article No.A B C D E1 1 1 1 1 Basic bag JET AK 8, hinge side K-15800-00-0*

containing1 1 1 1 1 Stay arm bearing 6-30875-00-0-*1 1 1 1 1 Axle for stay arm bearing 6-30874-00-0-61 1 1 1 1 Stay arm hinge 6-31088-00-0-*1 1 1 1 1 Bearing sleeve 9-39805-00-0-62 2 2 2 2 Cover 9-39807-00-0-61 1 1 1 1 Corner bearing 14/18 9-39812-00-0-*1 1 1 1 1 Casing for corner bearing 14/18 6-30872-00-0-11 1 1 1 1 Axle for corner bearing 6-31087-00-0-61 1 1 1 1 Corner hinge 6-31073-00-0-*1 1 1 1 1 Clamping angle 6-30873-00-0-12 2 2 2 2 Countersunk screw 9-40529-14-0-81 1 1 1 1 Geared handle SPACIO with screws

Distance of fixing holes 98/104 mm G-46551-00-0-*1 1 1 1 1 Wrong operation safety device, 98 mm6-31065-10-0-1

alternatively: Wrong operation safety device, 104 mm 6-31065-30-0-11 1 1 1 1 Basic bag JET AK 8, gear side K-15801-00-0-1

containing1 1 1 1 1 Corner transmission 6-24529-00-0-11 1 1 1 1 Carrier 6-30984-00-0-11 1 1 1 1 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-11 1 1 1 1 Shoot bolt, bottom 6-24531-00-0-11 1 1 1 1 Tilt-locking plate 6-30964-00-0-11 1 1 1 1 Supporting plate 6-31066-00-0-11 1 1 1 1 Alignment wedge for sash 9-40404-00-0-1- 1 1 2 2 Basic bag of middle lock K-15808-00-0-1

containing- 1 1 2 2 Corner transmission 6-30889-00-0-1- 1 1 2 2 Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1- 2 2 4 4 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1

alternatively: Basic bag of middle lock K-15809-00-0-1for deepened rod groovecontaining

- 1 1 2 2 Corner transmission 6-30889-01-0-1- 1 1 2 2 Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1- 2 2 4 4 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1

Box of stay arm JET AK 8SW Size

1 1 355- 600 30 K-15805-00-0-11 1 601-1000 50 K-15806-00-0-11 1 1 1 1001-1400 90 K-15807-00-0-1

1 1 1401-1700 50 K-15806-00-0-11 1 1401-1700 Additional stay arm K-12964-00-0-1

* 0 = Surface uncoated* 1 = Surface EV 1* 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005)* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)* 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010)Basic bag = PU 10Single parts = PU 100

Locking plate6-30959-00-0-1

Stay armSize 30, 50, 90

Push rodSize 50, 90

Cornertransmission6-24529-00-0-1Locking plate6-30959-00-0-1

Carrier6-30984-00-0-1Locking plate6-30959-00-0-1

Shoot bolt, bottom6-24531-00-0-1Tilt-locking plate6-30964-00-0-1

Corner transmission6-30889-00-0-1(alternatively:6-30889-01-0-1)

Cover9-39807-00-0-6Stay arm hinge6-31088-00-0-*

Locking pin element6-24539-00-0-1

Locking plate6-30959-00-0-1

Locking pinelement6-24539-00-0-1Locking plate6-30959-00-0-1

Corner transmission6-30889-00-0-1(alternatively:6-30889-01-0-1)

Alignment wedgefor sash9-40404-00-0-1

Corner bearing 14/189-39812-00-0-*Casing for cornerbearing6-30872-00-0-1

Clamping angle6-30873-00-0-1Cover9-39807-00-0-6Corner hinge6-31073-00-0-*Countersunkscrew9-40529-14-0-8Axle for cornerbearing6-31087-00-0-6

for aluminium windows and doors, with geared handle

Tilt-turn fittings JET AK 8

Additionalstay armK-12964-00-0-1

Bearing sleeve9-39805-00-0-6Stay arm bearing6-30875-00-0-*Axle for stay armbearing6-30874-00-0-6

Supporting plate6-31066-00-0-1

Geared handleSPACIOG-46551-00-0-*Wrong operationsafety device6-31065-10-0-1

Page 14: Door Hardware

12

FERCO

Fitting requirementsaccording to size of sashes for schemes A to EQuantity Description Article No.A B C D E1 1 1 1 1 Basic bag JET AK 8, hinge side K-15800-00-0-*

containing1 1 1 1 1 Stay arm bearing 6-30875-00-0-*1 1 1 1 1 Axle for stay arm bearing 6-30874-00-0-61 1 1 1 1 Stay arm hinge 6-31088-00-0-*1 1 1 1 1 Bearing sleeve 9-39805-00-0-62 2 2 2 2 Cover 9-39807-00-0-61 1 1 1 1 Corner bearing 14/18 9-39812-00-0-*1 1 1 1 1 Casing for corner bearing 14/18 6-30872-00-0-11 1 1 1 1 Axle for corner bearing 6-31087-00-0-61 1 1 1 1 Corner hinge 6-31073-00-0-*1 1 1 1 1 Clamping angle 6-30873-00-0-12 2 2 2 2 Countersunk screw 9-40529-14-0-81 1 1 1 1 Basic bag JET AK 8, gear side K-15811-00-0-1

containing1 1 1 1 1 Corner transmission 6-24529-00-0-11 1 1 1 1 Mill-in gear 6-30534-00-0-11 1 1 1 1 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-11 1 1 1 1 Shoot bolt, bottom 6-24531-00-0-11 1 1 1 1 Tilt-locking plate 6-30964-00-0-11 1 1 1 1 Supporting plate 6-31066-00-0-11 1 1 1 1 Alignment wedge for sash 9-40404-00-0-1- 1 1 2 2 Basic bag of middle lock K-15808-00-0-1

Containing- 1 1 2 2 Corner transmission 6-30889-00-0-1- 1 1 2 2 Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1- 2 2 4 4 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1

alternatively: Basic bag of middle lock K-15809-00-0-1for deepened rod groovecontaining

- 1 1 2 2 Corner transmission 6-30889-01-0-1- 1 1 2 2 Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1- 2 2 4 4 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1

Box of stay arm JET AK 8SW Size

1 1 355- 600 30 K-15805-00-0-11 1 601-1000 50 K-15806-00-0-11 1 1 1 1001-1400 90 K-15807-00-0-1

1 1 1401-1700 50 K-15806-00-0-11 1 1401-1700 Additional stay arm K-12964-00-0-1

* 0 = Surface uncoated* 1 = Surface EV 1* 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005)* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)* 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010)Basic bag = PU 10Single parts = PU 100

Locking plate6-30959-00-0-1

Stay armSize 30, 50, 90

Push rodSize 50, 90

Cornertransmission6-24529-00-0-1Locking plate6-30959-00-0-1

Shoot bolt, bottom6-24531-00-0-1Tilt-locking plate6-30964-00-0-1

Corner transmission6-30889-00-0-1(alternatively:6-30889-01-0-1)

Cover9-39807-00-0-6Stay arm hinge6-31088-00-0-*

Locking pin element6-24539-00-0-1

Locking plate6-30959-00-0-1

Locking pinelement6-24539-00-0-1Locking plate6-30959-00-0-1

Corner transmission6-30889-00-0-1(alternatively:6-30889-01-0-1)

Alignment wedgefor sash9-40404-00-0-1

Corner bearing 14/189-39812-00-0-*Casing for cornerbearing6-30872-00-0-1

Clamping angle6-30873-00-0-1Cover9-39807-00-0-6Corner hinge6-31073-00-0-*Countersunkscrew9-40529-14-0-8Axle for cornerbearing6-31087-00-0-6

for aluminium windows and doors, with mill-in gear

Tilt-turn fittings JET AK 8

Additionalstay armK-12964-00-0-1

Bearing sleeve9-39805-00-0-6Stay arm bearing6-30875-00-0-*Axle for stay armbearing6-30874-00-0-6

Supportingplate6-31066-00-0-1

Mill-in gear6-30534-00-0-1

Page 15: Door Hardware

13

FERCO

Fitting requirementsaccording to size of sashes for schemes A and BQuantity Description Article No.A B

Basic bag JET AK 8, hinge side K-15800-00-0*containing

1 1 Stay arm bearing 6-30875-00-0-*1 1 Axle for stay arm bearing 6-30874-00-0-61 1 Stay arm hinge 6-31088-00-0-*1 1 Bearing sleeve 9-39805-00-0-62 2 Cover 9-39807-00-0-61 1 Corner bearing 14/18 9-39812-00-0-*1 1 Casing for corner bearing 14/18 6-30872-00-0-11 1 Axle for corner bearing 6-31087-00-0-61 1 Corner hinge 6-31073-00-0-*1 1 Clamping angle 6-30873-00-0-12 2 Countersunk screw 9-40529-14-0-81 1 Geared handle SPACIO with screws

Distance of fixing screws 98/104 mm G-46551-00-0-*Basic bag JET AK 8, gear side K-15802-00-0-1containing

2 2 Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-12 2 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-11 1 Carrier 6-30984-00-0-11 1 Alignment wedge for frame 6-30998-00-0-11 1 Alignment wedge for sash 9-40404-00-0-11 1 Side hung sash hinge, adjustable 6-31064-00-0-1

Additional single parts- 1 Middle bearing 14/18 G-13529-00-0-11 1 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1

* 0 = Surface uncoated* 1 = Surface EV 1* 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005)* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)* 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010)Basic bag = PU 10Single parts = PU 100excepted:Side hung sash hinge = PU 10

Locking pinelement6-24539-00-0-1Locking plate6-30959-00-0-1

Carrier6-30984-00-0-1Locking plate6-30959-00-0-1

Cover9-39807-00-0-6Stay arm hinge6-31088-00-0-*

Alignment wedgefor sash9-40404-00-0-1

Corner bearing 14/189-39812-00-0-*Casing for cornerbearing6-30872-00-0-1

for single- and double-sash aluminium windows and doors, with geared handle, without middle lock

Side hung fittings JET AK 8

Bearing sleeve9-39805-00-0-6Stay arm bearing6-30875-00-0-*Axle for stay armbearing6-30874-00-0-6

Alignment wedgefor frame6-30998-00-0-1

Geared handleSPACIOG-46551-00-0-*

Side hung sash hinge,adjustable6-31064-00-0-1

Middle bearing 14/18G-13529-00-0-1

Locking pinelement6-24539-00-0-1Locking plate6-30959-00-0-1

Clamping angle6-30873-00-0-1Cover9-39807-00-0-6Corner hinge6-31073-00-0-*Countersunkscrew9-40529-14-0-8Axle for cornerbearing6-31087-00-0-6

Page 16: Door Hardware

14

FERCO

Fitting requirementsaccording to size of sashes for schemes A and BQuantity Description Article No.A B

Basic bag JET AK 8, hinge side K-15800-00-0*containing

1 1 Stay arm bearing 6-30875-00-0-*1 1 Axle for stay arm bearing 6-30874-00-0-61 1 Stay arm hinge 6-31088-00-0-*1 1 Bearing sleeve 9-39805-00-0-62 2 Cover 9-39807-00-0-61 1 Corner bearing 14/18 9-39812-00-0-*1 1 Casing for corner bearing 14/18 6-30872-00-0-11 1 Axle for corner bearing 6-31087-00-0-61 1 Corner hinge 6-31073-00-0-*1 1 Clamping angle 6-30873-00-0-12 2 Countersunk screw 9-40529-14-0-81 1 Basic bag JET AK 8, gear side K-15812-00-01

containing2 2 Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-12 2 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-11 1 Mill-in gear w/o wrong op. safety dev. 6-31280-00-0-11 1 Supporting plate 6-31066-00-0-11 1 Alignment wedge for sash 9-40404-00-0-11 1 Side hung sash hinge, adjustable 6-31064-00-0-1

Additional single part- 1 Middle bearing 14/18 G-13529-00-0-1

* 0 = Surface uncoated* 1 = Surface EV 1* 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005)* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)* 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010)Basic bag = PU 10Single parts = PU 100excepted:Side hung sash hinge = PU 10

Cover9-39807-00-0-6Stay arm hinge6-31088-00-0-*

Corner bearing 14/189-39812-00-0-*Casing for cornerbearing6-30872-00-0-1

Clamping angle6-30873-00-0-1Cover9-39807-00-0-6Corner hinge6-31073-00-0-*Countersunkscrew9-40529-14-0-8Axle for cornerbearing6-31087-00-0-6

for single- and double-sash aluminium windows and doors, with mill-in gear, without middle lock

Side hung fittings JET AK 8

Bearing sleeve9-39805-00-0-6Stay arm bearing6-30875-00-0-*Axle for stay armbearing6-30874-00-0-6

Mill-in gearwithout wrongoperationsafety device6-31280-00-0-1

Alignment wedgefor sash9-40404-00-0-1

Supporting plate6-31066-00-0-1

Middle bearing 14/18G-13529-00-0-1

Side hung sash hinge,adjustable6-31064-00-0-1

Locking pinelement6-24539-00-0-1Locking plate6-30959-00-0-1

Locking pinelement6-24539-00-0-1Locking plate6-30959-00-0-1

Page 17: Door Hardware

15

FERCO

Fitting requirementsaccording to size of sashes for scheme GQuantity Description Article No.G

Basic bag JET AK 8, hinge side K-15800-00-0*containing

1 Stay arm bearing 6-30875-00-0-*1 Axle for stay arm bearing 6-30874-00-0-61 Stay arm hinge 6-31088-00-0-*1 Bearing sleeve 9-39805-00-0-62 Cover 9-39807-00-0-61 Corner bearing 14/18 9-39812-00-0-*1 Casing for corner bearing 14/18 6-30872-00-0-11 Axle for corner bearing 6-31087-00-0-61 Corner hinge 6-31073-00-0-*1 Clamping angle 6-30873-00-0-12 Countersunk screw 9-40529-14-0-81 Basic bag of rebate shoot bolt K-15803-00-0-1

containing1 Rebate shoot bolt 6-31015-00-0-12 Shoot bolt 6-31038-00-0-12 Locking plate 6-30961-00-0-11 Alignment wedge for sash 9-40404-00-0-11 Side hung sash hinge, adjustable 6-31064-00-0-1

Additional single parts1 Middle bearing 14/18 G-13529-00-0-11 Push rod for false mullion profile 9-40859-16-0-1

with double groove, length 1.6 m* 0 = Surface uncoated* 1 = Surface EV 1* 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005)* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)* 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010)Basic bag = PU 10Single parts = PU 100excepted:Side hung sash hinge = PU 10

for double-sash aluminium windows and doors, false mullion profile with double groove

Inactive sash fittings JET AK 8

Shoot bolt6-31038-00-0-1

Cover9-39807-00-0-6Stay arm hinge6-31088-00-0-*

Bearing sleeve9-39805-00-0-6Stay arm bearing6-30875-00-0-*Axle for stay armbearing6-30874-00-0-6

Side hung sash hinge,adjustable6-31064-00-0-1

Rebateshoot bolt6-31015-00-0-1

Shoot bolt6-31038-00-0-1

Locking plate6-30961-00-0-1

Locking plate6-30961-00-0-1

Alignment wedgefor sash9-40404-00-0-1

Middle bearing 14/18G-13529-00-0-1

Pu

sh r

od

fo

rfa

lse

mu

llio

np

rofi

le w

ith

do

ub

le g

roo

ve9-

4085

9-16

-0-1

Corner bearing 14/189-39812-00-0-*Casing for cornerbearing6-30872-00-0-1

Clamping angle6-30873-00-0-1Cover9-39807-00-0-6Corner hinge6-31073-00-0-*Countersunkscrew9-40529-14-0-8Axle for cornerbearing6-31087-00-0-6

Page 18: Door Hardware

16

FERCO

Fitting requirementsaccording to size of sashes for scheme GQuantity Description Article No.G

Basic bag JET AK 8, hinge side K-15800-00-0*containing

1 Stay arm bearing 6-30875-00-0-*1 Axle for stay arm bearing 6-30874-00-0-61 Stay arm hinge 6-31088-00-0-*1 Bearing sleeve 9-39805-00-0-62 Cover 9-39807-00-0-61 Corner bearing 14/18 9-39812-00-0-*1 Casing for corner bearing 14/18 6-30872-00-0-11 Axle for corner bearing 6-31087-00-0-61 Corner hinge 6-31073-00-0-*1 Clamping angle 6-30873-00-0-12 Countersunk screw 9-40529-14-0-81 Bag of shoot bolt K-15804-30-0-1

containing2 Shoot bolt E-12832-00-0-12 Carrier screw 30 mm 9-40884-00-0-82 Keeper G-12096-00-0-11 Alignment wedge for sash 9-40404-00-0-12 Locking plate 6-30961-00-0-11 Side hung sash hinge, adjustable 6-31064-00-0-1

Additional single part1 Middle bearing G-13529-00-0-1

* 0 = Surface uncoated* 1 = Surface EV 1* 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005)* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)* 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010)Basic bag = PU 10Single parts = PU 100excepted:Side hung sash hinge = PU 10

for double-sash aluminium windows, without middle lock

Inactive sash fittings JET AK 8

Locking plate6-30961-00-0-1

Middle bearing 14/18G-13529-00-0-1

Alignment wedgefor sash9-40404-00-0-1

Locking plate6-30961-00-0-1

KeeperG-12096-00-0-1

Shoot boltE-12832-00-0-1

Shoot boltE-12832-00-0-1

KeeperG-12096-00-0-1

Corner bearing 14/189-39812-00-0-*Casing for cornerbearing6-30872-00-0-1

Clamping angle6-30873-00-0-1Cover9-39807-00-0-6Corner hinge6-31073-00-0-*Countersunkscrew9-40529-14-0-8Axle for cornerbearing6-31087-00-0-6

Cover9-39807-00-0-6Stay arm hinge6-31088-00-0-*

Bearing sleeve9-39805-00-0-6Stay arm bearing6-30875-00-0-*Axle for stay armbearing6-30874-00-0-6

Side hung sash hinge,adjustable6-31064-00-0-1

Page 19: Door Hardware

17

FERCO

Fitting requirementsaccording to size of sashes for scheme GQuantity Description Article No.G

Basic bag JET AK 8, hinge side K-15800-00-0*containing

1 Stay arm bearing 6-30875-00-0-*1 Axle for stay arm bearing 6-30874-00-0-61 Stay arm hinge 6-31088-00-0-*1 Bearing sleeve 9-39805-00-0-62 Cover 9-39807-00-0-61 Corner bearing 14/18 9-39812-00-0-*1 Casing for corner bearing 14/18 6-30872-00-0-11 Axle for corner bearing 6-31087-00-0-61 Corner hinge 6-31073-00-0-*1 Clamping angle 6-30873-00-0-12 Countersunk screw 9-40529-14-0-81 Bag of inactive sash gear G K-15810-00-0-1

containing1 Inactive sash gear 6-24680-00-0-11 Key 6-23903-38-0-11 Shoot bolt, top G-17509-00-0-11 Shoot bolt, bottom E-12832-00-0-11 Keeper G-12096-00-0-11 Alignment wedge for sash 9-40404-00-0-12 Locking plate 6-30961-00-0-11 Side hung sash hinge, adjustable 6-31064-00-0-1

Additional single part1 Middle bearing 14/18 G-13529-00-0-1

* 0 = Surface uncoated* 1 = Surface EV 1* 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005)* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)* 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010)Basic bag = PU 10Single parts = PU 100excepted:Side hung sash hinge = PU 10

for double-sash aluminium windows and doors, without middle lock

Inactive sash fittings JET AK 8

Shoot boltG-17509-00-0-1

KeeperG-12096-00-0-1Shoot boltE-12832-00-0-1

Locking plate6-30961-00-0-1

Locking plate6-30961-00-0-1

Middle bearing 14/18G-13529-00-0-1

Inactivesash gear6-24680-00-0-1

Alignment wedgefor sash9-40404-00-0-1

Key6-23903-38-0-0

Cover9-39807-00-0-6Stay arm hinge6-31088-00-0-*

Bearing sleeve9-39805-00-0-6Stay arm bearing6-30875-00-0-*Axle for stay armbearing6-30874-00-0-6

Side hung sash hinge,adjustable6-31064-00-0-1

Corner bearing 14/189-39812-00-0-*Casing for cornerbearing6-30872-00-0-1

Clamping angle6-30873-00-0-1Cover9-39807-00-0-6Corner hinge6-31073-00-0-*Countersunkscrew9-40529-14-0-8Axle for cornerbearing6-31087-00-0-6

Page 20: Door Hardware

18

FERCO

Bag of fan-light catchG-12080-11-0-*Operation rod 980 mmG-12083-10-0-1

Tilt sash fittings JET AK 8

Locking plate6-30959-00-0-1

Locking pin element6-24539-00-0-1

Locking pin element6-24539-00-0-1

Variant for narrow tilt sashes

Locking plate6-30959-00-0-1

Carrier6-30984-00-0-1

Geared handle SPACIOG-46551-00-0-*

Limiting stay with friction sliderArm length 150 mmG-12952-14-0-1Arm length 250 mmG-12953-14-0-1

Axial hinge, 105 mm, two-partG-46730-00-0-*

Axial hinge, 105 mm, two-partG-46730-00-0-*

Locking plate6-30959-00-0-1

Fitting requirementsQuantity Description Article No.2 Bag of limiting stay with friction slider

Arm length 150 mm G-12952-14-0-1 Variant: Arm length 250 mm G-12953-14-0-12 Axial hinge, 105 mm, two-part G-46730-00-0-*2 Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-11 Geared handle SPACIO G-46551-00-0-*1 Carrier 6-30984-00-0-13 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1

Variant:1 Mill-in gear 6-31280-00-0-12 Locking plate 6-30959-00-0-1

* 0 = Surface uncoated* 1 = Surface EV 1* 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005)* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)* 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010)Bag = PU 10Single parts = PU 100

Limiting stay with friction sliderArm length 150 mmG-12952-14-0-1Arm length 250 mmG-12953-14-0-1

Variant:Mill-in gear6-31280-00-0-1

Page 21: Door Hardware

19

FERCO

Description PU Article No.Axial hinge, 105 mm – three-partThickness of hinge blades 2.7 mm 10 G-46731-00-0-*Axial hinge, 105 mm – two-partThickness of hinge blades 2.7 mm 10 G-46730-00-0-** 1 = Surface EV 1 or EV 1 colour* 5 = Surface UC 5 or UC 5 colour* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)

Axial hinge, 105 mmthree-part

Axial hinge, 105 mmtwo-part

Axial hinges

Frame groove14/18 mm

18 14

for aluminium windows and doors

Page 22: Door Hardware

20

FERCO

ApplicationThe multi point locking system is specially designed for large areaaluminium windows and responds particularly to three main requirements:– The system resists against extreme wind pressure on façades of high-

rise buildings (tested up to 7700 Pa)– It offers optimized tightness against air and water penetration because

of two to ten locking points– The operation by means of an æsthetic geared handle, available in a

wide range of colours, is very easy.

Main characteristics

for large area outward opening aluminium windows installed in glazed façades

Multi point locking system

Only one geared handle controls up to 10 locking points

Single or double locking direction

Single locking direction Double locking direction

Adjustable roller pins

The geared handle with one carrier fork offers two possibilities(shown in reversed assembly position):

Travel 18 mm Travel 36 mm

Locking plateE-17719-02-0-1

Locking plateE-18959-02-0-1

Assembly dimensions for push rods and profile

at

at

Page 23: Door Hardware

21

FERCO

Geared handle in normal position, locking pins adjustable

7 point locking system for outward opening windows

Location ofopeningstay arm

Location ofopeningstay arm

Locking pinelement6-24539-**-0-1Locking plateE-17719-02-0-1

Locking pinelement6-24539-**-0-1Locking plateE-17719-02-0-1

Rod guideE-19470-00-0-6

Rod guideE-19470-00-0-6

CarrierG-17563-**-0-1Locking plateE-17719-02-0-1

Cornertransmission6-24529-**-0-1Locking plateE-17719-02-0-1

Closing directionClosing direction

Cornertransmission6-24529-**-0-1Locking plateE-17719-02-0-1

Locking pinelement6-24539-**-0-1Locking plateE-17719-02-0-1

Locking pinelement6-24539-**-0-1Locking plateE-17719-02-0-1

Geared handleSPACIOG-46551-00-0-*

Fitting requirementsQuantity Description Article No.

Single parts2 Corner transmission, pin length 6.5 mm 6-24529-00-0-1

Variant: Corner transmission, pin length 8.0 mm 6-24529-08-0-14 Locking pin element, pin length 6.5 mm 6-24539-00-0-1

Variant: Locking pin element, pin length 8.5 mm 6-24539-08-0-11 Carrier, pin length 6.5 mm G-17563-00-0-1

Variant: Carrier, pin length 8.0 mm G-17563-08-0-12 Rod guide E-19470-00-0-67 Locking plate E-17719-02-0-11 Geared handle SPACIO G-46551-00-0-*

Optional partCarrier without locking pin G-17510-00-0-1

* 1 = Surface EV 1* 5 = Surface UC 5* 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005)* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)* 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010)

min. 24

Page 24: Door Hardware

22

FERCO

Geared handle in reversed position, locking pins adjustable

4 point locking system for outward opening windows

Location ofopeningstay arm

Location ofopeningstay arm

Locking pinelement6-24539-**-0-1Locking plateE-17719-02-0-1

Rod guideE-19470-00-0-6

Rod guideE-19470-00-0-6

Cornertransmission6-24529-**-0-1Locking plateE-17719-02-0-1

Closing direction Closing direction

Geared handleSPACIOG-46552-00-R-*

Fitting requirementsQuantity Description Article No.

Single parts2 Corner transmission, pin length 6.5 mm 6-24529-00-0-1

Variant: Corner transmission, pin length 8.0 mm 6-24529-08-0-12 Locking pin element, pin length 6.5 mm 6-24539-00-0-1

Variant: Locking pin element, pin length 8.5 mm 6-24539-08-0-12 Rod guide E-19470-00-0-64 Locking plate for handle rotation of 90° E-17719-02-0-11 Geared handle SPACIO G-46552-00-R-*

Travel 18 mm* 1 = Surface EV 1* 5 = Surface UC 5* 6 = Surface black (RAL 9005)* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)* 7T = Surface white (RAL 9010)

min. 12

Locking pinelement6-24539-**-0-1Locking plateE-17719-02-0-1

Cornertransmission6-24529-**-0-1Locking plateE-17719-02-0-1

Page 25: Door Hardware

23

FERCO

for geared handle and push rods – single locking direction

Drilling and milling dimensions

Normal position Reversed position

hal

f w

idth

of

elem

ent

hal

f w

idth

of

elem

ent

hal

f w

idth

of

elem

ent

hal

f w

idth

of

elem

ent

Page 26: Door Hardware

24

FERCO

for geared handle and push rods – double locking direction

Drilling and milling dimensions

Normal position Reversed position

hal

f w

idth

of

elem

ent

hal

f w

idth

of

elem

ent

hal

f w

idth

of

elem

ent

hal

f w

idth

of

elem

ent

Page 27: Door Hardware

25

FERCO

ApplicationRange of applications for Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY:– Aluminium house entrance doors

DesignsSafety Door Locks G.U-SECURYAll Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY have identical construction andfunction features:– The latch is operated by either turning the key or the handle.– Reversible latch – the door locks can be used for left hand and right

hand hinged doors.– Completely sealed lock case – no foreign matter can obstruct the

easy operation.– All through holes in the lock case are equipped with sleeves – swarf

cannot damage the gear.– The height of the lock case with 92 mm centres complies with

German DIN measurements – the risk to drill a hole in the lock caseis eliminated.

– Locking by BKS security profile cylinders.

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic– Simply close the door, 2 latches automatically become rigid dead-

bolts which are absolutely fixed. Throw of the latch-deadbolts 20 mm.– Together with the deadbolt of the lock case a three point locking of

the door is obtained.– Operation from inside: the latch-deadbolts and the latch itself are

simply withdrawn by the door handle; the deadbolt by the cylinderkey (one turn).

– Operation from outside: one turn of the cylinder key withdraws thelatch-deadbolts, the latch and the deadbolt.

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-Opener (electricdoor release) and G.U-SECURY COMFORT– The security of the automatic locking is combined with the comfort of

the automatic opening.– Automatic unlocking:

from outside, without contact, with G.U-SECURY COMFORT andelectronic key; from inside by pressing the intercom button.

– After closing, the door is again automatically and mecanically multipoint locked.

– Complete delivery with connection cable.

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic with Safe-T-Catch– The Safe-T-Catch protects the opened door from any unauthorized

intrusion, permitting at the same time a dialogue with the outsidewithout taking risks.

– No face fixed locks, additional cylinders nor chains are necessary.– From inside the Safe-T-Catch is engaged and released by the turn

knob.– From outside the Safe-T-Catch is released by the cylinder key.

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic with anti-panic function– Security for emergency exits: no access from outside for unauthorized

persons, but always a guaranteed exit in case of alarm.– On outside the door is equipped with fixed button and profile cylinder,

on inside with handle.– Locking with 2 automatic latches in anti-panic function.– Particularly suitable for secondary doors.

Important: On the outside of all doors equipped with G.U-SECURYAutomatic a fixed pull must be used instead of the door handle!

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SB 2 with round bolts– 2 round bolts offer additional security.– The round bolts are moved by turning the cylinder key.

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SB 2 with Safe-T-Catchand round bolts– 2 round bolts offer additional security.– The Safe-T-Catch protects the opened door from any unauthorized

intrusion, permitting at the same time a dialogue with the outsidewithout taking risks.

– No face fixed locks, additional cylinders nor chains are necessary.– From inside the Safe-T-Catch is engaged and released by the turn

knob.– From outside the Safe-T-Catch is released by the cylinder key.

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SH 2 with locking claws– 2 locking claws offer additional security.– The locking claws are moved by turning the cylinder key.

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SH 2 with Safe-T-Catchand locking claws– 2 locking claws offer additional security.– The Safe-T-Catch protects the opened door from any unauthorized

intrusion, permitting at the same time a dialogue with the outsidewithout taking risks.

– No face fixed locks, additional cylinders nor chains are necessary.– From inside the Safe-T-Catch is engaged and released by the turn

knob.– From outside the Safe-T-Catch is released by the cylinder key.

Additional security fittingsThe use of the following security fittings together with Safety Door LocksG.U-SECURY is recommended:– Security door hinges– Additional locking devices on hinge side– Security door handle sets– Security profile cylinders

(on inside preferably with knob)

Standard coloursThe forends of the locks and accessories are made of stainless steel.Other colours and surface treatments upon request.

AbbreviationsHH Handle heightPU Packing unitSB Round boltsSF Automatic latch-deadboltsSH Locking clawsSRH Sash rebate height

Article NumbersExampleArticle No.6-28484-31-0-8

6-28484- - - Part number- -31- - Size- - -L- DIN left hand (hinge side)- - -R- DIN right hand (hinge side)- - -0- Usable on both sides- - - -1T Nickel-silver- - - -1 F 1/EV 1, silver colour,

ferGUard* silver (steel parts)- - - -2 F 2/EV 2, champagne colour- - - -3 F 3, brass colour,

ferGUard* yellow (steel parts)- - - -4 UC 3, medium bronze or medium brown- - - -5 UC 5, dark bronze or dark brown- - - -6 Black- - - -7 White lacquer finish (RAL 9016)- - - -8 Stainless steel or inox colour- - - -* Surface treatment variable (see price-list)

for aluminium doors

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY

Page 28: Door Hardware

26

FERCO

Additional locking device on hinge side

Additional locking device on hinge sideWedged keep, height 5 mm 6-29525-00-0-1Wedged keep, height 8 mm 6-29526-00-0-1Drill-in pin 6-28985-**-0-1

Forend extension Accessories

Extension, L = 400Forend U 24 x 69-29265-00-0-1

Interchangeablelatch piecefor latch platesof aluminium doors6-28902-03-0-*

Cover for latch9-33906-00-0-6

Cover for deadbolt9-33905-00-0-6

Cover platefor latch exit9-36679-00-0-1

Roller latch6-27542-**-0-1

Turn knob

Turn knobfor Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURYwith Safe-T-CatchEV 1 colour 6-29244-00-0-1white 6-29244-00-0-7stainless steel 6-29245-00-0-8

Optional parts, accessories

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY for aluminium doors

Interchangeablelatch piecefor roller latchDim. y = 9 to 13 mmK-15597-01-0-6

Protection coverfor automaticlatch-deadbolts9-40010-00

Page 29: Door Hardware

27

FERCO

The door leaf should not be drilled in thearea of the lock with the lock installed.

The spindle should not be knockedthrough the follower using a hammer.

The door leaf should notbe carried using the handles.

The distance between forend and latchplate should be between 2 and 5 mm.

The latch and the deadboltshould not be painted over.

The handle should not be operated in thewrong direction. In use a maximum load of150 N on the handle should not be exceeded.

The handle and the key shouldnot be operated simultaneously.

The deadbolt should not beextended while the door is open.

The lock should only be operated withthe key and not with any foreign objects.

Anti-panic locks should notbe left with a key in them.

Anti-panic locks should not be fitted withlocking cylinders with thumb turn or turn knob.

Panic doors should only be used incase of emergency (no frequent use).

Locks are to be lubricated at leastonce a year (non-resinogenic oil).

As soon as there are visible signs of physicalattack (e.g. bent bolts), the lock must be replaced.

Double leaf doors should not beforced open using the inactive leaf.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

7. 8. 9.

10. 11. 12.

13. 14. 15.

Product information

General use, installation and maintenance advice for locks and furniture

2 to 5 mm

Page 30: Door Hardware

28

FERCO

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automaticwith latch, deadbolt and 2 automatic latch-deadboltsDescription PU Article No.Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 45/92 Automatic [1]Backset 45 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-29044-31-0-8

Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 40/92 Automatic [1]Backset 40 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-29041-31-0-8

Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 35/92 Automatic [1]Backset 35 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-29040-31-0-81735-2285 2285 24 8 2 6-29039-31-0-8[1] = Surface 8 = stainless steel

Important: On the outside of all doors equipped with G.U-SECURY Automatica fixed pull must be used instead of the door handle!

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic

Safety Door LockG.U-SECURY Automatic

730

mm

Han

dle

hei

gh

t 10

50 m

m

760

mm

Len

gth

228

5 m

m

for aluminium doors – Backset 92 mm, spindle 8 mm, handle height 1050 mm

Page 31: Door Hardware

29

FERCO

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automaticwith latch, deadbolt, 2 automatic latch-deadbolts andA-opener (electric door release)Description PU Article No.Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 45/92 Automaticwith A-Opener (electric door release) [1]Backset 45 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-29733-17-0-8

Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 40/92 Automaticwith A-Opener (electric door release) [1]Backset 40 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-29732-17-0-8

Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 35/92 Automaticwith A-Opener (electric door release) [1]Backset 35 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-29731-17-0-81735-2285 2285 24 8 2 6-29720-14-0-8[1] = Surface 8 = stainless steel

Important: On the outside of all doors equipped with G.U-SECURY Automatica fixed pull must be used instead of the door handle!

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-Opener

730

mm

Han

dle

hei

gh

t 10

20 m

m

760

mm

Len

gth

228

5 m

m

Safety Door LockG.U-SECURY Automaticwith A-Opener(electric door release)

(electric door release) for aluminium doors – Backset 92 mm, spindle 8 mm, handle height 1020 mm

Page 32: Door Hardware

30

FERCOG.U-SECURY COMFORT

G.U-SECURY COMFORTfor G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-Opener (electric door release)Description PU Article No.G.U-SECURY COMFORT 1 K-15348-00-0-0for automatic door release with electronic key –without contact, from the outsideSingle parts5 electronic keys COMFORT

with built in programmable chip1 master key4 user keys

1 monitor loop with decorative cover,diameter approx 80 mm

1 controller, pre-programmed1 cable, length 2.5 mElectronic key COMFORT 1 9-39212-00-0-0for G.U-SECURY COMFORT

Electronic key COMFORT

Monitor loop with decorative cover

Pre-programmed controller

Dim. A

Door leaf Frame (jamb)

Concealed cable duct

G.U-SECURY COMFORT for G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-Opener (electric door release)

Concealed cable ductsfor G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-Opener (electric door release)Description PU Article No.Concealed cable duct 260 1 6-29854-00-0-0Casing: width x height x depth = 23 x 260 x 17 mmfor steel doors – mill-in versionDim. A up to 70 mmConcealed cable duct 480 1 6-29942-00-0-0Casing: width x height x depth = 23 x 480 x 17 mmfor steel doors – mill-in versionDim. A over 70 mmConcealed cable duct 362 1 6-30809-00-0-0Casing: width x height x depth = 20 x 382 x 15 mmfor steel doors – mill-in versionDim. A over 70 mmConcealed cable duct for hollow section doors 1 9-39237-00-0-0Spiral without receiver box, flexible length 370 mmDim. A over 70 mm

Page 33: Door Hardware

31

FERCOG.U-SECURY Automatic with anti-panic function

730

mm

Han

dle

hei

gh

t 10

20 m

m76

0 m

m

Len

gth

228

5 m

m

Safety Door LockG.U-SECURY Automaticwith anti-panic function

for aluminium doors – Backset 92 mm, spindle 9 mm, handle height 1020 mm

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automaticwith latch, 2 automatic latch-deadbolts and anti-panic functionDescription PU Article No.Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 45/92 Automaticwith anti-panic function [1]Backset 45 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 9 2 6-29794-07-0-8

Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 40/92 Automaticwith anti-panic function [1]Backset 40 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 9 2 6-29793-07-0-8

Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 35/92 Automaticwith anti-panic function [1]Backset 35 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 9 2 6-29792-07-0-8[1] = Surface 8 = stainless steel

Important: On the outside of all doors equipped with G.U-SECURY Automatica fixed pull must be used instead of the door handle!

Page 34: Door Hardware

32

FERCO

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Automaticwith latch, deadbolt, 2 automatic latch-deadbolts and Safe-T-CatchDescription PU Article No. Throw of

Safe-T-CatchSafety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 45/92 Automaticwith Safe-T-Catch [1]Backset 45 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-29746-17-0-8 11 mm

Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 40/92 Automaticwith Safe-T-Catch [1]Backset 40 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-29745-17-0-8 11 mm

Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 35/92 Automaticwith Safe-T-Catch [1]Backset 35 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-30808-17-0-6 11 mm[1] = Surface 8 = stainless steel

Important: On the outside of all doors equipped with G.U-SECURY Automatica fixed pull must be used instead of the door handle!

G.U-SECURY Automatic with Safe-T-Catch

730

mm

Han

dle

hei

gh

t 10

20 m

m

760

mm

Len

gth

228

5 m

m

Safety Door LockG.U-SECURY Automaticwith Safe-T-Catch

450

mm

for aluminium doors – Backset 92 mm, spindle 8 mm, handle height 1020 mm

Page 35: Door Hardware

33

FERCO

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SB 2with latch, deadbolt and 2 round boltsDescription PU Article No.Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 45/92 SB 2 [1]Backset 45 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-26603-03-0-8

Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 40/92 SB 2 [1]Backset 40 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-26597-03-0-8

Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 35/92 SB 2 [1]Backset 35 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-26591-03-0-8[1] = Surface 8 = stainless steel

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SB 2 with Safe-T-Catchwith latch, deadbolt, 2 round bolts and Safe-T-CatchDescription PU Article No. Throw of

Safe-T-CatchSafety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 45/92 SB 2with Safe-T-Catch [1]Backset 45 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-28770-03-0-8 11 mm

Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 40/92 SB 2with Safe-T-Catch [1]Backset 40 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-28768-03-0-8 11 mm

Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 35/92 SB 2with Safe-T-Catch [1]Backset 35 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-28766-03-0-8 11 mm[1] = Surface 8 = stainless steel

Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURYSB 2 SB 2 with Safe-T-Catch

730

mm

Han

dle

hei

gh

t 10

50 m

m

760

mm

Len

gth

228

5 m

m

450

mm

G.U-SECURY SB 2 and SB 2 with Safe-T-Catch

for aluminium doors – Backset 92 mm, spindle 8 mm, handle height 1050 mm

Page 36: Door Hardware

34

FERCO

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SH 2with latch, deadbolt and 2 locking clawsDescription PU Article No.Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 45/92 SH 2 [1]Backset 45 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-27597-03-0-8

Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 40/92 SH 2 [1]Backset 40 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-27596-03-0-8

Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 35/92 SH 2 [1]Backset 35 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-27595-03-0-8[1] = Surface 8 = stainless steel

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY SH 2 with Safe-T-Catchwith latch, deadbolt, 2 locking claws and Safe-T-CatchDescription PU Article No. Sperrbügel-

ausschlußSafety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 45/92 SH 2with Safe-T-Catch [1]Backset 45 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-28804-03-0-8 11 mm

Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 40/92 SH 2with Safe-T-Catch [1]Backset 40 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-28802-03-0-8 11 mm

Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURY 35/92 SH 2with Safe-T-Catch [1]Backset 35 mm, centres 92 mmSRH Length Forend Spindle1735-2285 2285 U 24 x 6 8 2 6-28800-03-0-8 11 mm[1] = Surface 8 = stainless steel

G.U-SECURY SH 2 and SH 2 with Safe-T-Catch

730

mm

Han

dle

hei

gh

t 10

50 m

m

760

mm

Len

gth

228

5 m

m

450

mm

Safety Door Lock G.U-SECURYSH 2 SH 2 with Safe-T-Catch

for aluminium doors – Backset 92 mm, spindle 8 mm, handle height 1050 mm

Page 37: Door Hardware

35

FERCO

Application Description PU Article No.Aluminium doors Additional locking device on hinge side [1]

for increased break-in protectionWedged keep, height 5 mm 6 6-29525-00-0-1Wedged keep, height 8 mm 6 6-29526-00-0-1Drill-in pin 6 6-28985-**-0-1

Aluminium doors Forend extension [1]SRH Length Width2285-2685 400 24 U 10 9-29265-00-0-12285-2685 400 22 U 102285-2685 400 24 flat 10

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Cover plateAluminium doors for latch exit, grey plastic 10 9-36679-00-0-1Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Roller latch, for subsequent exchange

Backset 35 mm 1 6-27542-35-0-1Backset 40 mm 1 6-27542-40-0-1Backset 45 mm 1 6-27542-45-0-1Interchangeable latch piece for latch plates 10 6-28902-03-0-1Countersunk screw M 4 x 6 for latch piece 20 9-13242-06

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY Turn knobwith Safe-T-Catch for Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY

with Safe-T-CatchEV 1 colour 10 6-29244-00-0-1white 10 6-29244-00-0-7stainless steel 10 6-29245-00-0-8Cover for deadbolt, black plastic 100 9-33905-00-0-6Cover for latch, black plastic 100 9-33906-00-0-6

[1] = Surface: 1 = ferGUard* silver, 7 = white, 8 = stainless steel

Optional parts, accessories

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY for aluminium doors

Page 38: Door Hardware

36

FERCOLatch plates and catch plates

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY for aluminium doors

Latch plates, adjustable, U forend 24 x 6 (rebate clearance 17 - 19)Application Description Article No.

DIN left hand DIN right handWithout interchangeable latch piece Latch plate, U-shaped

for electric door opener – pressure adjustableLength mm Width mm Depth mm227 24 6 6-29512-00-L-8 6-29512-00-R-8

With assembled interchangeable Latch plate, U-shapedlatch piece for electric door opener – pressure adjustable

Length mm Width mm Depth mm227 24 6 6-29513-00-L-8 6-29513-00-R-8

Safety Door Locks with Safe-T-Catch Catch plate, U-shapedLength mm Width mm Depth mm227 24 6 6-29511-00-L-8 6-29511-00-R-8

Latch plates, adjustable, flat forend 24 x 3 (rebate clearance 14 - 16)Without interchangeable latch piece Latch plate

for electric door opener – pressure adjustableLength mm Width mm Depth mm227 24 3 9-38615-00-L-8 9-38615-00-R-8

With assembled interchangeable Latch platelatch piece for electric door opener – pressure adjustable

Length mm Width mm Depth mm227 24 3 6-29506-00-L-8 6-29506-00-R-8Euro-groove 15/20 on sash, groove 14/18 on frame 6-29506-01-L-8 6-29506-01-R-8

Safety Door Locks with Safe-T-Catch Catch plateLength mm Width mm Depth mm227 24 3 6-29505-00-L-8 6-29505-00-R-8

Latch plate, fixed, flat forend 24 x 3 (rebate clearance 12 - 14)Latch plateLength mm Width mm Depth mm227 24 3 9-38683-00-0-8

6-29512-00-*-8 6-29513-00-*-8 6-29505-00-*-86-29511-00-*-8

6-29506-00-*-86-29506-01-*-8

9-38683-00-0-8

Page 39: Door Hardware

37

FERCOLocking plates

Safety Door Locks G.U-SECURY for aluminium doors

Locking plates, adjustable, U forend 24 x 6 (rebate clearance 17 - 19)Application Description Article No.

Locking plate for SB 2with 2 end pieces – pressure adjustableLength mm Width mm Depth mm115 24 6 6-29514-00-0-8Locking plate for SH 2with 2 end pieces – pressure adjustableLength mm Width mm Depth mm115 24 6 6-29515-00-0-8Locking plate for automatic latch-deadboltswith 2 end pieces – pressure adjustableLength mm Width mm Depth mm115 24 6 6-29517-00-0-8

Locking plates, adjustable, flat forend 24 x 3 (rebate clearance 14 - 16)Locking plate for SB 2pressure adjustableLength mm Width mm Depth mm115 24 3 6-29507-00-0-8Locking plate for SH 2pressure adjustableLength mm Width mm Depth mm115 24 3 6-29508-00-0-8Locking plate for automatic latch-deadboltspressure adjustableLength mm Width mm Depth mm115 24 3 6-29510-00-0-8Euro-groove 15/20 on sash, groove 14/18 on frame 6-29510-01-0-8

Locking plates, fixed, flat forend 24 x 3 (rebate clearance 12 - 14)Locking plate for SB 2Length mm Width mm Depth mm115 24 3 9-38684-00-0-8Locking plate for SH 2Length mm Width mm Depth mm115 24 3 9-38685-00-0-8Locking plate for automatic latch-deadboltsLength mm Width mm Depth mm115 24 3 9-39040-00-0-8

6-29507-00-0-86-29514-00-0-8

6-29508-00-0-86-29515-00-0-8

6-29510-00-0-86-29510-01-0-86-29517-00-0-8

9-38684-00-0-8 9-38685-00-0-8 9-39040-00-0-8

Page 40: Door Hardware

38

FERCOMonobloc furniture with DIRIGENT handles

92

108,5

220

70

28

21,5

92

108,5

220

70

28

21,5

220

28

92

92

108,5

220

70

28

21,5

92220

220

28

92

220

28

92

92220

28

28

Narrow stile door furniture DIRIGENT-T/S

brown

whiteMonobloc single platewith external rollershutter handle (half set)

Plate heightPlate widthCentresRoller shutterHandle heightSpindle

220 mm28 mm92 mm

23 mm8 mm

4 pcs

4 pcs 6-29919-00-0-5

6-29919-00-0-7

white

brown

Monobloc single platewith external fixed pull(half set)

Plate heightPlate widthCentresSpindle

220 mm28 mm92 mm

8 mm

4 pcs

4 pcs

Monobloc single platewith external lever(half set) brown

Plate heightPlate widthCentresSpindle

220 mm28 mm92 mm

8 mm

10 pcs white

10 pcs

6-30400-00-0-7

6-30400-00-0-5

brown

whiteMonobloc single platewith internal lever(half set)

Plate heightPlate widthCentresSpindle

220 mm28 mm92 mm

8 mm

4 pcs

4 pcs

6-30399-00-0-7

6-30399-00-0-5

Monoblocfurniture set1 x lever inside1 x fixed pull outside

Plate heightPlate widthCentresSpindle

220 mm28 mm92 mm

8 mm

2 sets

2 sets

brown

white K-15544-02-L/R-7

K-15544-02-L/R-5

2 sets

K-15543-02-0-7

K-15543-02-0-5

2 sets

brown

whiteMonoblocdoor furniture2 x levers

Plate heightPlate widthPlate thicknessCentresSpindle

220 mm28 mm

9 mm92 mm

8 mm

Model

PU Colour Article No.

6-29576-00-0-7

6-29576-00-0-5

Page 41: Door Hardware

39

FERCOMonobloc furniture with DIRIGENT handles

91,5

220

108,5

28

28

220

Monobloc accessoriessuitable for door thicknessfrom 60 to 85 mm

Monobloc single plateexternal backplatewithout handle borewithout cylinder bore

Monobloc single plateinternal backplatewithout handle borewith cylinder bore

Plate heightPlate width

220 mm28 mm

Monobloc single plateexternal backplatewithout handle borewith cylinder borePlate heightPlate width

220 mm28 mm

Monobloc single plateinternal backplatewithout handle borewithout cylinder borePlate heightPlate width

220 mm28 mm

Plate heightPlate width

220 mm28 mm

Spindle 8 mmLength130 mmSlot head screws M 5Length 90 mm

K-15203-00-0-7

K-15203-00-0-5

9-38705-00-0-5

9-38705-00-0-7

9-38704-00-0-5

9-38704-00-0-7

9-38703-00-0-5

9-38703-00-0-7

9-38702-00-0-5

9-38702-00-0-7white

brown

white

brown

white

brown

white

brown

white

brown

10 pieces

10 pieces

10 pieces

10 pieces

10 pieces

10 pieces

10 pieces

10 pieces

10 sets

10 sets

Colours available: white RAL 9016, brown RAL 8077

220

108,5

220

91,5

28

28

Accessories

Page 42: Door Hardware

40

FERCOProfile cylinders Series 8800

janus cylinder system

AB

janus –sophisticated security technologyin an attractive design

Length Quantity Keys Article No.1 5 4512-0601

31 - 31 2 6 4512-06083 9 4512-06151 5 4512-0602

35 - 35 2 6 4512-06093 9 4512-06161 5 4512-0603

35 - 40 2 6 4512-06103 9 4512-06171 5 4512-0605

40 - 40 2 6 4512-06123 9 4512-06191 5 4512-0604

45 - 35 2 6 4512-06113 9 4512-06181 5 4512-0606

45 - 40 2 6 4512-06133 9 4512-06201 5 4512-0607

50 - 35 2 6 4512-06143 9 4512-0621

User friendly, smooth keywith rounded corners andedges.

The rounded tip ensures easyinsertion into the lock.

The pronounced key neck(10.5 mm) is particularly suit-able for the combination withsecurity escutcheons.

The exclusive key designhighlights the precious cha-racter of the janus cylindersystem.

The sandwich form of con-struction employed offersa wide choice of cylinderlengths.

Technical data and argumentation:The key profile system with pro-tected arrangement of variantsprovides for a clear separationbetween individual locks andcomplex locking functions inmaster key systems.

The configuration of the pintumblers, arranged in a radialpattern, results in a significantgain of security.

Extra protection is providedby the integral tamper prooffeature at each end of thecylinder.

Multiple rows of distinctiverecesses make unauthorizedcopying of the keys virtuallyimpossible.

Profile cylinder 8800Body brass, nickel-plated, satin finish, steel locking cam, with3 steel keys 4135, nickel-plated, without rosettesSteel fixing screw M 5 x 85, nickel-platedMushroom-shaped top pins, bottom pins and driver springs made ofwear-resistant, high-strength bronze alloy. Packing: one per boxLength Article No.A - B27 - 27 B 8800 000127 - 31 B 8800 000227 - 35 B 8800 000327 - 40 B 8800 000427 - 50 B 8800 000627 - 60 B 8800 000831 - 31 B 8800 010131 - 35 B 8800 010331 - 40 B 8800 010531 - 50 B 8800 010931 - 60 B 8800 023540 - 40 B 8800 023940 - 50 B 8800 051540 - 60 B 8800 051750 - 50 B 8800 024350 - 60 B 8800 0530

Page 43: Door Hardware

41

FERCOINLINE Sliding fittings

for aluminium windows and doors

Application

Range of applications for INLINE Sliding fittings:– Sliding windows with 1 to 2 sashes– Sliding doors with 1 to 2 sashes

Designs

GearBecause of its construction according to the principle of JET gears,the gear for INLINE sliding sashes fits into profiles with tilt-turnstandard groove of 16 mm. A steel gear case is welded onto theforend which includes locking pins and an anti-lifting pin.

Cylinder boltThe use of a cylinder bolt enables to lock the INLINE sliding doorswith key. Like the standard gear it includes locking pins and an anti-lifting pin.

Locking platesThe locking plates are made of galvanized and bichromated steel,optionally with lacquer finish, for a safe closing of the sash in theframe.

Materials, protection against rust

The fitting parts are made of high quality steel or zinc die-castingalloys; galvanized and yellow bichromated.

Abbreviations

G Fixed gear positionML Middle lock

Article Numbers

ExampleArticle No.G-15386-10-0-3

G-15386- - - Part number - -10- - Size - - -L- DIN left hand - - -R- DIN right hand - - -0- Usable on both sides - - -4- Gear with rosette fixings - - - -1 Anodized EV 1 / silver colour - - - -3 Yellow bichromated / brass colour - - - -7 White - - - -* Surface treatment variable (see price-list)

Page 44: Door Hardware

42

FERCOINLINE Sliding fittings

Gear, backset 15 mm, for aluminium windows and doors

Fitting requirementsQuantity Description Article No.

1 Gear, backset 15Length ML G600 2 300 G-13954-06-4-3

1000 2 500 G-13954-10-4-31600 2 800 G-13954-16-4-31800 3 900 G-13954-04-4-3

1, 2 or 3 Standard locking plate E-13880-00-0-31 Anti-lifting safety device E-18196-00-0-3

Anti-liftingsafety deviceE-18196-00-0-*

Locking plateE-13880-00-0-3

Locking plateE-13880-00-0-3

G

Gear, backset 15

Profile scheme with the requireddimensions for the installation ofthese fittings

12

2.5 min 6

min 30

HandleDIRIGENT-F6-28072-33-0-*Countersunkscrew M 5 x 409-13255-40

Rosette /FInside, flat6-24913-00-0-*

Removable handleDIRIGENT-F/SGSpindle 338-00694-33-0-*

12.5

12.5

16.5

GArticle No.

Page 45: Door Hardware

43

FERCOINLINE Sliding fittings

Gear, backset 7.5 mm, for aluminium windows and doors

Fitting requirementsQuantity Description Article No.

1 Gear, backset 7.5Length ML G125 1 G-19505-09-0-3600 2 300 G-15383-06-0E3

1000 2 500 G-15383-10-0E31800 3 900 G-15383-18-0E3

1, 2 or 3 Standard locking plate E-13880-00-0-31 Anti-lifting safety device E-18196-00-0-3

Locking plateE-13880-00-0-3

Gear, backset 7.5

Locking plateE-13880-00-0-3

Anti-liftingsafety deviceE-18196-00-0-*

HandleDIRIGENT-F6-28072-33-0-*Countersunkscrew M 5 x 409-13255-40

Rosette /FInside, flat6-24913-00-0-*

Removable handleDIRIGENT-F/SGSpindle 338-00694-33-0-*

Profile scheme with the requireddimensions for the installation ofthese fittings

12

2.5 min 6

min 30

12.5

12.5

16.5

Page 46: Door Hardware

44

FERCOLocking handles EURIS

Gear backset 15 mm, for aluminium sliding sashes

Locking plateface fixedE-12899-00-0-1

Locking plateface fixedG-11337-00-0-1

Locking plateG-12898-00-0-1

Locking platewith inox clipG-13945-00-0-1

Locking plateface fixedE-12908-00-0-1

MA CFM1

B1

G-46669-00-0-* G-46666-00-0-* G-19638-00-0-*

G-19700-00-0-*

P2B

G-19694-00-0-*

CE CEM

G-19639-00-0-*Profile thicknessfrom 35 mm

G-19941-00-0-*Profile thicknessfrom 27 mm

P1 P2

G-19682-00-0-* G-46630-00-0-* Wrong operationsafety deviceG-46690-**-0-6(upon request)

LatchboltE-19542-**-0-8(upon request)

Mounting kitfor cylinderG-19628-00-0-0

Locking cylinder

Locking plates

Profile thickness Article No.

26 - 30 mm G-46681-17-*-030 - 38 mm G-46681-27-*-040 - 45 mm G-46681-37-*-0

* 0 = standard* 4 = all keys alike

Page 47: Door Hardware

45

FERCO

for aluminium doors and windows

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings

ApplicationRange of applications for G.U Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings:– Parallel Slide and Tilt doors with 2 to 4 sashes,– Parallel Slide and Tilt windows with 2 to 4 sashes,each with running and gliding rails.

DesignsParallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZFittings for single sashes up to 200 kg [1]; with 4-wheel carriagesand clamp fixed connecting rod. Wheels with PVC-coated groovedball bearings. Locking mechanism G.U-mZ with forced control andgeared handle – opening movement 111 mm. Lockable cylindergear with 40 mm backset, prepared for use with a profile cylinder.SW 740-2000 mm, SH 895-2400 mm.

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 mZFittings for single sashes up to 150 kg; with 4-wheel carriagesand clamp fixed connecting rod. Wheels with forced control andgeared handle – opening movement 111 mm. Lockable cylindergear with 40 mm backset, prepared for use with a profile cylinder.SW 740-1600 mm, SH 895-2400 mm.

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZFittings for single sashes up to 130 kg; with 4-wheel carriagesand clamp fixed connecting rod. Wheels with PVC-coated groovedball bearings. Locking mechanism G.U-oZ without forced control.All locking parts are adapted to the Euro-groove 15/20 mm. Thelocking pins of the gear parts and corner transmissions are adjust-able. The clampable locking plates are fixed or also adjustable andensure an optimized sash pressure. The corner transmissions areprovided with rust-proof 4-leaf stainless steel spring assemblies.SW 600-1600 mm, SH 720-2400 mm.

[1] The carriages G.U-966/200 may be charged with 200 kg in caseof special fixing according to assembly drawing. Between SW 1851and 2000 mm the use of a middle stay arm is necessary; betweenSW 1601 and 2000 mm the use of tandem runners and a middlestay arm.

HandlesThe handles are made of aluminium with concealed fixings. Rosetteswith robust retaining feature. Standard version for Parallel Slide andTilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ and G.U-968/150 mZ: geared handleDIRIGENT with anti-lockout device; standard version for ParallelSlide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZ: geared handle DIRIGENT.Handles for operation from both sides complete the programme.

Running rails P 1213, P 1300Aluminium running rails, suitable for use with Parallel Slide and Tiltsashes with standard and special fittings.

Gliding rail P 1225Aluminium gliding rail for Parallel Slide and Tilt sashes (top guide).

Standard coloursParallel Slide and Tilt fittings are supplied in the following standardcolours:

EV 1 Visible aluminium parts anodized EV 1,cover profiles grey

UC 3 Visible aluminium parts anodized medium bronze,cover profiles medium brown

UC 5 Visible aluminium parts anodized dark bronze,cover profiles dark brown

White Visible aluminium parts anodized EV 1,cover profiles white

Materials, surface sealing ferGUard* silver andferGUard* yellowThe fitting parts are made of high quality steel, zinc die-casting andaluminium alloys.According to the material they are protected against corrosion by thesurface sealing ferGUard* silver or ferGUard* yellow, aluminiumparts are anodized.

AbbreviationsG Fixed gear positionGV Variable gear positionlh left handML Middle lockPU Packing unitPZ Profile cylinderrh right handSe Security fittingsSH Sash heightST Sash thicknessSW Sash widthTFW Total frame width

Article NumbersExampleArticle No.6-23830-01-0-3

6-23830- - - Part number- -01- - Size- - -L- Left hand (gear side)- - -R- Right hand (gear side)- - -0- Usable on both sides- - - -1T Nickel silver- - - -1 F 1/EV 1, natural or silver colour, zinc die-casting

parts galvanized and blue bichromated- - - -2 F 2/EV 2, champagne colour- - - -3 F 3, brass or brass colour, steel

parts galvanized and yellow bichromated- - - -4 UC 3, medium bronze or medium brown- - - -5 UC 5, dark bronze or dark brown- - - -6 Black, powder-coated (RAL 9005)- - - -7 White, powder-coated (RAL 9016)- - - -7T White, powder-coated (RAL 9010)- - - -8 Stainless steel oder inox colour- - - -* Surface treatment variable (see price-list)

Page 48: Door Hardware

46

FERCO

Geared handles DIRIGENT

Box of geared handle G.U-mZDIRIGENT with anti-lockout devicefor aluminium doors and windows

Euro-groove 15/20Assembly lh K-14712-00-L-*Assembly rh K-14712-00-R-*

Profile system HartmannAssembly lh K-15042-00-L-*Assembly rh K-15042-00-R-*

Profile system HueckAssembly lh K-15046-00-L-*Assembly rh K-15046-00-R-*

Box of geared handle G.U-mZDIRIGENT with anti-lockout device,lockable – keyed alike,for aluminium doors and windows

Euro-groove 15/20Assembly lh K-14711-00-L-*Assembly rh K-14711-00-R-*

Profile system HartmannAssembly lh K-15043-00-L-*Assembly rh K-15043-00-R-*

Profile system HueckAssembly lh K-15047-00-L-*Assembly rh K-15047-00-R-*

Geared handles and handles forParallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ and G.U-968/150 mZ

1 geared handle1 carrier2 countersunk sheet metal screws 4.8x322 countersunk screws M 5 x 252 HEX nuts M 5

1 handle inside2 conical notched pins

Bag of handle inside G.U-mZDIRIGENT with cylinder bore, without camsfor aluminium doors and windows6-24623-00-0-*

Handle DIRIGENT inside

Handles DIRIGENT for operation from both sides

Bag of handle for operationfrom both sides G.U-mZHeight outside 15 mmDIRIGENT with cylinder bore and camsfor aluminium doorsK-13167-00-0-*

Bag of handle for operationfrom both sides G.U-mZHeight outside 30 mmDIRIGENT with cylinder bore and camsfor aluminium doorsK-12919-00-0-*

1 handle in- and outside2 countersunk screws M 6 x 85

1 handle in- and outside2 countersunk screws M 6 x 75

Countersunk screw DIN 965,operation from both sidesST

-60 mm M 6 x 75 9-13274-7561-65 mm M 6 x 80 9-13274-8066-70 mm M 6 x 85 9-13274-8571-78 mm M 6 x 90 9-13274-90

Optional parts

1 geared handle1 carrier2 countersunk sheet metal screws 4.8x322 countersunk screws M 5 x 252 HEX nuts M 5

Page 49: Door Hardware

47

FERCO

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZTandem runners for sashes to 200 kg

Box of tandem runners G.U-968/200 Tfor aluminium doors

Assembly lh K-15509-00-L-0Assembly lh K-15509-00-R-0

containing:1 runner G.U-968/200 T, front1 runner G.U-968/200 T, rear2 connecting rods, Ø 10 mm

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZBox of middle stay arm G.U-mZ for sash widths to 2000 mm

Middle stay arm G.U-mZ with stay arm glider and cover

Standard versionMiddle stay arm G.U-mZAssembly lh 6-29349-02-L-8Assembly rh 6-29349-02-R-8Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0Cover for middle stay arm 9-35573-00-0-*

Profile system HartmannMiddle stay arm G.U-mZAssembly lh 6-29349-04-L-8Assembly rh 6-29349-04-R-8Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0Cover for middle stay arm 9-35573-00-0-*

Profile system HueckMiddle stay arm G.U-mZAssembly lh 6-29349-03-L-8Assembly rh 6-29349-03-R-8Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0Cover for middle stay arm 9-35573-00-0-*

Optional parts

ApplicationSash weight 180 to 200 kgSash width SW 1601 to 2000 mm

Runner T, front Runner T, rearRod Rod

ApplicationSash weight to 180 kg SW 1851 to 2000 mmSash weight 180 to 200 kg SW 1601 to 2000 mm

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ,G.U-968/150 mZ, G.U-968/150 oZ

PST stop P 12256-30388-00-0-6

Page 50: Door Hardware

48

FERCOOptional parts

Geared handles SPACIO and accessories for Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZ

Bag of geared handleSPACIO, with fixing screwsG-46551-00-0-*

Geared handles SPACIO, aluminium with lacquer finish1 carrier 22 mmnon lockable lockable Geared rosette, removable handle

Bag of geared handleSPACIO, with fixing screwsand 2 keysG-46553-00-0-*

Bag of geared rosette SPACIO,with fixing screwsG-46555-00-0-*Removable handle SPACIOG-18888-00-0-*

Bag of geared handleSPACIO, with fixing screwsG-46595-00-0-*

Geared handles SPACIO, aluminium with lacquer finish1 carrier 33 mmnon lockable lockable Geared rosette, removable handle

Bag of geared handleSPACIO, with fixing screwsand 2 keysG-46597-00-0-*

Bag of geared rosette SPACIO,with fixing screwsG-46596-00-0-*Removable handle SPACIOG-18888-00-0-*

Bag of geared handle SPACIO,right hand, with fixing screwsG-46552-00-R-*

Geared handles SPACIO, aluminium with lacquer finish2 carriers 22 mmnon lockable lockable Geared rosette, removable handle

Bag of geared handleSPACIO, right hand, withfixing screws and 2 keysG-46554-00-R-*

Bag of geared rosette SPACIO,right hand, with fixing screwsG-46556-00-R-*Removable handle SPACIOG-18888-00-0-*

Bag of accessories forconversion of handlesonly delivered righthand into left handG-46550-00-L-1

Page 51: Door Hardware

49

FERCO

Handles DIRIGENT-F and accessoriesParallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZ for doors and windows with mill-in gear

DIRIGENT-Fwithout spindle6-28072-00-0-*

DIRIGENT-F/AFoutside – flat6-25223-00-0-*

DIRIGENT-Fwithout spindle6-28072-00-0-*

DIRIGENT-F/Aoutside6-25993-00-0-*

Bags of handles DIRIGENT-F

Optional parts

Rosette PZinside6-25224-02-0-*

Spindle9-26874-56-0-1

Bag of handlesDIRIGENT-F/AF, DIRIGENT-FK-14775-70-0-*

Rosette PZ/Aoutside9-32407-02-0-*

Countersunk screwM 5 x 709-13255-70

Rosette PZinside6-25224-02-0-*

Spindle9-26874-56-0-1

Bag of handlesDIRIGENT-F/A, DIRIGENT-FK-14776-70-0-*

Rosette PZ/Aoutside9-32407-02-0-*

Countersunk screwM 5 x 709-13255-70

Long handleDIRIGENT-HLSpindle 296-28646-00-0-*

Rosette /Finside – flat6-24913-00-0-*

DIRIGENT-F/SG,removableSpindle 338-00694-33-0-*

DIRIGENT-F withanti-lockout deviceSpindle 296-25384-00-0-*

DIRIGENT-F/Z withpush-button cylinder,keyed alikeSpindle 296-28075-29-0-*

DIRIGENT-FSpindle 296-28072-29-0-*

Handles DIRIGENT-F

DIRIGENT-Fwithout spindle6-28072-00-0-*

DIRIGENT-F/AFoutside – flat6-25223-00-0-*

DIRIGENT-F/Aoutside6-25993-00-0-*

Pull handle, outside9-22921-00-0-*

Mill-in gear, 180°Backset 25-50 mm6-25916-**-0-1

Locking elementwith cylinder boreBackset 25-50 mm6-25918-**-0-1

Inside operationCountersunk screwM 5 x 359-13255-35

Mill-in gear, 180°with wrong operationsafety deviceBackset 14 mm6-30534-00-0-1

Mill-in gear, 180°without wrongoperation safetydeviceBackset 14 mm6-31280-00-0-1

Pull handle,outside9-22921-00-0-*

Inside operationCountersunk screwM 5 x 35 9-13255-35

In- and outside operationCountersunk screw M 5ST 51-60 9-13255-60ST 61-70 9-13255-70ST 71-80 9-13255-80

Rosette insidewith cylinder bore6-25224-02-0-*

Rosette outsidewith cylinder bore9-32407-02-0-*

SpindleST 56-689-26874-56-0-1ST 69-809-26874-69-0-1

Page 52: Door Hardware

50

FERCO

for aluminium doors and windows

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings

Sash arrangement according to schemes A to K

Scheme A – with centre mullion1 Parallel Slide and Tilt door, 1 fixglazed sashDrawing: Handle position left hand

Scheme A – with centre mullion [1]1 Parallel Slide and Tilt door, 1 side hung sashDrawing: Handle position left hand

Scheme D – without mullion [2]1 Parallel Slide and Tilt door, 1 side hungsash – Drawing: Handle position left hand

Scheme C – with mullions2 Parallel Slide and Tilt doors, 2 fixglazed sashesDrawing: First opening sash with handle position left hand

Scheme G – with mullions1 Parallel Slide and Tilt door, 2 fixglazed sashesDrawing: Handle position left hand

➜➜

Scheme G – with mullions [1]1 Parallel Slide and Tilt door, 2 side hung sashesDrawing: Handle position left hand

Scheme C – with mullions [1]2 Parallel Slide and Tilt doors, 2 side hung sashesDrawing: First opening sash with handle position left hand

Scheme K – with mullions2 Parallel Slide and Tilt doors, 1 fixglazed sashDrawing: Handle position left hand and right hand

➜➜➜

➜ ➜ ➜

➜➜

Legend:[1] Schemes A, C and G with side hung sashes:

Side hung fittings JET with removable handleand geared rosette, locking plates according to profile.

[2] Scheme D:Side hung sash with inactive sash fittings JET,locking plates according to profile.

Page 53: Door Hardware

51

FERCO

[1] For a distance of < 5 mm a milling operation is necessary in the field of the stay arm.

Drilling and milling dimensionsfor geared handle G.U-mZ

Assembly dimensions for frame and sash

22

5 mm

SW / SH

20 15

21 > 2

5

Dimensions of the frame groove

10/14 mm 12/15 mm 14/18 mm

14 10 15 12 1418

6,0

10

Drilling dimensionsfor push rod

Product information

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ and G.U-968/150 mZAssembly, drilling and milling dimensions for handles and runners

Drilling dimensions for runners G.U-968/200 and G.U-968/150

60 30 30 4545

32-4

3

Drilling and milling dimensions forhandle G.U-mZ inside, with cylinder bore

Ø 3.2 for countersunksheet metal screw 3.9

Centre of sash

Page 54: Door Hardware

52

FERCO

Assembly dimensions for frame and sash

22SW / FH

20 15

21 > 2

5

Dimensions of the frame groove

10/14 mm 12/15 mm 14/18 mm

14 10 15 12 1418

6,0

10

Drilling dimensionsfor push rod

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZAssembly, drilling and milling dimensions for handles and runners

Product information

Drilling dimensions for runners G.U-968/150

60 30 30 4545

32-4

3

Drilling and millingdimensions formill-in gears6-25916-**-0-16-25917-**-0-16-25948-**-0-1

Back-set+ 11

** Available backsets: 25 - 35 - 40 - 45 - 50 mm

Drilling and millingdimensions forlocking elementwith cylinder bore6-25918-**-0-1

Page 55: Door Hardware

53

FERCO

Lengths of push rods

L = SW – 700

Schemes A, D, G and K without middle lock – top

Schemes A, D, G and K with middle lock – top

L = SW/2 – 428L = SW/2 – 428

Schemes A, D, G and K with middle lock – bottom

L = SW/2 – 428

Schemes A, D, G and K without middle lock – bottom

L = SW – 700

L = SW/2 – 428

Schemes A, C, D, G and KHandle side – topL = SH – G – 433

Schemes A, C, D, G and KHandle side – bottomL = G – 388

Schemes A, C, D, G and Kwith middle lockLocking side – topL = G – 388

Schemes A, C, D, G and Kwith middle lockLocking side – bottomL = SH – G – 433

Schemes A, C, D, G and Kwithout middle lockLocking sideL = SH – 665

Locking pin element L = SW – 700

Scheme C without middle lock – top

Scheme C with middle lock – top

Locking pin element L = SW – 1056 L = 200

Scheme C with middle lock – bottom

Locking pin element L = SW – 1056 L = 200

Locking pin element L = SW – 700

Scheme C without middle lock – bottomAbbreviationsG Gear positionL LengthSH Sash heightSW Sash width

Product information

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ and G.U-968/150 mZShortening dimensions for push rods, width of sash overlap 22 mm

Page 56: Door Hardware

54

FERCO

Lengths of push rods

L = SW – 207

Schemes A, D, G and K without middle lock – top

Scheme C with middle lock – top

Scheme C without middle lock – top

Schemes A, D, G and K with middle lock – top

L = SW/2 – 186L = SW/2 – 88

L = 55 L = SW/2 – 186

L = 55

L = SW/2 – 199

L = SW – 318

Schemes A, C, D, G and K with middle lock – bottom

L = SW/2 – 366

Schemes A, C, D, G and K without middle lock – bottom

L = SW – 536

L = SW/2 – 237

AbbreviationsG Gear positionL LengthSH Sash heightSW Sash width

Schemes A, C, D, G and KHandle side – topL = SH – G – 448

Schemes A, C, D, G and KHandle side – bottomL = G – 170

Schemes A, C, D, G and KLocking sideL = SH/2 – 88

Product information

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZShortening dimensions for push rods, width of sash overlap 22 mm

Page 57: Door Hardware

55

FERCO

Application Description Article No.G.U-968/200 mZ, G.U-968/150 mZ Aluminium doors and windowsAssembly of handles Drilling jig for geared handle 6-28894-00-0-0

Drilling jig for handle inside and for operation from both sides 6-24025-00-0-1Stop for drilling jigs 6-28894 and 6-24025 9-27406-00-0-1Drilling jig for cylinder gear – Euro-groove 15/20 and Hueck 9-27272-01-0-0

Assembly of runners, stay arms, Drilling jig for runners and support 6-28917-00-0-0gliding and running rails Drilling jig for corner transmissions and stay arms

– Euro-groove 15/20 and Hueck 6-28336-02-0-3– Hartmann 6-28336-04-0-3Drilling jig for gliding and running rails 6-24696-00-0-3Drilling jig for fixing pin 6-30447-00-0-0Assembly jig for gliding rail 6-23246-00-0-0Assembly jig for running rail 6-23241-00-0-0

G.U-968/150 oZ Aluminium doors and windowsAssembly of handles Drilling jig for geared handle 6-25373-01-0-0

Drilling jig for mill-in gear 6-26191-00-0-0Assembly of runners, stay arms, Drilling jig for runners and support 6-28917-00-0-0gliding and running rails Drilling jig for gliding and running rails 6-24696-00-0-3

Drilling jig for fixing pin 6-30447-00-0-0Assembly jig for gliding rail 6-23246-00-0-0Assembly jig for running rail 6-23241-00-0-0

Drilling and assembly jigs

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ, G.U-968/150 mZ, G.U-968/150 oZ

Page 58: Door Hardware

56

FERCO

Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A to K [3]Quantity Description Article No.A C D G K [2] Handle pos. lh Handle pos. rh1 2• 1 1 2• Box of runners G.U-968/200 K-15268-00-L-0 K-15268-00-R-01 2• 1 1 2• Box of stay arms G.U-mZ K-14713-00-L-8 K-14713-00-R-81 2• 1 1 2• Middle stay arm G.U-mZ 6-29349-02-L-8 6-29349-02-R-81 2 1 1 2 Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-01 2 1 1 2 Cover for middle stay arm 9-35573-00-0-*

SW1851-2000

1 2• 1 1 2• Box of geared handle G.U-mZ [1]DIRIGENT with anti-lockout device K-14712-00-L-* K-14712-00-R-*Locking pin element 6-27866-02-0-0SW SH SW (C) SH (C)

1 2 1 1 2 740-1200 895-1200 840-1500 895-12002 4 2 2 4 1201-2400 1201-24003 3 3 6 1201-1600 895-12004 4 4 8 1201-24005 6 5 5 10 1601-1850 895-1200 1501-1850 895-12006 8 6 6 12 1201-2400 1201-24007 10 7 7 14 1851-2000 895-1200 1851-2000 895-12008 12 8 8 16 1201-2400 1201-2400

4 Locking pin element C 6-27872-02-0-01 Fixing pin D for control part 9-39897-00-0-1

1 2 1 1 2 Bag of profiles G.U-968/200 [1]SW740- 850 K-15269-20-0-*851-1100 K-15269-25-0-*

1101-1350 K-15269-30-0-*1351-1600 K-15269-35-0-*1601-1850 K-15269-40-0-*1851-2000 K-15269-45-0-*

2 4 2 2 4 Positioning plateFrame groove 10/14 mm 6-25587-01-0-1Frame groove 12/15 mm 6-25587-02-0-1Frame groove 14/18 mm 6-25587-03-0-1Locking plateFrame groove 10/14 mm 6-28734-10-0-1Frame groove 12/15 mm 6-28734-12-0-1Frame groove 14/18 mm 6-28734-14-0-1SW SH SW (C) SH (C)

5 12 5 5 10 740-1200 895-1200 840-1500 895-12007 15 7 7 14 1201-2400 1201-24007 7 7 14 1201-1600 895-12009 9 9 18 1201-24009 16 9 9 18 1601-1850 895-1200 1501-1850 895-1200

11 19 11 11 22 1201-2400 1201-240011 18 11 11 22 1851-2000 895-1200 1851-2000 895-120013 21 13 13 26 1201-2400 1201-2400[1] * = Colour: 1 = EV 1, 5 = UC 5, 7 = white[2] • = 1 box with handle position lh, 1 box with handle position rh[3] = Push rod holes with diameter 6.0 mm; optionally available with diameter 5.2 mmNote:From SW 1851 to 2000 mm a middle stay arm must be installed.From SW 1601 to 2000 mm and a sash weight from 180 to 200 kgtandem runners and a middle stay arm must be installed.

End cap 9-34523-00-0-*, gliding rail P 1225 Cover rail P 1480

Positioningplate acc.to profile

Corner transmission 6-28452-02-0-8Spring element 6-28447-02-0-0Cover 9-32227-01-0-1

Positioningplate acc.to profile

Locking pin elementLocking plate acc. to frame groove

Adapter, rear6-28449-02-0-0

Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0Stay arm cover 9-35573-00-0-*Stay arm, front, lh 6-29656-02-L-8Stay arm, front, rh 6-29656-02-R-8

Locking pin elementLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0Stay arm cover 9-35573-00-0-*Stay arm, rear, lh 6-29657-02-L-8Stay arm, rear, rh 6-29657-02-R-8

Geared handleDIRIGENTlh 6-28828-00-L-*rh 6-28828-00-R-*HEX nut9-13214Countersunk screw9-13133-25Countersunk sheetmetal screw9-13089-09

Carrier6-27862-02

Locking pin element

Locking pin element

Anti-liftingsecurity device6-24792-01-0-1

Runner, frontlh 6-29556-00-L-0rh 6-29556-00-R-0End caplh 9-38520-00-L-*rh 9-38520-00-R-*

Countersunk sheetmetal screw 9-13151-38Cover 9-26687-00-0-*

Runner, rearlh 6-29557-00-L-0rh 6-29557-00-R-0End caplh 9-38520-00-L-*rh 9-38520-00-R-*

Running rail P 1213 Control part6-29562-00-0-*

Spring-loaded buffer6-29564-00-0-*

Connecting rod9-23055-**-0-1Support9-38527-00-0-0

Guide6-29750-00-0-1Cover railP 1603

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ

Doors and windows with geared handle inside for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm

Page 59: Door Hardware

57

FERCO

Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A to K [3]Quantity Description Article No.A C D G K [2] Handle pos. lh Handle pos. rh1 2• 1 1 2• Box of runners G.U-968/200 K-15268-00-L-0 K-15268-00-R-01 2• 1 1 2• Box of stay arms G.U-mZ K-14713-00-L-8 K-14713-00-R-81 2• 1 1 2• Middle stay arm G.U-mZ 6-29349-02-L-8 6-29349-02-R-81 2 1 1 2 Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-01 2 1 1 2 Cover for middle stay arm 9-35573-00-0-*

SW1851-2000

1 2• 1 1 2• Handle inside G.U-mZ [1]DIRIGENT with cylinder bore 6-24623-00-0-*

1 2 1 1 2 Bag of cylinder gear D 40Backset 40 mm K-14714-00-0-1Locking pin element 6-27866-02-0-0SW SH SW (C) SH (C)

5 10 5 5 10 740-1200 1715-2400 840-1500 1715-24007 7 7 14 1201-1600 1715-24009 14 9 9 18 1601-1850 1715-2400 1501-1850 1715-2400

11 18 11 11 22 1851-2000 1715-2400 1851-2000 1715-24004 Locking pin element C 6-27872-02-0-0

1 Fixing pin D for control part 9-39897-00-0-11 2 1 1 2 Bag of profiles G.U-968/200 [1]

SW740- 850 K-15269-20-0-*851-1100 K-15269-25-0-*

1101-1350 K-15269-30-0-*1351-1600 K-15269-35-0-*1601-1850 K-15269-40-0-*1851-2000 K-15269-45-0-*

2 4 2 2 4 Positioning plateFrame groove 10/14 mm 6-25587-01-0-1Frame groove 12/15 mm 6-25587-02-0-1Frame groove 14/18 mm 6-25587-03-0-1Locking plateFrame groove 10/14 mm 6-28734-10-0-1Frame groove 12/15 mm 6-28734-12-0-1Frame groove 14/18 mm 6-28734-14-0-1SW SH SW (C) SH (C)

9 18 9 9 18 740-1200 1715-2400 840-1500 1715-240011 11 11 22 1201-1600 1715-240013 22 13 13 26 1601-1850 1715-2400 1501-1850 1715-240015 26 15 15 30 1851-2000 1715-2400 1851-2000 1715-2400[1] * = Colour: 1 = EV 1, 5 = UC 5, 7 = white[2] • = 1 box with handle position lh, 1 box with handle position rh[3] = Push rod holes with diameter 6.0 mmNote:From SW 1851 to 2000 mm a middle stay arm must be installed.From SW 1601 to 2000 mm and a sash weight from 180 to 200 kgtandem runners and a middle stay arm must be installed.

End cap 9-34523-00-0-*, gliding rail P 1225 Cover rail P 1480

Positioningplate acc.to profile

Corner transmission 6-28452-02-0-8Spring element 6-28447-02-0-0Cover 9-32227-01-0-1

Positioningplate acc.to profile

Locking pin elementLocking plate acc. to frame groove

Adapter, rear6-28449-02-0-0

Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0Stay arm cover 9-35573-00-0-*Stay arm, front, lh 6-29656-02-L-8Stay arm, front, rh 6-29656-02-R-8

Locking pin elementLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0Stay arm cover 9-35573-00-0-*Stay arm, rear, lh 6-29657-02-L-8Stay arm, rear, rh 6-29657-02-R-8

Locking pin element

Locking pin element

Anti-liftingsecurity device6-24792-01-0-1

Runner, frontlh 6-29556-00-L-0rh 6-29556-00-R-0End caplh 9-38520-00-L-*rh 9-38520-00-R-*

Countersunk sheetmetal screw 9-13151-38Cover 9-26687-00-0-*

Runner, rearlh 6-29557-00-L-0rh 6-29557-00-R-0End caplh 9-38520-00-L-*rh 9-38520-00-R-*

Running rail P 1213 Control part6-29562-00-0-*

Spring-loaded buffer6-29564-00-0-*

Connecting rod9-23055-**-0-1Support9-38527-00-0-0

Guide6-29750-00-0-1Cover railP 1603

Handle DIRIGENTinside, without camsConical notched pins

Cylinder gearConical notched pins

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ

Doors and windows with cylinder gear, lockable, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm

Page 60: Door Hardware

58

FERCO

Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A to K [3]Quantity Description Article No.A C D G K [2] Handle pos. lh Handle pos. rh1 2• 1 1 2• Box of runners G.U-968/150 K-15278-00-L-0 K-15278-00-R-01 2• 1 1 2• Box of stay arms G.U-mZ K-14713-00-L-8 K-14713-00-R-81 2• 1 1 2• Box of geared handle G.U-mZ [1]

DIRIGENT with anti-lockout device K-14712-00-L-* K-14712-00-R-*Locking pin element 6-27866-02-0-0SW SH SW (C) SH (C)

1 2 1 1 2 740-1200 895-1200 840-1500 895-12002 4 2 2 4 1201-2400 1201-24003 6 3 3 6 1201-1600 895-1200 1501-1600 895-12004 8 4 4 8 1201-2400 1201-2400

4 Locking pin element C 6-27872-02-0-01 2 1 1 2 Bag of profiles G.U-968/150 [1]

SW740- 850 K-15279-20-0-*851-1100 K-15279-25-0-*

1101-1350 K-15279-30-0-*1351-1600 K-15279-35-0-*

2 4 2 2 4 Positioning plateFrame groove 10/14 mm 6-25587-01-0-1Frame groove 12/15 mm 6-25587-02-0-1Frame groove 14/18 mm 6-25587-03-0-1Locking plateFrame groove 10/14 mm 6-28734-10-0-1Frame groove 12/15 mm 6-28734-12-0-1Frame groove 14/18 mm 6-28734-14-0-1SW SH SW (C) SH (C)

5 12 5 5 10 740-1200 895-1200 840-1500 895-12007 15 7 7 14 1201-2400 1201-24007 16 7 7 14 1201-1600 895-1200 1501-1600 895-12009 19 9 9 18 1201-2400 1201-2400

[1] * = Colour: 1 = EV 1, 5 = UC 5, 7 = white[2] • = 1 box with handle position lh, 1 box with handle position rh[3] = Push rod holes with diameter 6.0 mm; optionally available with diameter 5.2 mmNote: Max. sash weight 150 kg

End cap 9-34523-00-0-*, gliding rail P 1225 Cover rail P 1480

Positioningplate acc.to profile

Corner transmission 6-28452-02-0-8Spring element 6-28447-02-0-0Cover 9-32227-01-0-1

Positioningplate acc.to profile

Locking pin elementLocking plate acc. to frame groove

Adapter, rear6-28449-02-0-0

Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0Stay arm cover 9-35573-00-0-*Stay arm, front, lh 6-29656-02-L-8Stay arm, front, rh 6-29656-02-R-8

Locking pin elementLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0Stay arm cover 9-35573-00-0-*Stay arm, rear, lh 6-29657-02-L-8Stay arm, rear, rh 6-29657-02-R-8

Geared handleDIRIGENTlh 6-28828-00-L-*rh 6-28828-00-R-*HEX nut9-13214Countersunk screw9-13133-25Countersunk sheetmetal screw9-13089-09

Carrier6-27862-02

Locking pin element

Locking pin element

Anti-liftingsecurity device6-24792-01-0-1

Runner, frontlh 6-29560-00-L-0rh 6-29560-00-R-0End caplh 9-38543-00-L-*rh 9-38543-00-R-*

Countersunk sheetmetal screw 9-13151-38Cover 9-26687-00-0-*

Runner, rearlh 6-29561-00-L-0rh 6-29561-00-R-0End caplh 9-38543-00-L-*rh 9-38543-00-R-*

Spring-loaded buffer6-29565-00-0-*

Control part6-29563-00-0-*

Running rail P 1300

Connecting rod9-25476-**-0-1Support9-38527-00-0-0

Guide6-24764-00-0-0Cover railP 1608

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 mZ

Doors and windows with geared handle inside for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm

Page 61: Door Hardware

59

FERCO

Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A to K [3]Quantity Description Article No.A C D G K [2] Handle pos. lh Handle pos. rh1 2• 1 1 2• Box of runners G.U-968/150 K-15278-00-L-0 K-15278-00-R-01 2• 1 1 2• Box of stay arms G.U-mZ K-14713-00-L-8 K-14713-00-R-81 2• 1 1 2• Handle inside G.U-mZ [1]

DIRIGENT with cylinder bore 6-24623-00-0-*1 2 1 1 2 Bag of cylinder gear D 40

Backset 40 mm K-14714-00-0-1Locking pin element 6-27866-02-0-0SW SH SW (C) SH (C)

5 10 5 5 10 740-1200 1715-2400 840-1500 1715-24007 14 7 7 14 1201-1600 1715-2400 1501-1600 1715-2400

4 Locking pin element C 6-27872-02-0-01 2 1 1 2 Bag of profiles G.U-968/150 [1]

SW740- 850 K-15279-20-0-*851-1100 K-15279-25-0-*

1101-1350 K-15279-30-0-*1351-1600 K-15279-35-0-*

2 4 2 2 4 Positioning plateFrame groove 10/14 mm 6-25587-01-0-1Frame groove 12/15 mm 6-25587-02-0-1Frame groove 14/18 mm 6-25587-03-0-1Locking plateFrame groove 10/14 mm 6-28734-10-0-1Frame groove 12/15 mm 6-28734-12-0-1Frame groove 14/18 mm 6-28734-14-0-1SW SH SW (C) SH (C)

9 18 9 9 18 740-1200 1715-2400 840-1500 1715-240011 22 11 11 22 1201-1600 1715-2400 1501-1600 1715-2400[1] * = Colour: 1 = EV 1, 5 = UC 5, 7 = white[2] • = 1 box with handle position lh, 1 box with handle position rh[3] = Push rod holes with diameter 6.0 mmNote: Max. sash weight 150 kg

End cap 9-34523-00-0-*, gliding rail P 1225 Cover rail P 1480

Positioningplate acc.to profile

Corner transmission 6-28452-02-0-8Spring element 6-28447-02-0-0Cover 9-32227-01-0-1

Positioningplate acc.to profile

Locking pin elementLocking plate acc. to frame groove

Adapter, rear6-28449-02-0-0

Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0Stay arm cover 9-35573-00-0-*Stay arm, front, lh 6-29656-02-L-8Stay arm, front, rh 6-29656-02-R-8

Locking pin elementLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0Stay arm cover 9-35573-00-0-*Stay arm, rear, lh 6-29657-02-L-8Stay arm, rear, rh 6-29657-02-R-8

Locking pin element

Locking pin element

Anti-liftingsecurity device6-24792-01-0-1

Runner, frontlh 6-29560-00-L-0rh 6-29560-00-R-0End caplh 9-38543-00-L-*rh 9-38543-00-R-*

Countersunk sheetmetal screw 9-13151-38Cover 9-26687-00-0-*

Runner, rearlh 6-29561-00-L-0rh 6-29561-00-R-0End caplh 9-38543-00-L-*rh 9-38543-00-R-*

Spring-loaded buffer6-29565-00-0-*

Control part6-29563-00-0-*

Running rail P 1300

Connecting rod9-25476-**-0-1Support9-38527-00-0-0

Guide6-24764-00-0-0Cover railP 1608

Handle DIRIGENTinside, without camsConical notched pins

Cylinder gearConical notched pins

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 mZ

Doors and windows with cylinder gear, lockable, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm

Page 62: Door Hardware

60

FERCO

Corner transmission6-24529-00-0-1

Adapter, rear6-24790-02-0-1

Positioningplate acc.to profile

Positioningplate acc.to profile

Adapter, front6-24789-02-0-1

Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1Locking plate acc. to profile

Cover rail P 1480End cap 9-34523-00-0-*, gliding rail P 1225

Locking pin element6-24539-00-0-1

Locking pin element6-24539-00-0-1

Corner transmission6-24529-00-0-1

ScrewNut

Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0Stay arm

Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0Stay arm

End caplh 9-34517-00-L-*rh 9-34517-00-R-*

Cover rail P 1481

End caplh 9-34517-00-L-*rh 9-34517-00-R-*

Corner transmission6-24529-00-0-1

Cover9-32227-01-0-*Spring element6-24791-02-0-0

Carrier6-24528-00-0-1Geared handle6-24559-00-0-*Cylinder head screw9-13354-12

Locking plateAnti-liftingsecurity device6-24792-01-0-1

Locking pinelement6-24539-00-0-1

Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A to K [3]Quantity Description Article No.A C D G K [2] Handle pos. lh Handle pos. rh1 2• 1 1 2• Box of runners G.U-968/150 K-15278-00-L-0 K-15278-00-R-01 2 1 1 2 Box of adapters G.U-oZ K-14141-02-0-01 2 1 1 2 Bag of geared handle [1] G-45978-00-0-*

DIRIGENT1 2 1 1 2 Bag of locking parts G.U-oZ

Frame groove 10/14 mm G-14748-01-0-1Frame groove 12/15 mm G-14749-01-0-1Frame groove 14/18 mm G-14750-01-0-1

1 2 1 1 2 Bag of middle lock G.U-oZ WSW according to profile systemFrame groove 10/14 mm G-14751-01-0-1Frame groove 12/15 mm G-14753-01-0-1Frame groove 14/18 mm G-14752-01-0-1

1 2 1 1 2 Bag of middle lock G.U-oZ SSH according to profile systemFrame groove 10/14 mm G-15805-01-0-1Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15807-01-0-1Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15806-01-0-1

1 2 1 1 2 Bag of profiles G.U-968/150 [1]SW600- 850 K-15279-20-0-*851-1100 K-15279-25-0-*

1101-1350 K-15279-30-0-*1351-1600 K-15279-35-0-*

1 2 1 1 2 Bag of additional profiles G.U-oZ [1]SW600- 850 K-14132-20-0-*851-1100 K-14132-25-0-*

1101-1350 K-14132-30-0-*1351-1600 K-14132-35-0-*

2 4 2 2 4 Positioning plate, clampable (acc. to profile)Locking plate (acc. to profile)SW SH

5 6 5 5 5 600-1200 730-12007 8 7 7 7 1201-24007 8 7 7 7 1201-1600 730-12009 10 9 9 9 1201-2400

[1] * = Colour: 1 = EV 1, 5 = UC 5, 7 = white[2] • = 1 box with handle position lh, 1 box with handle position rh[3] = Push rod holes with diameter 6.0 mm; optionally available with diameter 5.2 mmNote: Max. sash weight 130 kg

Runner, frontlh 6-29560-00-L-0rh 6-29560-00-R-0End caplh 9-38543-00-L-*rh 9-38543-00-R-*

Countersunk sheetmetal screw 9-13151-38Cover 9-26687-00-0-*

Runner, rearlh 6-29561-00-L-0rh 6-29561-00-R-0End caplh 9-38543-00-L-*rh 9-38543-00-R-*

Spring-loaded buffer6-29565-00-0-*

Control part6-29563-00-0-*

Running rail P 1300

Connecting rod9-25476-**-0-1Support9-38527-00-0-0

Guide6-24764-00-0-0Cover railP 1608

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZ

Doors and windows with geared handle inside for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm

Page 63: Door Hardware

61

FERCO

Cover rail P 1480End cap 9-34523-00-0-*, gliding rail P 1225

Locking pin element6-24539-00-0-1

Locking pin element6-24539-00-0-1

ScrewNut

Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0Stay arm

Stay arm glider 6-22755-00-0-0Stay arm

End caplh 9-34517-00-L-*rh 9-34517-00-R-*

Cover rail P 1481

End caplh 9-34517-00-L-*rh 9-34517-00-R-*

Corner transmission6-24529-00-0-1

Locking plateAnti-liftingsecurity device6-24792-01-0-1

Locking pinelement6-24539-00-0-1

Fitting requirements according to size of sashes for schemes A to K [4]Quantity Description Article No.A C D G K [2] Handle pos. lh Handle pos. rh1 2• 1 1 2• Box of runners G.U-968/150 K-15278-00-L-0 K-15278-00-R-01 2 1 1 2 Box of adapters G.U-oZ K-14141-02-0-01 2 1 1 2 Handle DIRIGENT-F [1] 6-28072-**-0-*1 2 1 1 2 Rosette PZ inside [1] 6-25224-02-0-*4 8 4 4 8 Countersunk screw M 5 x 35 9-13255-351 2 1 1 2 Mill-in gear, 180° [3] 6-25916-**-0-11 2 1 1 2 Locking element with cylinder bore [3] 6-25918-**-0-11 2 1 1 2 Bag of locking parts G.U-oZ

Frame groove 10/14 mm G-14748-01-0-1Frame groove 12/15 mm G-14749-01-0-1Frame groove 14/18 mm G-14750-01-0-1

1 2 1 1 2 Bag of middle lock G.U-oZ WSW according to profile systemFrame groove 10/14 mm G-14751-01-0-1Frame groove 12/15 mm G-14753-01-0-1Frame groove 14/18 mm G-14752-01-0-1

1 2 1 1 2 Bag of middle lock G.U-oZ SSH according to profile systemFrame groove 10/14 mm G-15805-01-0-1Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15807-01-0-1Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15806-01-0-1

1 2 1 1 2 Bag of profiles G.U-968/150 [1]SW600- 850 K-15279-20-0-*851-1100 K-15279-25-0-*

1101-1350 K-15279-30-0-*1351-1600 K-15279-35-0-*

1 2 1 1 2 Bag of additional profiles G.U-oZ [1]SW600- 850 K-14132-20-0-*851-1100 K-14132-25-0-*

1101-1350 K-14132-30-0-*1351-1600 K-14132-35-0-*

2 4 2 2 4 Positioning plate, clampable (acc. to profile)Locking plate (acc. to profile)SW SH

5 6 5 5 5 600-1200 730-12007 8 7 7 7 1201-24007 8 7 7 7 1201-1600 730-12009 10 9 9 9 1201-2400

[1] * = Colour: 1 = EV 1, 5 = UC 5, 7 = white[2] • = 1 box with handle position lh, 1 box with handle position rh[3] ** = Backset 25 to 50 mm[4] = Push rod holes with diameter 6.0 mm; optionally available with diameter 5.2 mmNote: Max. sash weight 130 kg

Locking elementwith cylinder bore

Mill-in gear, 180°

Rosette PZ insideCountersunk screw

Handle DIRIGENT-FCountersunk screw

Corner transmission6-24529-00-0-1

Cover9-32227-01-0-*Spring element6-24791-02-0-0

Corner transmission6-24529-00-0-1

Adapter, rear6-24790-02-0-1

Positioningplate acc.to profile

Positioningplate acc.to profile

Adapter, front6-24789-02-0-1

Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1Locking plate acc. to profile

Runner, frontlh 6-29560-00-L-0rh 6-29560-00-R-0End caplh 9-38543-00-L-*rh 9-38543-00-R-*

Countersunk sheetmetal screw 9-13151-38Cover 9-26687-00-0-*

Runner, rearlh 6-29561-00-L-0rh 6-29561-00-R-0End caplh 9-38543-00-L-*rh 9-38543-00-R-*

Spring-loaded buffer6-29565-00-0-*

Control part6-29563-00-0-*

Running rail P 1300

Connecting rod9-25476-**-0-1Support9-38527-00-0-0

Guide6-24764-00-0-0Cover railP 1608

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZ

Doors and windows with mill-in gear, lockable, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm

Page 64: Door Hardware

62

FERCO

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/150 oZ

Application Description Article No. Article No. Assembly drawingAluminium doors Sash profile Frame profile False mullion Locking Positioning 0.43903.1/968/150 oZand windows profile plate plateAlcan Series Contact 4024 F 4002 D 4029 F 1) G-15069-00-0-1 9-29990-24-0-3 F.41949.1

2) G-11800-00-0-1 6-25587-02-0-3Alisol 3 V 66052 V 63215 V 63207 1) G-15059-00-0-1 9-29990-14-0-3 0.41081.2

2) G-11071-00-0-1 6-25587-03-0-3Alsec 2000 Series 59 55829-97 46960-85 52533-73 1) G-15059-00-0-1 9-29990-14-0-3 0.42657.2

2) G-11071-00-0-1 6-25587-03-0-3Alu A.M.C. GN 50 50/430 50/230 1) G-15059-00-0-1 9-29990-14-0-3

2) G-11071-00-0-1 6-25587-03-0-3Bug 90 831 602 831 614 1) G-15067-00-0-1 9-29990-23-0-3 0.42236.2

2) G-11065-00-0-1 6-25587-01-0-3Egybel 901 053 901 010 901 042 1) G-15059-00-0-1* 9-29990-14-0-3

901 080 2) G-11071-00-0-1* 6-25587-03-0-3EurAl Series 65 162 100 161 100 1) G-15059-00-0-1 9-29990-14-0-3

2) G-11071-00-0-1 6-25587-03-0-3Forster (steel profile) 500.700 505.665 9-30147-00-0-3 9-30163-18-0-3 0.41041.1Hueck 2.1 556 200 556 103 6-25071-00-0-3Metra Series 65 265 103 165 130 G-19578-00-0-1 6-25587-03-0-3MKF TKI 602 602-02-022 602-01-015 602-03-002 6-25071-00-0-3Pechiney N 113351 N 113311 N 113320/ 1) G-15067-00-0-1* 9-29990-23-0-3 0.42763.1

N 113352 2) G-11065-00-0-1* 6-25587-01-0-3Pesalu 07001069 04201041 0.42691.2Remi Claeys Ekonal 47332 42003 42531 1) G-15069-00-0-1 9-29990-24-0-3 0.41062.1

2) G-11800-00-0-1 6-25587-02-0-3Reynaers 1) G-15059-00-0-1 9-29990-14-0-3

2) G-11071-00-0-1 6-25587-03-0-3Schüco Royal 64w 108 580 104 610 104 620 9-30146-03-0-3 9-29990-03-0-3 0.42562.1Schüco Royal S 65/55 166 490 166 030 166 070 9-30146-03-0-3 9-29990-32-0-3 0.43290.1Sidal NC 60 S 873 863 878 1) G-15069-00-0-1 9-29990-24-0-3 0.41777.4

2) G-11800-00-0-1 6-25587-02-0-3SMS Series 46000 46 720 46 493 46 511 1) G-15067-00-0-1 9-29990-23-0-3

2) G-11065-00-0-1 6-25587-01-0-3Systemes (F) 1) G-15059-00-0-1 9-29990-14-0-3 0.42578.4

2) G-11071-00-0-1 6-25587-03-0-3Wernal Series 6000 1) G-15059-00-0-1 9-29990-14-0-3 0.40937.4

2) G-11071-00-0-1 6-25587-03-0-3* Locking plate also for false mullion profile1)Locking plate fixed – positioning plate fixed/screw-on version2)Locking plate adjustable – positioning plate fixed/clampableNote:Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ, G.U-968/150 mZ and G.U-968/150 oZ are adapted to all profilesystems with Euro-groove 15/20 mm in the sash profile and frame groove 10/14 mm, 12/15 mm or 14/18 mm.

Positioning and locking plates acc. to profile system

Parallel Slide and Tilt fittings G.U-968/200 mZ and G.U-968/150 mZ

Application Description Article No. Article No. Assembly drawingAluminium doors Sash profile Frame profile False mullion Locking Positioning 0.43855.1/968/200 mZand windows profile plate plate 0.43905.1/968/150 mZAkotherm AT 730 2551 2502 6-28734-12-0-1 6-25587-02-0-1 0.43712.4Graute-Therm 80 6-28734-10-0-1 6-25587-01-0-1Hartmann Systherm 72 E 9-30146-05-0-1* 9-29990-05-0-1 0.43827.2Heroal Series 065 9302 9324 6-28734-10-0-1 6-25587-01-0-1Hueck 2.1 or 1.0 6-25071-00-0-1Klauke 78145 78010 G-15059-00-0-1 6-25587-03-0-1 0.43770.4Reynolds RT 67, RT 72 770 145/770 146 770 006/770 090 6-28734-10-0-1 6-25587-01-0-1Schüco Royal S 65Sykon Sykotherm 64 6332 6329 6331 6-28734-10-0-1 6-25587-01-0-1* Locking plate also for false mullion profile

Page 65: Door Hardware

63

FERCO

ApplicationRange of applications for G.U Sliding-Folding fittings:– Sliding-Folding doors with 3 to 7 sashes,– Sliding-Folding windows with 3 to 7 sashes,each with running and gliding rails.

DesignsSliding-Folding fittings G.U-822Bottom running fittings for single sashes up to 80 kg, with 4-wheelcarriages, adjustable for different sash overlap dimensions, heightadjustable + 4 mm or - 1.5 mm. Wheels with PVC-coated ball bearings.SW -1000 mm, SH -2400 mm

Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-825Top running fittings for single sashes up to 80 kg, with 4-wheelcarriages, adjustable for different sash overlap dimensions, heightadjustable + 4 mm or - 1.5 mm. Wheels with PVC-coated ball bearings.SW -1000 mm, SH -2400 mm

HandlesThe geared handles are made of aluminium with concealed fixings.Rosettes with robust retaining feature. An additional wrong operationsafety device is fixed on the handle carrier. Lockable and removablehandles as well as handles with extended carrier fork complete theprogramme.

Running rail P 1213Aluminium running rail, suitable for use with Sliding-Folding sasheswith standard and special fittings.

Gliding rail P 1381Aluminium gliding rail, suitable for use with Sliding-Folding sashes(top guide).

Standard coloursEV 1 Visible aluminium parts anodized in natural colour,

cover profiles greyUC 5 Visible aluminium parts anodized dark bronze,

cover profiles brownWhite Visible aluminium parts anodized in natural colour,

cover profiles white (RAL 9016)

Materials, surface sealing ferGUard* silver andferGUard* yellowThe fitting parts are made of high quality steel, zinc die-casting andaluminium alloys.According to the material they are protected against corrosion by thesurface sealing ferGUard* silver or ferGUard* yellow, aluminium partsare anodized.

AbbreviationsG Fixed gear positionlh left handML Middle lockrh right handSH Sash heightST Sash thicknessSW Sash widthTFW Total frame width

Article NumbersExampleArticle No.6-25334-00-0-*

6-25334- - - Part number- -00- - Size- - -L- Left hand (gear side)- - -R- Right hand (gear side)- - -0- Usable on both sides- - - -1T Nickel silver- - - -1 F 1/EV 1, natural or silver colour, zinc die-casting

parts galvanized and blue bichromated- - - -2 F 2/EV 2, champagne colour- - - -3 F 3, brass or brass colour, steel

parts galvanized and yellow bichromated- - - -4 UC 3, medium bronze or medium brown- - - -5 UC 5, dark bronze or dark brown- - - -6 Black, powder-coated (RAL 9005)- - - -7 White, powder-coated (RAL 9016)- - - -7T White, powder-coated (RAL 9010)- - - -8 Stainless steel oder inox colour- - - -* Surface treatment variable (see price-list)

for aluminium doors and windows

Sash arrangement according to schemes 321 to 770

321 330 4312 folding sashes 2 folding sashes 3 folding sashes1 side hung sash [1] 1 side hung sash 1 side hung sash [1]

532 541 5502 folding/1 side hung sash 4 folding sashes 4 folding sashes2 folding sashes 1 side hung sash [1] 1 side hung sash

633 6513 folding sashes 5 folding sashes2 folding/1 side hung sash 1 side hung sash [1]

743 761 7704 folding sashes 6 folding sashes 6 folding sashes2 folding/1 side hung sash 1 side hung sash [1] 1 side hung sash

[1] Active side hung sash also as a tilt-turn sash

Sliding-Folding fittings

Page 66: Door Hardware

64

FERCO

Bag of screw-on blocking lockwith key K-12968-00-0-*

Bag of limiting stay with friction sliderArm length 150 mmFrame groove 10/14 G-12952-10-0-*Frame groove 12/15 G-12952-12-0-*Frame groove 14/18 G-12952-14-0-*

Arm length 250 mmFrame groove 10/14 G-12953-10-0-*Frame groove 12/15 G-12953-12-0-*Frame groove 14/18 G-12953-14-0-*

Bag of concealed blocking lockwithout keyFrame groove 10/14 G-12995-00-0-0Frame groove 12/15 G-12997-00-0-0Frame groove 14/18 G-12996-00-0-0

Key for blocking lock8-00771-00-0-3

Carrier for SH 500-600 mmG-17510-00-0-1

for Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-822 and G.U-825

Optional parts

Bag of door catchK-12962-00-0-1

Page 67: Door Hardware

65

FERCO

Bag of geared handleSPACIO, with fixing screwsG-46551-00-0-*

Optional parts

Geared handles SPACIO for tilt-turn and side hung sashes, accessoriesGeared handles SPACIO, aluminium with lacquer finish1 carrier 22 mmnon lockable lockable Geared rosette, removable handle

Bag of geared handleSPACIO, with fixing screwsand 2 keysG-46553-00-0-*

Bag of geared rosette SPACIO,with fixing screwsG-46555-00-0-*Removable handle SPACIOG-18888-00-0-*

Bag of geared handleSPACIO, with fixing screwsG-46595-00-0-*

Geared handles SPACIO, aluminium with lacquer finish1 carrier 33 mmnon lockable lockable Geared rosette, removable handle

Bag of geared handleSPACIO, with fixing screwsand 2 keysG-46597-00-0-*

Bag of geared rosette SPACIO,with fixing screwsG-46596-00-0-*Removable handle SPACIOG-18888-00-0-*

Bag of geared handle SPACIO,right hand, with fixing screwsG-46552-00-R-*

Geared handles SPACIO, aluminium with lacquer finish2 carriers 22 mmnon lockable lockable Geared rosette, removable handle

Bag of geared handleSPACIO, right hand, withfixing screws and 2 keysG-46554-00-R-*

Bag of geared rosette SPACIO,right hand, with fixing screwsG-46556-00-R-*Removable handle SPACIOG-18888-00-0-*

Bag of accessories forconversion of handlesonly delivered righthand into left handG-46550-00-L-1

Page 68: Door Hardware

66

FERCOOptional parts

Handle DIRIGENT-Fwithout spindle6-28072-00-0-*

Handle DIRIGENT-F/AFoutside, flat6-25223-00-0-*

Handle DIRIGENT-Fwithout spindle6-28072-00-0-*

Handle DIRIGENT-F/Aoutside6-25993-00-0-*

Bags of handles DIRIGENT-F

Rosette/Finside, flat6-24913-00-0-*

Removable handleDIRIGENT-F/SGSpindle 338-00694-33-0-*

DIRIGENT-F/Zwith push-buttoncylinder, all keys alikeSpindle 296-28075-29-0-*

DIRIGENT-FSpindle 296-28072-29-0-*

DIRIGENT-Fwithout spindle6-28072-00-0-*

DIRIGENT-F/AFoutside, flat6-25223-00-0-*

DIRIGENT-F/Aoutside6-25993-00-0-*

Pull handle,outside9-22921-00-0-*

Mill-in gear, 180°Backset 25-50 mm6-25916-**-0-1

Locking elementwith cylinder boreBackset 25-50 mm6-25918-**-0-1

Inside operationCountersunk screwM 5 x 35 9-13255-35

In- and outside operationCountersunk screw M 5ST 51-60 9-13255-60ST 61-70 9-13255-70ST 71-80 9-13255-80

Rosette insidewith cylinder bore6-25224-02-0-*

Rosette outsidewith cylinder bore9-32407-02-0-*

SpindleST 56-689-26874-56-0-1ST 69-809-26874-69-0-1

Rosette insidewith cylinder bore6-25224-02-0-*

Spindle9-26874-56-0-1

Bag of handlesDIRIGENT-F/AF, DIRIGENT-FK-14775-70-0-*

Rosette outsidewith cylinder bore9-32407-02-0-*

Countersunk screw M 5 x 709-13255-70

Rosette insidewith cylinder bore6-25224-02-0-*

Spindle9-26874-56-0-1

Bag of handlesDIRIGENT-F/A, DIRIGENT-FK-14776-70-0-*

Rosette outsidewith cylinder bore9-32407-02-0-*

Countersunk screw M 5 x 709-13255-70

Handles DIRIGENT-F for mill-in gears

Mill-in gear, 180°with wrong operationsafety deviceBackset 25-50 mm6-25917-**-0-1

Mill-in gear, 90°Backset 25-50 mm6-25948-**-0-1

Mill-in gear, 180°with wrong operationsafety deviceBackset 14 mm6-30534-00-0-1

Mill-in gear, 180°without wrong operationsafety deviceBackset 14 mm6-31280-00-0-1

Page 69: Door Hardware

67

FERCO

Assembly dimensions for frame and sash

Drilling and millingdimensions formill-in gears6-25916-**-0-16-25917-**-0-16-25948-**-0-1

1520 > 2

5

21

3 = Thickness of corner hinge JET AK 8

SW / SH

Product information

22

** Available backsets: 25 - 35 - 40 - 45 - 50 mm

Drilling and millingdimensions forlocking elementwith cylinder bore6-25918-**-0-1

Drilling and milling dimensions, assembly dimensions

Back-set+ 11

Drilling and millingdimensions formill-in gearBackset 14 mmwith wrong operationsafety device6-30534-00-0-1without wrong operationsafety device6-31280-00-0-1

G =

han

dle

posi

tion

Page 70: Door Hardware

68

FERCO

Locking and supporting plates according to frame groove

10/14 mm

14 10

12/15 mm12 15

14/18 mm

18 14

Frame groove

Tilt-locking plate G-14696-00-0-1 G-14698-00-0-1 G-14700-00-0-1Double sash tilt-turn

Supporting plate A-02820-00-0-0 G-11798-00-0-0 G-11073-00-0-0Double sash tilt-turn

Locking plate G-15067-00-0-1 G-15069-00-0-1 G-15059-00-0-1fixedLocking plate G-11065-00-0-1 G-11800-00-0-1 G-11071-00-0-1adjustable

Locking plate G-11774-00-0-1 G-12022-00-0-1 G-11776-00-0-1for shoot

Profile systems BUG 90DoralHeroal Series 40Kubal 2000PechineyReynolds RT 620SMS 15000Sykon

AkothermAlcan Serie ContactRemi Claeys Ekonal i 70Remi Claeys Ekonal i 60

EgybelEurAl Series 65InespalPhilippi 2000Redal 64SapaVAW 75 E

Product information

Page 71: Door Hardware

69

FERCO

Folding, inactive, side hung and tilt-turn sashesDrilling dimension for stay arm, shortening dimensions for push rods, width of sash overlap 22 mm

Stay arm size 30: L = SW – 95Stay arm size 50: L = SW – 535 6

Stay arm size 30: = 192Stay arm size 50: = 363Side hung sash hinge: = 120(to axis)

Push rod and drilling dimension for tilt-turn stay arms

Side hung sash: L = SW/2 – 91Inactive sash: L = SW/2 – 247

Push rod for side hung and inactive sash, locking at top

Sash typeFolding sash: L = SH – G – 173Inactive sash without ML: L = SH – GIA – 132Side hung sash without ML: L = SH – G – 173Tilt-turn sash: L = SH – G – 265

Push rod for folding, inactive, side hungand tilt-turn sash, at top of gear side

Sash typeFolding sash: L = G – 173Inactive sash without ML: L = GIA – 132Side hung sash without ML: L = G – 173Tilt-turn sash: L = G – 265

Push rod for folding, inactive, side hungand tilt-turn sash, at bottom of gear side

Tilt-turn sash: L = SH/2 – 183

Push rod for tilt-turn sash,locking on hinge side

Tilt-turn sash: L = 60Side hung sash: L = 60

Push rod for tilt-turn and side hung sash,locking at bottom

AbbreviationsG Gear position for standard sashGIA Gear position for inactive sashML Middle lockSH Sash heightSW Sash width

Product information

Page 72: Door Hardware

CornertransmissionLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Cover profile P 1226

Corner transmissionLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Running rail P 1213

CarrierLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Gliding rail P 1381 End cap 9-32532-00-0-*

Folding catch Packing

Cover

Axial hinge105 mm

Geared handle6-24559-00-0-*Cylinder head screw9-13354-12

Gliding roller6-25336-00-0-3

Support 9-33628-08Corner bearing 9-33448-00-R-3Cover 9-33449-00-R-*

Runner 6-25334-00-0-*

Sash hinge

Corner bearing 9-33448-00-L-3Cover 9-33449-00-L-*Support 9-33628-08

70

FERCO

Fitting requirements according to total frame widthand sash height for schemes 321 and 330Quantity Description Article No.321 330

1 1 Basic box G.U-822 K-13861-08-0-*1 2 Box of sash hinges (acc. to profile)1 2 Bag of hinge covers (acc. to profile)6 3 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm G-46731-00-0-*

1 Bag of folding catch K-13334-00-0-*1 Packing for folding catch 9-33492-00-0-*

2 2 Bag of geared handleDIRIGENT G-45978-00-0-*Locking parts for folding sash

2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-11 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-12 2 Locking plate, fixed

10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1Locking parts for side hung sash

2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-11 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-13 3 Locking plate

10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1alternatively instead of side hung sash:Tilt-turn fittings [1]

1 Basic box JET AS 130 G-46183-01-0-*1 Bag of tilt-turn locking parts

10/14-2 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-46178-01-0-112/15-2 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-46179-01-0-114/18-2 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-46180-01-0-1

1 Box of stay arm JET ASSW Size ML355- 600 30 K-12685-00-4-1601-1000 50 1 K-12686-00-4-1

1 Bag of tilt-turn middle lock10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm K-12691-01-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm K-12693-01-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm K-12692-01-0-1

2 Bag of locking pin/locking plate10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-11349-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-11350-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-11812-00-0-1

1 Wrong operation safety device 6-24672-10-0-*1 1 Bag of profiles G.U-822

TFW [2]-2960 K-13206-30-0-*

2961-3960 K-13206-40-0-*[1] In case of a tilt-turn active sash 3 Axial hinges are suppressed[2] Max. sash width SW 1000 mm* 1 = Surface EV 1 or EV 1 colour* 5 = Surface UC 5 or UC 5 colour* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)G = Centre of geared handle

Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-822, inward opening

3 sashes with side hung sash locking mechanism, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm

Page 73: Door Hardware

FERCO

CornertransmissionLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Cover profile P 1226

Corner transmissionLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Running rail P 1213

CarrierLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Gliding rail P 1381 End cap 9-32532-00-0-*

Folding catch Packing

Cover

Axial hinge105 mm

Geared handle6-24559-00-0-*Cylinder head screw9-13354-12

Gliding roller6-25336-00-0-3

Support 9-33628-08Corner bearing 9-33448-00-R-3Cover 9-33449-00-R-*

Runner 6-25334-00-0-*

Sash hinge

Corner bearing 9-33448-00-L-3Cover 9-33449-00-L-*Support 9-33628-08

71

Fitting requirements according to total frame widthand sash height for schemes 532, 541 and 550Quantity Description Article No.532 541 550

2 2 2 Basic box G.U-822 K-13861-08-0-*3 3 4 Box of sash hinges (acc. to profile)3 3 4 Bag of hinge covers (acc. to profile)6 6 3 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm G-46731-00-0-*1 1 Bag of folding catch K-13334-00-0-*1 1 Packing for folding catch 9-33492-00-0-*3 3 3 Bag of geared handle

DIRIGENT G-45978-00-0-*Locking parts for folding sash

4 4 4 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-12 2 2 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-14 4 4 Locking plate, fixed

10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1Locking parts for side hung sash

2 2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-11 1 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-13 3 3 Locking plate

10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1alternatively instead of side hung sash:Tilt-turn fittings [1]

1 Basic box JET AS 130 G-46183-01-0-*1 Bag of tilt-turn locking parts

10/14-2 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-46178-01-0-112/15-2 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-46179-01-0-114/18-2 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-46180-01-0-1

1 Box of stay arm JET ASSW Size ML355- 600 30 K-12685-00-4-1601-1000 50 1 K-12686-00-4-1

1 Bag of tilt-turn middle lock10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm K-12691-01-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm K-12693-01-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm K-12692-01-0-1

2 Bag of locking pin/locking plate10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-11349-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-11350-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-11812-00-0-1

1 Wrong operation safety device 6-24672-10-0-*1 1 1 Bag of profiles G.U-822

TFW [2]-2960 K-13206-30-0-*

2961-3960 K-13206-40-0-*3961-5000 K-13206-50-0-*5001-6700 K-13206-67-0-*

[1] In case of a tilt-turn active sash 3 Axial hinges are suppressed[2] Max. sash width SW 1000 mm* 1 = Surface EV 1 or EV 1 colour* 5 = Surface UC 5 or UC 5 colour* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)G = Centre of geared handle

Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-822, inward opening

5 sashes with side hung sash locking mechanism, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm

Page 74: Door Hardware

CornertransmissionLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Cover profile P 1226

Corner transmissionLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Running rail P 1213

CarrierLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Gliding rail P 1381 End cap 9-32532-00-0-*

Folding catch Packing

Cover

Axial hinge105 mm

Geared handle6-24559-00-0-*Cylinder head screw9-13354-12

Gliding roller6-25336-00-0-3

Support 9-33628-08Corner bearing 9-33448-00-R-3Cover 9-33449-00-R-*

Runner 6-25334-00-0-*

Sash hinge

Corner bearing 9-33448-00-L-3Cover 9-33449-00-L-*Support 9-33628-08

72

FERCO

Fitting requirements according to total frame widthand sash height for schemes 431, 633 and 651Quantity Description Article No.431 633 651

1 2 2 Basic box G.U-822 K-13861-08-0-*2 4 4 Box of sash hinges (acc. to profile)2 4 4 Bag of hinge covers (acc. to profile)6 6 6 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm G-46731-00-0-*1 2 1 Bag of folding catch K-13334-00-0-*1 2 1 Packing for folding catch 9-33492-00-0-*2 3 3 Bag of geared handle

DIRIGENT G-45978-00-0-*Locking parts for folding sash

2 4 4 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-11 2 2 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-12 4 4 Locking plate, fixed

10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1Locking parts for side hung sash

2 2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-11 1 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-13 3 3 Locking plate

10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1Locking parts for inactive sash

1 1 1 Bag of locking parts SF G-45929-30-0-11 1 1 Bag of locking plate SF

10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-45939-10-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-45939-12-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-45939-14-0-1alternatively instead of side hung sash:Tilt-turn fittings [1]

1 1 Basic box JET AS 130 G-46183-01-0-*1 1 Bag of tilt-turn locking parts

10/14-2 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-46178-01-0-112/15-2 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-46179-01-0-114/18-2 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-46180-01-0-1

1 1 Box of stay arm JET ASSW Size ML355- 600 30 K-12685-00-4-1601-1000 50 1 K-12686-00-4-1

1 1 Bag of tilt-turn middle lock10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm K-12691-01-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm K-12693-01-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm K-12692-01-0-1

2 2 Bag of locking pin/locking plate10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-11349-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-11350-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-11812-00-0-1

1 1 Wrong operation safety device 6-24672-10-0-*1 1 1 Bag of profiles G.U-822

TFW [2]-2960 K-13206-30-0-*

2961-3960 K-13206-40-0-*3961-5000 K-13206-50-0-*5001-6700 K-13206-67-0-*

[1] In case of a tilt-turn active sash 3 Axial hinges are suppressed[2] Max. sash width SW 1000 mm* 1 = Surface EV 1 or EV 1 colour* 5 = Surface UC 5 or UC 5 colour* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)G = Centre of geared handle

Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-822, inward opening

4 and 6 sashes with side hung sash locking mechanism, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm

Page 75: Door Hardware

FERCO

CornertransmissionLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Cover profile P 1226

Corner transmissionLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Running rail P 1213

CarrierLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Gliding rail P 1381 End cap 9-32532-00-0-*

Folding catch Packing

Cover

Axial hinge105 mm

Geared handle6-24559-00-0-*Cylinder head screw9-13354-12

Gliding roller6-25336-00-0-3

Support 9-33628-08Corner bearing 9-33448-00-R-3Cover 9-33449-00-R-*

Runner 6-25334-00-0-*

Sash hinge

Corner bearing 9-33448-00-L-3Cover 9-33449-00-L-*Support 9-33628-08

73

Fitting requirements according to total frame widthand sash height for schemes 743, 761 and 770Quantity Description Article No.743 761 770

3 3 3 Basic box G.U-822 K-13861-08-0-*5 5 6 Box of sash hinges (acc. to profile)5 5 6 Bag of hinge covers (acc. to profile)6 6 3 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm G-46731-00-0-*1 1 Bag of folding catch K-13334-00-0-*

1 Packing for folding catch 9-33492-00-0-*4 4 4 Bag of geared handle

DIRIGENT G-45978-00-0-*Locking parts for folding catch

6 6 6 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-13 3 3 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-16 6 6 Locking plate, fixed

10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1Locking parts for side hung sash

2 2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-11 1 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-13 3 3 Locking plate

10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1alternatively instead of side hung sash:Tilt-turn fittings [1]

1 Basic box JET AS 130 G-46183-01-0-*1 Bag of tilt-turn locking parts

10/14-2 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-46178-01-0-112/15-2 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-46179-01-0-114/18-2 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-46180-01-0-1

1 Box of stay arm JET ASSW Size ML355- 600 30 K-12685-00-4-1601-1000 50 1 K-12686-00-4-1

1 Bag of tilt-turn middle lock10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm K-12691-01-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm K-12693-01-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm K-12692-01-0-1

2 Bag of locking pin/locking plate10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-11349-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-11350-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-11812-00-0-1

1 Wrong operation safety device 6-24672-10-0-*1 1 1 Bag of profiles G.U-822

TFW [2]-2960 K-13206-30-0-*

2961-3960 K-13206-40-0-*3961-5000 K-13206-50-0-*5001-6700 K-13206-67-0-*

[1] In case of a tilt-turn active sash 3 Axial hinges are suppressed[2] Max. sash width SW 1000 mm* 1 = Surface EV 1 or EV 1 colour* 5 = Surface UC 5 or UC 5 colour* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)G = Centre of geared handle

Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-822, inward opening

7 sashes with side hung sash locking mechanism, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm

Page 76: Door Hardware

CornertransmissionLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Corner transmissionLocking plateacc. to frame groove

CarrierLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Axial hinge105 mm

Geared handle6-24559-00-0-*Cylinder head screw9-13354-12

Cover profile P 1226Gliding rail P 1381

Gliding roller 6-25336-00-0-3Folding catch Packing

Running rail P 1213

End cap lh9-32740-00-L-*

Cover profile P 1391Support 9-32741

End cap rh9-32740-00-R-*

Runner 6-25436-00-0-*

Cover

Support 9-33628-08Corner bearing 9-33448-00-R-3Cover 9-33449-00-R-*

Sash hinge

Corner bearing 9-33448-00-L-3Cover 9-33449-00-L-*Support 9-33628-08

74

FERCO

Fitting requirements according to total frame widthand sash height for schemes 321 and 330Quantity Description Article No.321 330

1 1 Basic box G.U-825 K-13982-08-0-*1 2 Box of sash hinges (acc. to profile)1 2 Bag of hinge covers (acc. to profile)6 3 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm G-46731-00-0-*

1 Bag of folding catch K-13334-00-0-*1 Packing for folding catch 9-33492-00-0-*

2 2 Bag of geared handleDIRIGENT G-45978-00-0-*Locking parts for folding sash

2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-11 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-12 2 Locking plate, fixed

10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1Locking parts for side hung sash

2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-11 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-13 3 Locking plate

10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1alternatively instead of side hung sash:Tilt-turn fittings [1]

1 Basic box JET AS 130 G-46183-01-0-*1 Bag of tilt-turn locking parts

10/14-2 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-46178-01-0-112/15-2 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-46179-01-0-114/18-2 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-46180-01-0-1

1 Box of stay arm JET ASSW Size ML355- 600 30 K-12685-00-4-1601-1000 50 1 K-12686-00-4-1

1 Bag of tilt-turn middle lock10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm K-12691-01-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm K-12693-01-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm K-12692-01-0-1

2 Bag of locking pin/locking plate10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-11349-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-11350-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-11812-00-0-1

1 Wrong operation safety device 6-24672-10-0-*1 1 Bag of profiles G.U-825

TFW [2]-2960 K-13272-30-0-*

2961-3960 K-13272-40-0-*[1] In case of a tilt-turn active sash 3 Axial hinges are suppressed[2] Max. sash width SW 1000 mm* 1 = Surface EV 1 or EV 1 colour* 5 = Surface UC 5 or UC 5 colour* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)G = Centre of geared handle

Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-825, inward opening

3 sashes with side hung sash locking mechanism, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm

Page 77: Door Hardware

75

FERCO

CornertransmissionLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Corner transmissionLocking plateacc. to frame groove

CarrierLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Axial hinge105 mm

Geared handle6-24559-00-0-*Cylinder head screw9-13354-12

Cover profile P 1226Gliding rail P 1381

Gliding roller 6-25336-00-0-3Folding catch Packing

Running rail P 1213

End cap lh9-32740-00-L-*

Cover profile P 1391Support 9-32741

End cap rh9-32740-00-R-*

Runner 6-25436-00-0-*

Cover

Support 9-33628-08Corner bearing 9-33448-00-R-3Cover 9-33449-00-R-*

Sash hinge

Corner bearing 9-33448-00-L-3Cover 9-33449-00-L-*Support 9-33628-08

Fitting requirements according to total frame widthand sash height for schemes 532, 541 and 550Quantity Description Article No.532 541 550

2 2 2 Basic box G.U-825 K-13982-08-0-*3 3 4 Box of sash hinges (acc. to profile)3 3 4 Bag of hinge covers (acc. to profile)6 6 3 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm G-46731-00-0-*1 1 Bag of folding catch K-13334-00-0-*1 1 Packing for folding catch 9-33492-00-0-*3 3 3 Bag of geared handle

DIRIGENT G-45978-00-0-*Locking parts for folding sash

4 4 4 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-12 2 2 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-14 4 4 Locking plate, fixed

10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1Locking parts for side hung sash

2 2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-11 1 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-13 3 3 Locking plate

10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1alternatively instead of side hung sash:Tilt-turn fittings [1]

1 Basic box JET AS 130 G-46183-01-0-*1 Bag of tilt-turn locking parts

10/14-2 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-46178-01-0-112/15-2 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-46179-01-0-114/18-2 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-46180-01-0-1

1 Box of stay arm JET ASSW Size ML355- 600 30 K-12685-00-4-1601-1000 50 1 K-12686-00-4-1

1 Bag of tilt-turn middle lock10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm K-12691-01-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm K-12693-01-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm K-12692-01-0-1

2 Bag of locking pin/locking plate10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-11349-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-11350-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-11812-00-0-1

1 Wrong operation safety device 6-24672-10-0-*1 1 1 Bag of profiles G.U-825

TFW [2]-2960 K-13272-30-0-*

2961-3960 K-13272-40-0-*3961-5000 K-13272-50-0-*5001-6700 K-13272-67-0-*

[1] In case of a tilt-turn active sash 3 Axial hinges are suppressed[2] Max. sash width SW 1000 mm* 1 = Surface EV 1 or EV 1 colour* 5 = Surface UC 5 or UC 5 colour* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)G = Centre of geared handle

Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-825, inward opening

5 sashes with side hung sash locking mechanism, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm

Page 78: Door Hardware

CornertransmissionLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Corner transmissionLocking plateacc. to frame groove

CarrierLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Axial hinge105 mm

Geared handle6-24559-00-0-*Cylinder head screw9-13354-12

Cover profile P 1226Gliding rail P 1381

Gliding roller 6-25336-00-0-3Folding catch Packing

Running rail P 1213

End cap lh9-32740-00-L-*

Cover profile P 1391Support 9-32741

End cap rh9-32740-00-R-*

Runner 6-25436-00-0-*

Cover

Support 9-33628-08Corner bearing 9-33448-00-R-3Cover 9-33449-00-R-*

Sash hinge

Corner bearing 9-33448-00-L-3Cover 9-33449-00-L-*Support 9-33628-08

76

FERCO

Fitting requirements according to total frame widthand sash height for schemes 431, 633 and 651Quantity Description Article No.431 633 651

1 2 2 Basic box G.U-825 K-13982-08-0-*2 4 4 Box of sash hinges (acc. to profile)2 4 4 Bag of hinge covers (acc. to profile)6 6 6 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm G-46731-00-0-*1 2 1 Bag of folding catch K-13334-00-0-*1 2 1 Packing for folding catch 9-33492-00-0-*2 3 3 Bag of geared handle

DIRIGENT G-45978-00-0-*Locking parts for folding sash

2 4 4 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-11 2 2 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-12 4 4 Locking plate, fixed

10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1Locking parts for side hung sash

2 2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-11 1 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-13 3 3 Locking plate

10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1Locking parts for inactive sash

1 1 1 Bag of locking parts SF G-45929-30-0-11 1 1 Bag of locking plate SF

10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-45939-10-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-45939-12-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-45939-14-0-1alternatively instead of side hung sash:Tilt-turn fittings [1]

1 1 Basic box JET AS 130 G-46183-01-0-*1 1 Bag of tilt-turn locking parts

10/14-2 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-46178-01-0-112/15-2 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-46179-01-0-114/18-2 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-46180-01-0-1

1 1 Box of stay arm JET ASSW Size ML355- 600 30 K-12685-00-4-1601-1000 50 1 K-12686-00-4-1

1 1 Bag of tilt-turn middle lock10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm K-12691-01-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm K-12693-01-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm K-12692-01-0-1

2 2 Bag of locking pin/locking plate10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-11349-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-11350-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-11812-00-0-1

1 1 Wrong operation safety device 6-24672-10-0-*1 1 1 Bag of profiles G.U-825

TFW [2]-2960 K-13272-30-0-*

2961-3960 K-13272-40-0-*3961-5000 K-13272-50-0-*5001-6700 K-13272-67-0-*

[1] In case of a tilt-turn active sash 3 Axial hinges are suppressed[2] Max. sash width SW 1000 mm* 1 = Surface EV 1 or EV 1 colour* 5 = Surface UC 5 or UC 5 colour* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)G = Centre of geared handle

Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-825, inward opening

4 and 6 sashes with side hung sash locking mechanism, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm

Page 79: Door Hardware

77

FERCO

CornertransmissionLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Corner transmissionLocking plateacc. to frame groove

CarrierLocking plateacc. to frame groove

Axial hinge105 mm

Geared handle6-24559-00-0-*Cylinder head screw9-13354-12

Cover profile P 1226Gliding rail P 1381

Gliding roller 6-25336-00-0-3Folding catch Packing

Running rail P 1213

End cap lh9-32740-00-L-*

Cover profile P 1391Support 9-32741

End cap rh9-32740-00-R-*

Runner 6-25436-00-0-*

Cover

Support 9-33628-08Corner bearing 9-33448-00-R-3Cover 9-33449-00-R-*

Sash hinge

Corner bearing 9-33448-00-L-3Cover 9-33449-00-L-*Support 9-33628-08

Fitting requirements according to total frame widthand sash height for schemes 743, 761 and 770Quantity Description Article No.743 761 770

3 3 3 Basic box G.U-825 K-13982-08-0-*5 5 6 Box of sash hinges (acc. to profile)5 5 6 Bag of hinge covers (acc. to profile)6 6 3 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm G-46731-00-0-*1 1 Bag of folding catch K-13334-00-0-*

1 Packing for folding catch 9-33492-00-0-*4 4 4 Bag of geared handle

DIRIGENT G-45978-00-0-*Locking parts for folding sash

6 6 6 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-13 3 3 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-16 6 6 Locking plate, fixed

10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1Locking parts for side hung sash

2 2 2 Corner transmission 6-26235-00-0-11 1 1 Carrier 6-24528-00-0-13 3 3 Locking plate

10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-15067-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-15069-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-15059-00-0-1alternatively instead of side hung sash:Tilt-turn fittings [1]

1 Basic box JET AS 130 G-46183-01-0-*1 Bag of tilt-turn locking parts

10/14-2 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-46178-01-0-112/15-2 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-46179-01-0-114/18-2 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-46180-01-0-1

1 Box of stay arm JET ASSW Size ML355- 600 30 K-12685-00-4-1601-1000 50 1 K-12686-00-4-1

1 Bag of tilt-turn middle lock10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm K-12691-01-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm K-12693-01-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm K-12692-01-0-1

2 Bag of locking pin/locking plate10/14 - Frame groove 10/14 mm G-11349-00-0-112/15 - Frame groove 12/15 mm G-11350-00-0-114/18 - Frame groove 14/18 mm G-11812-00-0-1

1 Wrong operation safety device 6-24672-10-0-*1 1 1 Bag of profiles G.U-825

TFW [2]-2960 K-13272-30-0-*

2961-3960 K-13272-40-0-*3961-5000 K-13272-50-0-*5001-6700 K-13272-67-0-*

[1] In case of a tilt-turn active sash 3 Axial hinges are suppressed[2] Max. sash width SW 1000 mm* 1 = Surface EV 1 or EV 1 colour* 5 = Surface UC 5 or UC 5 colour* 7 = Surface white (RAL 9016)G = Centre of geared handle

Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-825, inward opening

7 sashes with side hung sash locking mechanism, for sash profiles with Euro-groove 15/20 mm

Page 80: Door Hardware

78

FERCOLocking parts according to profile system

Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-822 and G.U-825

Application Description PU Article No.Windows and doors Sash hinges, Axial hinges, locking plates,

middle locks, locking pin plates,tilt-locking plates, packings

Akotherm – G.U-922 inward Box of sash hinges 17/45 1 K-13205-03-0-3Frame profile 1503 Bag of hinge covers 1 K-15392-00-0-*Sash profile 1549 Locking plate for frame and false mullion profile 100 6-25495-00-0-1False mullion profile 1508 Locking plate for shoot 100 E-15616-00-0-3T profile 1511 Mushroom pin locking plate 100 8-00979-00-0-3

Packing for locking plate 8-00979-00-0-3 100 9-30080-00-0-3Alcan Contact – G.U-822 inward Box of sash hinges 17/40 1 K-13205-01-0-3

Frame profile 4002 D Bag of hinge covers 1 K-15392-00-0-*Sash profile 4024 F Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm 10 G-46519-00-0-*False mullion profile 4029 F Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash 100 G-15069-00-0-1Frame groove 12/15 Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash 100 G-15069-00-0-1

Tilt-turn active sash:Bag of tilt-turn middle lock 10 K-12693-01-0-1Bag of tilt-turn locking parts 10 G-46179-01-0-1Bag of locking pin/locking plate 10 G-11350-00-0-1Bag of locking plate SF 10 G-45939-12-0-1

Alcan Contact – G.U-825 inward Box of sash hinges 17/40 1 K-13205-01-0-3Frame profile 4002 D, 4043 M Bag of hinge covers 1 K-15392-00-0-*Sash profile 4024 F Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm 10 G-46519-00-0-*False mullion profile 4029 F Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash 100 G-15069-00-0-1Frame groove 12/15 Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash 100 G-15069-00-0-1

Tilt-turn active sash:Bag of tilt-turn middle lock 10 K-12693-01-0-1Bag of tilt-turn locking parts 10 G-46179-01-0-1Bag of locking pin/locking plate 10 G-11350-00-0-1Bag of locking plate SF 10 G-45939-12-0-1

Alsec Series 59 – G.U-822 inward Box of sash hinges 25/45 1 K-13812-00-0-3Frame profile 53194-80 Bag of hinge covers 1 K-15399-00-0-*Sash profile 56556-92 Locking plate for frame and false mullion profile 100 9-30146-13-0-3False mullion profile 53198-97 Locking plate for shoot 100 8-00668-15-0-3

Mushroom pin locking plate 100 8-00979-00-0-3Packing for locking plate 8-00979-00-0-3 100 9-30080-00-0-3

Remi Claeys Ekonal i70 – Box of sash hinges 17/40 1 K-13205-01-0-3G.U-822 inward Bag of hinge covers 1 K-15392-00-0-*

Frame profile 42004 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm 10 G-46519-00-0-*Sash profile 42330 Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash 100 G-15069-00-0-1T profile 42331 Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash 100 G-15069-00-0-1Frame groove 12/15 Tilt-turn active sash:

Bag of tilt-turn middle lock 10 K-12693-01-0-1Bag of tilt-turn locking parts 10 G-46179-01-0-1Bag of locking pin/locking plate 10 G-11350-00-0-1Bag of locking plate SF 10 G-45939-12-0-1

Remi Claeys Ekonal i70 – Box of sash hinges 17/40 1 K-13205-01-0-3G.U-825 inward Bag of hinge covers 1 K-15392-00-0-*

Frame profile 42004 i70, 42807 i70 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm 10 G-46519-00-0-*Sash profile 42330 i70 Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash 100 G-15069-00-0-1T profile 42331 i70 Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash 100 G-15069-00-0-1Frame groove 12/15 Tilt-turn active sash:

Bag of tilt-turn middle lock 10 K-12693-01-0-1Bag of tilt-turn locking parts 10 G-46179-01-0-1Bag of locking pin/locking plate 10 G-11350-00-0-1Bag of locking plate SF 10 G-45939-12-0-1

Eural Series 65 – G.U-822 inward Box of sash hinges 17/45 1 K-13205-03-0-3Frame profile 161 100 Bag of hinge covers 1 K-15392-00-0-*Sash profile 162 100 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm 10 G-46519-00-0-*T profile 165 100 Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash 100 G-15059-00-0-1Frame groove 14/18 Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash 100 G-15059-00-0-1

Tilt-turn active sash:Bag of tilt-turn middle lock 10 K-12692-01-0-1Bag of tilt-turn locking parts 10 G-46180-01-0-1Bag of locking pin/locking plate 10 G-11812-00-0-1Bag of locking plate SF 10 G-45939-14-0-1

Hartmann Systherm 62 – G.U-822 inward Box of sash hinges 17/40 1 K-13205-01-0-3Frame profile 62 020 0 Bag of hinge covers 1 K-15392-00-0-*Sash profile 62 301 0False mullion profile 62 323 0

Heroal Series 040 – G.U-822 inward Box of sash hinges 17/40 1 K-13205-01-0-3Frame profile 6422 Bag of hinge covers 1 K-15392-00-0-*Sash profile 6402 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm 10 G-46519-00-0-*False mullion profile 6403 Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash 100 G-15067-00-0-1Frame groove 10/14 Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash 100 G-15067-00-0-1

Tilt-turn active sash:Bag of tilt-turn middle lock 10 K-12691-01-0-1Bag of tilt-turn locking parts 10 G-46178-01-0-1Bag of locking pin/locking plate 10 G-11349-00-0-1Bag of locking plate SF 10 G-45939-10-0-1

Page 81: Door Hardware

79

FERCO

Sliding-Folding fittings G.U-822 and G.U-825

Application Description PU Article No.Windows and doors Sash hinges, Axial hinges, locking plates,

middle locks, locking pin plates,tilt-locking plates, packings

MKF Series TKI 602 – G.U-822 inward Box of sash hinges 17/40 1 K-13205-01-0-3Frame profile 602-01-015 Bag of hinge covers 1 K-15392-00-0-*Sash profile 602-02-022False mullion profile 602-02-026

MKF Series TKI 602 – G.U-825 inward Box of sash hinges 17/40 1 K-13205-01-0-3Frame profile 602-01-015 Bag of hinge covers 1 K-15392-00-0-*Sash profile 602-02-022False mullion profile 602-02-026

Pechiney – G.U-822 inward Box of sash hinges 17/40 1 K-13205-01-0-3Frame profile N 113 311 Bag of hinge covers 1 K-15392-00-0-*Sash profile N 113 351 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm 10 G-46519-00-0-*False mullion profile N 113 352 Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash 100 G-15067-00-0-1Frame groove 10/14 Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash 100 G-15067-00-0-1

Tilt-turn active sash:Bag of tilt-turn middle lock 10 K-12691-01-0-1Bag of tilt-turn locking parts 10 G-46178-01-0-1Bag of locking pin/locking plate 10 G-11349-00-0-1Bag of locking plate SF 10 G-45939-10-0-1

Pechiney – G.U-825 inward Box of sash hinges 17/40 1 K-13205-01-0-3Frame profile N 113 311 Bag of hinge covers 1 K-15392-00-0-*Sash profile N 113 351 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm 10 G-46519-00-0-*False mullion profile N 113 352 Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash 100 G-15067-00-0-1Frame groove 10/14 Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash 100 G-15067-00-0-1

Tilt-turn active sash:Bag of tilt-turn middle lock 10 K-12691-01-0-1Bag of tilt-turn locking parts 10 G-46178-01-0-1Bag of locking pin/locking plate 10 G-11349-00-0-1Bag of locking plate SF 10 G-45939-10-0-1

Reynolds RT 620 – G.U-822 inward Box of sash hinges 17/45 1 K-13205-03-0-3Frame profile 717 834 Bag of hinge covers 1 K-15392-00-0-*Sash profile 734 077 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm 10 G-46519-00-0-*False mullion profile 717 876 Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash 100 G-15067-00-0-1Frame groove 10/14 Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash 100 G-15067-00-0-1

Tilt-turn active sash:Bag of tilt-turn middle lock 10 K-12691-01-0-1Bag of tilt-turn locking parts 10 G-46178-01-0-1Bag of locking pin/locking plate 10 G-11349-00-0-1Bag of locking plate SF 10 G-45939-10-0-1

Reynolds RT 620 – G.U-825 inward Box of sash hinges 17/45 1 K-13205-03-0-3Frame profile 717 834, 717 839 Bag of hinge covers 1 K-15392-00-0-*Sash profile 734 077 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm 10 G-46519-00-0-*False mullion profile 717 876 Locking plate, fixed, for folding sash 100 G-15067-00-0-1Frame groove 10/14 Locking plate, fixed, for side hung sash 100 G-15067-00-0-1

Tilt-turn active sash:Bag of tilt-turn middle lock 10 K-12691-01-0-1Bag of tilt-turn locking parts 10 G-46178-01-0-1Bag of locking pin/locking plate 10 G-11349-00-0-1Bag of locking plate SF 10 G-45939-10-0-1

Sykon – G.U-822 inward Box of sash hinges 17/40 1 K-13205-01-0-3Frame profile 5330 Bag of hinge covers 1 K-15392-00-0-*Sash profile 5332 Bag of Axial hinges 105 mm 10 G-46519-00-0-*False mullion profile 5338Frame groove 10/14

Locking parts according to profile system

Application Description Article No.G.U-822, G.U-825 Aluminium doors and windows

Drilling jig for corner bearing 6-25831-01-0-0Drilling jig for sash hinge 17/40 (K-13205-01) 6-25369-00-0-0Drilling jig for sash hinge 17/45 (K-13205-03) 6-25996-03-0-0Drilling jig for sash hinge 25/45 (K-13812-00) 6-25996-02-0-0Drilling jig for sash hinge 17/17 (K-13813-00) 6-25996-01-0-0Rod for drilling jig 6-25369 9-32596-00-0-0Stop for rod 9-32596 6-25371-00-0-0Drilling jig for running and gliding rail 6-23616-00-0-0Drilling jig for folding catch and support 6-25575-00-0-0Drilling jig for mill-in gear 6-26191-00-0-0Drilling jig JET AS 130 with clamping device 6-25373-01-0-0Drilling jig for stay arm assembly 6-25410-00-0-0

Drilling jigs

Page 82: Door Hardware

80

FERCO

ApplicationRange of applications for G.U Lift-Sliding fittings:– Lift-Sliding doors with 2 to 4 sashes– Lift-Sliding windows with 2 to 4 sashes

Range of applications for G.U Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings:– Lift-Tilt-Sliding doors with 2 sashes– Lift-Tilt-Sliding windows with 2 sashes

DesignsLift-Sliding fittings G.U-933Fittings for single sashes up to 250 kg, with 4-wheel carriages andclamp fixed connecting bar. Wheels made of fabric reinforced lami-nated plastic with needle bearing. Lift-locking gear with 37.5 mmbackset and cylinder bore.

Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings G.U-953Fittings for single sashes up to 250 kg, with 4-wheel carriages andclamp fixed connecting bar. Wheels made of fabric reinforced lami-nated plastic with needle bearing. Lift-locking gear with 37.5 mmbackset and cylinder bore.The stay arms with adjustable pressure can be easily disconnected.

HandlesThe DIRIGENT handles are made of aluminium with concealedfixings. Rosettes with robust retaining feature. Standard version:handles without cylinder bore. Handles with cylinder bore, handlesfor operation on both sides with cylinder bore and removable handlescomplete the programme.

Standard coloursLift-Sliding and Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings are supplied in the followingstandard colours:EV 1 Visible aluminium parts anodized EV 1UC 5 Visible aluminium parts anodized dark bronze

Materials, surface sealing ferGUard* silver andferGUard* yellowThe fitting parts are made of high quality steel, zinc die-casting andaluminium alloys.According to the material they are protected against corrosion by thesurface sealing ferGUard* silver or ferGUard* yellow, aluminium partsare anodized.

AbbreviationsG Fixed gear positionlh left handPU Packing unitrh right handSH Sash heightST Sash thicknessSW Sash widthTFW Total frame width

Article NumbersExampleArticle No.6-22944-20-0-3

6-22944- - - Part number- -20- - Size- - -L- Left hand (gear side)- - -R- Right hand (gear side)- - -0- Usable on both sides- - - -1T Nickel silver- - - -1 F 1/EV 1, natural or silver colour, zinc die-casting

parts galvanized and blue bichromated- - - -2 F 2/EV 2, champagne colour- - - -3 F 3, brass or brass colour, steel

parts galvanized and yellow bichromated- - - -4 UC 3, medium bronze or medium brown- - - -5 UC 5, dark bronze or dark brown- - - -6 Black, powder-coated (RAL 9005)- - - -7 White, powder-coated (RAL 9016)- - - -7T White, powder-coated (RAL 9010)- - - -8 Stainless steel oder inox colour- - - -* Surface treatment variable (see price-list)

for aluminium doors and windows

ApplicationProfile system Sash arrangement Fittings Profile series Top guide Standard

acc. to scheme [1] assemblyA C D F G H drawing

Akotherm • • • • • • G.U-933 System 0.39431.1Alcan • • • • • • G.U-933 Series PA 65 System 0.38297.1Alisol 3 • • • • • • G.U-933 SystemBrökelmann • • • • • • G.U-933 Series WG System BrökelmannHeroal • • • • • G.U-933 Series 40 System 0.42681.1Parsal • • • • • G.U-933 SystemRemi Claeys • • • • • • G.U-933 Ekonal iS 60 System 0.38215.1System Ekonal • G.U-953 Ekonal iS 60 System 0.38219.1Reynolds • • • • • • G.U-933 Series RT 135 System 0.41717.1TKI • • • • • • G.U-933 Series 130 SystemVAW • G.U-933 System VAW[1] The schemes A and C are represented in the following pages. Schemes D, F, G and H upon request.

Sash arrangement according to schemes A to H [1]

A C G

D F H

Sliding sash

Fixed sash

[1] The schemes A and C are represented in the following pages. Schemes D, F, G and H upon request.

Lift-Sliding and Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings

Page 83: Door Hardware

81

FERCO

Handles DIRIGENT – aluminium

Lift-Sliding fittingsHandle inside – G.U-933DIRIGENT without cylinder boreSpindle 80 mm, single6-24608-00-0-*

Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittingsHandle inside – G.U-953DIRIGENT without cylinder boreSpindle 80 mm, single6-24613-00-0-*

Flush pull9-29526-00-0-*

Lift-Sliding fittingsHandle on both sides – G.U-933DIRIGENT with cylinder boreSpindle 145 mm, single6-24615-96-0-*

Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittingsHandle on both sides – G.U-953DIRIGENT with cylinder boreSpindle 145 mm, single6-24616-96-0-*

Countersunk screw M 6 x 1009-32789-10

Handles DIRIGENT – polished brass Security handlesDIRIGENT Se

Lift-Sliding fittingsHandle on both sides – G.U-933DIRIGENT with cylinder boreSpindle 145 mm, single6-26731-00-0-3

Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittingsHandle on both sides – G.U-953DIRIGENT with cylinder boreSpindle 145 mm, single6-26732-00-0-3

Lift-Sliding fittingsHandle on both sides – G.U-933DIRIGENT Se with cylinder boreSpindle 145 mm, single6-24617-96-0-*

Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittingsHandle on both sides – G.U-953DIRIGENT Se with cylinder boreSpindle 145 mm, single6-24618-96-0-*

Flush pull Se9-29622-00-0-*

Lift-Sliding fittingsHandle inside – G.U-933DIRIGENT with cylinder boreSpindle 80 mm, single6-26728-02-0-3

Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittingsHandle inside – G.U-953DIRIGENT with cylinder boreSpindle 80 mm, single6-26729-02-0-3

Flush pull9-34957-00-0-3

Lift-Sliding fittingsHandle inside – G.U-933DIRIGENT without cylinder boreSpindle 80 mm, single6-26728-01-0-3

Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittingsHandle inside – G.U-953DIRIGENT without cylinder boreSpindle 80 mm, single6-26729-01-0-3

Flush pull9-34957-00-0-3

Lift-Sliding fittingsHandle inside – G.U-933DIRIGENT with cylinder boreSpindle 80 mm, single6-24609-00-0-*

Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittingsHandle inside – G.U-953DIRIGENT with cylinder boreSpindle 80 mm, single6-24614-00-0-*

Flush pull9-29526-00-0-*

Optional parts

Handles for doors and windows, accessories

Page 84: Door Hardware

82

FERCO

Lift-Sliding fittings G.U-933, Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings G.U-953

RemovablehandleDIRIGENT6-24619-00-0-*

Rosette insidewithout cylinder bore6-23243-01-0-*

Rosette insidewith cylinder bore6-23243-02-0-*

Flush pull9-29526-00-0*

Dummy plateoutside9-29527-00-0-*

Countersunk screwM 6ST mmM 6x65 9-13274-65M 6x70 9-13274-70M 6x75 9-13274-75M 6x80 9-13274-80M 6x85 9-13274-85

Bag of stop 90K-12024-00-0-6

Bag of middlelock, verticalK-11864

Cover railextension9-28483-05-0-*

Gear extension6-23173-00-0-*

Lift-Sliding fittings G.U-933

Lift-Tilt-Sliding fittings G.U-953

Bag of middlelock for gearK-12058-00-0-3

Cover for recessof middle lock9-29494

Optional parts

Cover disk9-09961-00-0-*

Sleeve9-09962-00-0-*

Page 85: Door Hardware

83

FERCOLift-Sliding fittings G.U-933

Fitting requirementsaccording to size of sashes for schemes A and C [1]Qty Description Akotherm Alcan Alisol 3A C1 2 Basic box G.U-933 K-14462-00-0-3 K-14462-00-0-3 K-14462-00-0-31 2 Additional box G.U-933 K-14495-00-0-3 K-14496-00-0-3 K-14493-00-0-31 2 Handle DIRIGENT 6-24608-00-0-* 6-24608-00-0-* 6-24608-00-0-*

2 Bag of stop 90 K-12040-00-0-6 K-12040-00-0-61 Bag of thread plate2 Thread plate1 Bag of locking bolts K-11744-00-0-3 K-11744-00-0-3 K-11302-00-0-3

1 2 Lift-locking gear G.U-933Length G [2] Article No. SH SH SH1100 410 6-22944-11-0-* 775-1150 775-1150 775-11501650 410 6-22944-16-0-* 1175-1700 1175-1700 1175-17002050 1010 6-22944-20-0-* 1775-2100 1775-2100 1775-21002200 1010 6-22944-22-0-* 1925-2250 1925-2250 1925-2250

1 2 Connecting bar P 960Length Article No. SW SW SW1000 9-27695-10-0-3 720-1450 720-1450 720-14501500 9-27695-15-0-3 1451-1950 1451-1950 1451-19501800 9-27695-18-0-3 1951-2200 1951-2200 1951-22002600 9-27695-26-0-3 2201-3300 2201-3300 2201-3300

[1] Schemes D, F, G and H upon request.[2] Exact gear position according to profile dimensions.

according to profile system

Lift-locking gear

Plug

Locking bolt

HandleDIRIGENT

Locking boltScheme C

Locking bolt

Runner, front Support,bottom

Connecting bar P 960

Runner, rear Rubberbuffer

Fitting requirementsaccording to size of sashes for schemes A and C [1]Qty Description Brökelmann Heroal ParsalA C1 2 Basic box G.U-933 K-14462-00-0-3 K-14462-00-0-3 K-14462-00-0-31 2 Additional box G.U-933 K-14497-00-0-3 K-14489-00-0-3 K-14491-00-0-31 2 Handle DIRIGENT 6-24608-00-0-* 6-24608-00-0-* 6-24608-00-0-*

2 Bag of stop 90 no scheme C no scheme C1 Bag of thread plate K-12135-00-0-32 Thread plate1 Bag of locking bolts K-12261-00-0-3

1 2 Lift-locking gear G.U-933Length G [2] Article No. SH SH SH1100 410 6-22944-11-0-* 770-1145 783-1158 775-11501650 410 6-22944-16-0-* 1170-1695 1183-1708 1175-17002050 1010 6-22944-20-0-* 1770-2095 1783-2108 1775-21002200 1010 6-22944-22-0-* 1920-2245 1933-2258 1925-2250

1 2 Connecting bar P 960Length Article No. SW SW SW1000 9-27695-10-0-3 720-1450 720-1450 720-14501500 9-27695-15-0-3 1451-1950 1451-1950 1451-19501800 9-27695-18-0-3 1951-2200 1951-2200 1951-22002600 9-27695-26-0-3 2201-3300 2201-3300 2201-3300

[1] Schemes D, F, G and H upon request.[2] Exact gear position according to profile dimensions.

Page 86: Door Hardware

84

FERCOLift-Sliding fittings G.U-933

according to profile system

Lift-locking gear

Plug

Locking bolt

HandleDIRIGENT

Locking boltScheme C

Locking bolt

Runner, front Support,bottom

Connecting bar P 960

Runner, rear Rubberbuffer

Fitting requirementsaccording to size of sashes for schemes A and C [1]Qty Description VAWA C1 2 Basic box G.U-933 K-14462-00-0-31 2 Additional box G.U-933 K-14499-00-0-31 2 Handle DIRIGENT 6-24608-00-0-*

2 Bag of stop 90 no scheme C1 Bag of thread plate2 Thread plate1 Bag of locking bolts

1 2 Lift-locking gear G.U-933Length G [2] Article No. SH1100 410 6-22944-11-0-* 783-11581650 410 6-22944-16-0-* 1183-17082050 1010 6-22944-20-0-* 1783-21082200 1010 6-22944-22-0-* 1933-2258

1 2 Connecting bar P 960Length Article No. SW1000 9-27695-10-0-3 720-14501500 9-27695-15-0-3 1451-19501800 9-27695-18-0-3 1951-22002600 9-27695-26-0-3 2201-3300

[1] Schemes D, F, G and H upon request.[2] Exact gear position according to profile dimensions.

Fitting requirementsaccording to size of sashes for schemes A and C [1]Qty Description Remi Claeys Reynolds TKIA C Ekonal1 2 Basic box G.U-933 K-14462-00-0-3 K-14462-00-0-3 K-14462-00-0-31 2 Additional box G.U-933 K-14501-00-0-3 K-14492-00-0-3 K-14499-00-0-31 2 Handle DIRIGENT 6-24608-00-0-* 6-24608-00-0-* 6-24608-00-0-*

2 Bag of stop 901 Bag of thread plate K-13392-00-0-32 Thread plate 9-24414-00-0-31 Bag of locking bolts K-12257-00-0-3 K-13391-00-0-3 K-12261-00-0-3

1 2 Lift-locking gear G.U-933Length G [2] Article No. SH SH SH1100 410 6-22944-11-0-* 780-1155 787-1162 783-11581650 410 6-22944-16-0-* 1180-1705 1187-1712 1183-17082050 1010 6-22944-20-0-* 1780-2105 1787-2112 1783-21082200 1010 6-22944-22-0-* 1930-2255 1937-2262 1933-2258

1 2 Connecting bar P 960Length Article No. SW SW SW1000 9-27695-10-0-3 720-1450 720-1450 720-14501500 9-27695-15-0-3 1451-1950 1451-1950 1451-19501800 9-27695-18-0-3 1951-2200 1951-2200 1951-22002600 9-27695-26-0-3 2201-3300 2201-3300 2201-3300

[[1] Schemes D, F, G and H upon request.[2] Exact gear position according to profile dimensions.

Page 87: Door Hardware

85

FERCOLift-Tilt-Sliding fittings G.U-953

Fitting requirementsaccording to size of sashes for scheme AQty Description Remi ClaeysA Ekonal1 Basic box G.U-953, DIN left hand K-14464-00-L-3

Basic box G.U-953, DIN right hand K-14464-00-R-31 Box of middle stay arm, DIN left hand K-11867-00-L-3

Box of middle stay arm, DIN right hand K-11867-00-R-3SW 1701 -

1 Packing for middle stay arm 9-31466-022 Packing for guide 9-31463-021 Additional box G.U-953 K-14513-00-0-31 Handle DIRIGENT 6-24613-00-0-*1 Lift-locking gear G.U-953

Length G [2] Article No. SH1100 410 6-26280-11-0-* 805-12141650 410 6-26280-16-0-* 1215-18142050 1010 6-26280-20-0-* 1815-22652200 1010 6-26280-22-0-* 2266-2715

1 Connecting bar P 959Length Article No. SW1000 9-28355-10-0-3 800-14501500 9-28355-15-0-3 1451-19501800 9-28355-18-0-3 1951-22002600 9-28355-26-0-3 2201-3000

1 Connecting bar P 960Length Article No. SW1000 9-27695-10-0-3 800-14501500 9-27695-15-0-3 1451-19501800 9-27695-18-0-3 1951-22002600 9-27695-26-0-3 2201-3000

[2] Exact gear position according to profile dimensions.

Runner, front Rubberbuffer

Connecting bar P 960

Runner, rear

Plug

Handle DIRIGENTCountersunk screwM 6 x 65/75

GuideStay arm glider

Stay arm, front Connecting bar P 959

Stay arm, middle Rubber buffer

Stay arm, rear

Locking caseEnd piece

Locking case

Lift-locking gear

Locking caseCover

Support,bottom

according to profile system

Page 88: Door Hardware

86

FERCOFan-light openers, face-fixed

for aluminium windows

ApplicationRange of applications for face-fixed Fan-light Openers:– Bottom hung inward opening or top hung outward opening

windows with one or more sashes– Installations for group ventilation as well as smoke and heat

evacuation.

DesignsFan-light Opener VENTUS F 200Slimline, unobtrusive opener with force locked horizontal stay armsfor rectangular, oblique angle head, arch head and segmental archhead tilt windows. Vertical and horizontal rods covered with clip-onaluminium profile.

Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 300Slimline, unobtrusive opener with force locked horizontal stay armsfor rectangular and oblique angle head tilt windows. Vertical andhorizontal rods covered with clip-on aluminium profile.

Operation variants– Lever handle– Lever handle and flexible transmission– Lever handle and rod transmission– Vertical gear, articulated crank handle fixed or removable– Corner gear, articulated crank handle fixed or removable– Vertical or corner gear with transmissions– Electric drives for individual and group control

Group ventilation installationsOperation of ventilation sashes by electric drives ELTRAL.For electric drives an individual control is possible also.

Standard coloursColour EV 1– Aluminium parts anodized in natural tone– Other visible parts in silver colour

Colour UC 3– Aluminium parts anodized in medium bronze colour– Other visible parts in medium brown colour

Colour UC 5– Aluminium parts anodized in dark bronze colour– Other visible parts in dark brown colour

White– Aluminium parts with white lacquer finish– Other visible parts in white colour

Materials, surface sealing ferGUard* silver andferGUard* yellowThe fitting parts are made of high quality steel, zinc die-casting andaluminium alloys.According to the material they are protected against corrosion by thesurface sealing ferGUard* silver or ferGUard* yellow, aluminiumparts are anodized.

Article NumbersExampleArticle No.6-24841-50-0-1

6-24841- - - Part number- -50- - Size- - -L- Left hand assembly- - -R- Right hand assembly- - -0- Usable on both sides- - - -1T Nickel silver- - - -1 F 1/EV 1, natural or silver colour, zinc die-casting

parts galvanized and blue bichromated- - - -2 F 2/EV 2, champagne colour- - - -3 F 3, brass or brass colour, steel

parts galvanized and yellow bichromated- - - -4 UC 3, medium bronze or medium brown- - - -5 UC 5, dark bronze or dark brown- - - -6 Black, powder-coated (RAL 9005)- - - -7 White, powder-coated (RAL 9016)- - - -7T White, powder-coated (RAL 9010)- - - -8 Stainless steel oder inox colour- - - -* Surface treatment variable (see price-list)

Abbreviations and ordering dimensionsB Total sash widthB - E Sill to bottom edge of lever handle or articulated crank

handle (straight)D Centre of vertical rod to edge of sashE - B Top edge of sash on operation side to sill for oblique

angle head and segmental arch head windowsE - E Top edge of sash on operation side to bottom edge of lever

handle or articulated crank handle (straight) for obliqueangle head and segmental arch head windows

FB Sash widthFBs Sash width for oblique angle head windowsFH Sash heightFHf Sash height for oblique angle head windowsO - B Top edge of sash to sillO - E Top edge of sash to bottom edge of lever handle or

articulated crank handle (straight)Ö Opening width of sashr RadiusRLB Frame width in the clearRLH Frame height in the clearT Depth of revealU - B Bottom edge of sash to sill, springing of arch to sill for

arch head windowsU - E Bottom edge of sash to bottom edge of lever handle or

articulated crank handle (straight), springing of arch tobottom edge of lever handle or articulated crank handle(straight)

ü Projection of window sillx Installation space for vertical and corner gearsy Sash backset of outward opening windowsz Distance between individual sashes

ApplicationFan-light Opener Sash width Sash height Opening Stroke O - E Space requirement Rod Standard

Dim. FB Dim. FH width mm min. mm lateral top Ø mm assemblymm min. mm mm mm mm drawing

VENTUS F 200 400-3600 [1] 300 200 [1] 50 [1] 440 20 20 8 GB.43700.1400-3600 250 165 40

VENTUS F 300 620-3600 350 300 [1] 70 [1] 570 26 26 10 GB.42700.1220 50

[1] Standard version

Page 89: Door Hardware

87

FERCOOptional parts

Fan-light Openers, face-fixed

Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200

Lever handleStroke 40 mm6-28681-40-0-*

Swivellinglever handleStroke 50 mmK-12608-00-0-*

Packingfor angularsash bracket9-33105

Rod clamp6-26265-00-0-1

Bow9-34723-00-0-1

Chain withrod clamps6-26268-00-0-1

Inset with brace6-26267-00-0-1T angle9-34721-00-0-1

T cover9-37591-00-0-*

Bag of T angle VENTUS F 200K-14194-00-0-*

Guide9-28893

Sleeve6-22842-00-0-1

Guide for transmission9-33711-00-0-*

Bag of T angle VENTUS F 200

Stay arm with lift-offsecurity device6-29589-00-0-*Stay arm bearing6-29134-00-0-*2 rod bearings9-38016-00-0-0

Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 300

Lever handleStroke 50 mm6-26249-50-0-*

Swivellinglever handleStroke 50K-14242-50-0-*Stroke 70K-14242-70-0-*

T corner transmission6-27089-00-0-1

Guide9-34491-00-0-0

Cover profile9-35227-00-0-*

Bag of T angle VENTUS F 300K-14201-00-0-*

Sleeve6-26813-00-0-1

Guide9-34491-00-0-0

Bag of T angle VENTUS F 300

Stay arm with lift-offsecurity device6-27451-00-0-*

Shim for packing9-34509-00-0-3

Accessories for vertical rod, Ø 8 mm

Accessories for vertical rod, Ø 10 mm

Packing forsash bracket9-34508

ELTRAL 1000/2306-29009-00-0-*

Electric driveElectric drive 230 V

Page 90: Door Hardware

88

FERCO

L

T

Mullion passage transmission

Box of mullion passage transmissionK-15384-08-0-*Mullion depth T 17 to 80 mmArm length L 126 mm

Box of mullion passage transmissionK-15384-15-0-*Mullion depth T 17 to 150 mmArm length L 266 mm

Single parts1 mullion transmission 6-292601 guide 9-336001 guiding profile 9-288881 locking part 9-358601 cover profile 9-334431 end cap 9-34412

Optional parts

Fan-light Openers, face-fixed

Page 91: Door Hardware

89

FERCO

Fitting requirements for openers with lever handleaccording to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 4nQuantity Description Article No.

1 2n 3n 4n1 1 1 1 Basic box VENTUS F 200

with lever handle – without sash bracket K-15011-00-0-*1 2 3 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200

without sash bracket K-15013-00-0E*1 2 3 4 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200

Angular sash bracket K-15225-00-0E*1 1 1 1 Vertical and horizontal rod – to cut from:

Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1

alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E11 1 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from:

Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E*Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E*

alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E*

Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200

Standard version with lever handle

Vertical rod

Corner cover 9-34220-00-0-*

Lever handle6-28681-50-0-*

Guide9-28893

Guide9-28893

Guide9-28893

Angular sash bracket6-25772-00-0-1Cover9-33346-01-0-*

End cap9-34412-00-0-*

Cover profile

Stay arm6-29131-00-0-*Stay arm bearing6-29134-00-0-*

Rod bearing9-38016-00-0-0= 2 pieces

Chain with rod clamps6-29313-00-0-1Corner transmission9-38261-00-0-0

Horizontal rod

Page 92: Door Hardware

90

FERCO

Fitting requirements for openers with vertical gearaccording to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 4nQuantity Description Article No.

1 2n 3n 4n1 1 1 1 Basic box VENTUS F 200

without lever handle – without sash bracket K-15012-00-0-*1 2 3 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200

without sash bracket K-15013-00-0E*1 2 3 4 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200

Angular sash bracket K-15225-00-0E*1 1 1 1 Horizontal rod – to cut from:

Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm 9-25476-06-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1

alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E11 1 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from:

Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm 9-33444-06-0E*Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E*Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E*

alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E*1 1 1 1 Bag of vertical gear, model A K-13402-00-0-1

Fitting requirements for openers with corner gearaccording to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 4nQuantity Description Article No.

1 2n 3n 4n1 2 3 4 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200

without sash bracket K-15013-00-0E*1 1 1 1 End cap 9-34412-00-0-*1 2 3 4 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200

Angular sash bracket K-15225-00-0E*1 1 1 1 Horizontal rod – to cut from:

Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm 9-25476-06-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1

alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E11 1 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from:

Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm 9-33444-06-0E*Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E*Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E*

alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E*1 1 1 1 Bag of vertical gear, model A K-13402-00-0-11 1 1 1 Bag of additional parts for corner gear, model A K-13403-00-0-*

Fitting requirements for articulated crank rod and accessoriesaccording to types a to h for vertical and corner gearsTypes Description Article No.a b c d e f g h1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Articulated crank rod – to cut from:

Aluminium tube, stock length 5000 mm 9-32230-50-0-*1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Bag of hinged crank K-13162-00-0-*

1 1 2 2 1 1 Bag of universal joint for crank rod K-13164-00-0-11 1 1 1 Bag of coupling horn K-13165-00-0-1

Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200

Standard version with vertical and corner gears

1 Universal jointfor gear9-33323-00-0-1

Corner cover 9-34220-00-0-*

1 Vertical gearModel A6-25766-00-0-1

1 Conicalnotched pin9-11595-14-0-1

1 Screw9-33322-00-0-0

Bag ofvertical gearK-13402-00-0-1

1 Cover9-33337-00-0-*

1 Doubleuniversal joint9-33333-00-0-1

1 Bearing9-33335

1 Screw9-33322-00-0-0

1 Connecting rod9-25476-05-0-1

1 Lifting stopStroke 409-33313-00-0-3

Bag ofcorner gearK-13403-00-0-*

Bag of universaljoint for crank rodK-13164-00-0-1

1 Universal jointfor crank rod9-24050-00-0-1

2 Conicalnotched pin9-11595-14-0-1 1 Coupling horn

9-29570-00-0-11 Conical

notched pin9-11595-14-0-11 Rod guide

6-25128

1 Hinged crank9-32231-00-0-*

1 Rod bracket9-32232-00-0-*

1 Conicalnotched pin9-11595-14-0-1

Crank rod9-32230-50-0-*

Bag of hinged crankK-13162-00-0-*

Stay arm6-29131-00-0-*Stay arm bearing6-29134-00-0-*

Angular sash bracket6-25772-00-0-1Cover9-33346-01-0-*

Cover profile End cap9-34412-00-0-*

Horizontal rod

Rod bearing9-38016-00-0-0= 2 pieces

Guide9-28893

Chain with rod clamps6-29313-00-0-1Corner transmission9-38261-00-0-0

Bag ofcoupling hornK-13165-00-0-1

Page 93: Door Hardware

91

FERCO

Fitting requirements for openers with electric drive ELTRAL, vertical installationaccording to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 4nQuantity Description Article No.

1 2n 3n 4n1 1 1 1 Basic box VENTUS F 200

without lever handle – without sash bracket K-15012-00-0-*1 2 3 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200

without sash bracket K-15013-00-0E*1 2 3 4 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200

Angular sash bracket K-15225-00-0E*1 1 1 1 Horizontal rod – to cut from:

Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm 9-25476-06-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1

alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E11 1 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from:

Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm 9-33444-06-0E*Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E*Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E*

alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E*1 1 1 1 Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/230 6-26445-00-0-*

alternatively: Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/24 6-26447-00-0-*1 1 1 1 Connecting rod, Ø 8 mm, B = 400-3600 9-34764-00-0-1

Fitting requirements for openers with electric drive ELTRAL, horizontal installationaccording to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 4nQuantity Description Article No.

1 2n 3n 4n1 2 3 4 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200

without sash bracket K-15013-00-0-*1 1 1 1 End cap 9-34412-00-0-*1 2 3 4 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200

Angular sash bracket K-15225-00-0E*1 1 1 1 Horizontal rod – to cut from:

Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm 9-25476-06-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1

alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E11 1 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from:

Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm 9-33444-06-0E*Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E*Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E*

alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E*1 1 1 1 Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/230 6-26445-00-0-*

alternatively: Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/24 6-26447-00-0-*1 1 1 1 Bag of connecting parts 1200, B = 620-3600 K-14103-00-0-1

alternatively: Electric drive ELTRAL 300 E1 9-31020-01-0-*alternatively: Electric drive ELTRAL 300/24 9-31021-00-0-*alternatively: Bag of connecting parts 300, B = 650-3600 K-15216-00-0-1

Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200

Standard version with electric drives ELTRAL for vertical and horizontal installation

Horizontal rod

Corner cover 9-34220-00-0-*

Connecting rod9-34764-00-0-1

Electric driveELTRAL 1200

Electric driveELTRAL 1200

Horizontal rod

Cover profile

Coupling6-29592-00-0-1

Connecting rod9-31018-01-0-1

Angular sash bracket6-25772-00-0-1Cover9-33346-01-0-*

Angular sash bracket6-25772-00-0-1Cover9-33346-01-0-*

Connecting rod9-34764-00-0-1

Coupling6-26448-00-0-1

Guide9-26997

Electric driveELTRAL 300

Bag of connecting partsK-14103-00-0-1

Bag of connecting partsK-15216-00-0-1

Cover profile End cap9-34412-00-0-*

Guide9-28893

Stay arm6-29131-00-0-*Stay arm bearing6-29134-00-0-*

Rod bearing9-38016-00-0-0= 2 pieces

Chain with rod clamps6-29313-00-0-1Corner transmission9-38261-00-0-0

Stay arm6-29131-00-0-*Stay arm bearing6-29134-00-0-*

Rod bearing9-38016-00-0-0= 2 pieces

End cap9-34412-00-0-*

Page 94: Door Hardware

92

FERCO

Fitting requirementsaccording to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 3nQuantity Description Article No.

1 2n 3n1 1 1 Basic box VENTUS F 200

with lever handle – without sash bracket K-15011-00-0-*1 2 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200

without sash bracket K-15013-00-0E*1 2 3 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200

Angular sash bracket K-15225-00-0E*Bag of additional locking VENTUS F 200,verticalSash overlap 0 mm K-15210-00-0-*Sash overlap 6 to 7 mm K-15210-60-0-*Sash overlap 7 to 8 mm K-15210-70-0-*Sash overlap 8 to 9 mm K-15210-80-0-*Sash overlap 9 to 10 mm K-15210-90-0-*

1 1 1 Vertical and horizontal rod,vertical locking – to cut from:Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1

alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E11 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from:

Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E*Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E*

alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E*Note: FB min. 458 mm, FH min. 400 mm

Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200

Standard version with lever handle and additional side locking

Horizontal rod

Corner cover 9-34220-00-0-*

Cover profile9-33443-00-0-*Locking pin6-27532-00-0-1Guiding profile9-28888-00-0-1Locking plate9-32151-**-0-*

Lever handle6-28681-50-0-*

Vertical rod

Stay arm6-29131-00-0-*Stay arm bearing6-29134-00-0-*

Cover profile

Guide9-28893

Guide9-28893

Guide9-28893

Rod bearing9-38016-00-0-0= 2 pieces

Guide9-28893End cap9-34412

Chain with rod clamps6-29313-00-0-1Corner transmission9-38261-00-0-0

Chain with rod clamps6-29313-00-0-1Corner transmission9-38261

Angular sash bracket6-25772-00-0-1Cover9-33346-01-0-*

Page 95: Door Hardware

93

FERCOFan-light Opener VENTUS F 200

Standard version for arch head and segmental arch head windows – Scheme 1

Fitting requirements for arch head windowsScheme 1Quantity Description Article No.

11 Lever handle VENTUS F 200

Stroke 50 mm 6-28681-50-0-*1 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200

without sash bracket K-15483-00-0-*1 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200

Angular sash bracket, articulated K-15507-00-0-*1 Additional box VENTUS F 200

Arch head and segmental arch head windows K-15484-00-0-*1 Flexible transmission

FB 500- 900 = length 700 mm 6-29495-07-0-*FB 901-1300 = length 1000 mm 6-29495-10-0-*

1 Vertical rod – to cut from:Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm 9-25476-06-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1

altern.: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E11 Cover profile – to cut from:

Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm 9-33444-06-0E*Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E*Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E*

altern.: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E*

Fitting requirements for segmental arch head windowsScheme 1Quantity Description Article No.

11 Lever handle VENTUS F 200

Stroke 50 mm 6-28681-50-0-*1 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200

without sash bracket K-15483-00-0-*1 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200

Angular sash bracket, articulated K-15507-00-0-*1 Additional box VENTUS F 200

Arch head and segmental arch head windows K-15484-00-0-*1 Flexible transmission

FB 500- 600 = length 400 mm 6-29495-04-0-*FB 601- 900 = length 700 mm 6-29495-07-0-*FB 901-1300 = length 1000 mm 6-29495-10-0-*

1 Vertical rod – to cut from:Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm 9-25476-06-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1

altern.: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E11 Cover profile – to cut from:

Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm 9-33444-06-0E*Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E*Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E*

altern.: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E*

Stay arm withstay arm bearing

Cover profileCover profile

Flexibletransmission

Angularsash bracketCover

Vertical rod

Lever handle

Coverprofile

Page 96: Door Hardware

94

FERCOFan-light Opener VENTUS F 200

Standard version for arch head and segmental arch head windows – Scheme 2n

Flexibletransmission

Angular sash bracketarticulatedCover

Stay arm withstay arm bearing

Cover profile Cover profile

Fitting requirements for arch head windowsScheme 2nQuantity Description Article No.

2n1 Lever handle VENTUS F 200

Stroke 50 mm 6-28681-50-0-*2 Box of stay arm VENTUS F 200

without sash bracket K-15483-00-0-*2 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200

Angular sash bracket, articulated K-15507-00-0-*1 Additional box VENTUS F 200

Arch head and segmental arch head windows K-15484-00-0-*1 Additional box VENTUS F 200/2n

Arch head and segmental arch head windows K-15485-00-0-*1 Flexible transmission

between lever handle and stay armFB 1300-2100 = length 1000 mm 6-29495-10-0-*FB 2101-2400 = length 1300 mm 6-29495-13-0-*

1 Flexible transmission between stay armsFB 1300-1700 = length 400 mm 6-29495-04-0-*FB 1701-1900 = length 700 mm 6-29495-07-0-*FB 1901-2400 = length 1000 mm 6-29495-10-0-*

1 Vertical rod – to cut from:Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm 9-25476-06-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1

altern.: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E11 Cover profile – to cut from:

Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm 9-33444-06-0E*Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E*Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E*

altern.: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E*

Fitting requirements for segmental arch head windowsScheme 2nQuantity Description Article No.

2n1 Lever handle VENTUS F 200

Stroke 50 mm 6-28681-50-0-*2 Box of stay arm VENTUS F 200

without sash bracket K-15483-00-0-*2 Box of sash bracket VENTUS F 200

Angular sash bracket, articulated K-15507-00-0-*1 Additional box VENTUS F 200

Arch head and segmental arch head windows K-15484-00-0-*1 Additional box VENTUS F 200/2n

Arch head and segmental arch head windows K-15485-00-0-*1 Flexible transmission

between lever handle and stay armFB 1200-2400 = length 700 mm 6-29495-07-0-*

1 Flexible transmission between stay armsFB 1200-1500 = length 400 mm 6-29495-04-0-*FB 1501-1800 = length 700 mm 6-29495-07-0-*FB 1801-2100 = length 1000 mm 6-29495-10-0-*FB 2101-2400 = length 1300 mm 6-29495-13-0-*

1 Vertical rod – to cut from:Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm 9-25476-06-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1

altern.: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E11 Cover profile – to cut from:

Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm 9-33444-06-0E*Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E*Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E*

altern.: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E*

Cover profile

Lever handle

Angular sash bracketarticulatedCover

Verticalrod

Cover profile

Flexibletransmission

Stay arm withstay arm bearing Cover profile

Page 97: Door Hardware

95

FERCO

Fitting requirements for oblique angle head windowsScheme 1Quantity Description Article No.

11 Basic box VENTUS F 200 with lever handle

for oblique angle head windows K-15206-00-0-*altern.: Basic box VENTUS F 200 without lever handle

for oblique angle head windows with K-15207-00-0-*vertical gear and ELTRAL, vertical installationBasic box VENTUS F 200 without lever handle,without corner transmission, for oblique anglehead windows with corner gear and ELTRAL, K-15208-00-0-*horizontal installationBag of additional locking VENTUS F 200,horizontalSash overlap 0 mm K-13033-01-0-*Sash overlap 6 to 7 mm K-13033-60-0-*Sash overlap 7 to 8 mm K-13033-70-0-*Sash overlap 8 to 9 mm K-13033-80-0-*Sash overlap 9 to 10 mm K-13033-90-0-*

1 FBs = 1200-1600 mm2 FBs = 1601-2000 mm1 Vertical and horizontal rod – to cut from:

Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1

altern.: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E11 Cover profile – to cut from:

Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E*Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E*

altern.: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E*

Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200

Standard version for oblique angle head windows

Locking pin6-27532-00-0-1

Corner transmissionwith spring androd clamps6-23796-00-0-1

Cover profile

Lever handle6-28681-50-0-*

Vertical rod

Guide9-28893

Guide9-28893

Guide9-28893

Angular sash bracketarticulated6-25830-00-0-*Cover9-33346-01-0-*

Rod bearing9-38016-00-0-0= 2 pieces

Horizontal rod

Cover profile9-33443-00-0-*

Stay arm6-29131-00-0-*Stay arm bearing6-29134-00-0-*

End cap9-34412-00-0-*

Guiding profile9-28888-00-0-1Locking plate9-32151-**-0-*

Page 98: Door Hardware

96

FERCOFan-light Opener VENTUS F 200

Flexible transmission, special versions

1/2 1/2M

min. 350

z

D

FB = min. 400 - 1200

Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200Common operation of 2 sashes, one abovethe other, type 2ü, with T angle (page 87)

FB = min. 460

min. 390

Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200Side hung sash with T angle (page 87)

Special versions

FB = min. 440-1200 FB = min. 440

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2

B = max. 3600

min. 20

MMz

min. 160

Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200Common centre operation of 2 side by sidesashes, type 2n, with T angle (page 87)

(1 stay arm)

Flexible transmission

Fitting requirements for flexible transmissionQuantity Description Article No.

1 Additional box of flexible transmission K-14312-00-0-*1 Flexible transmission

Size 02, length 200 mm 6-29495-02-0-*Size 04, length 400 mm 6-29495-04-0-*Size 07, length 700 mm 6-29495-07-0-*Size 10, length 1000 mm 6-29495-10-0-*Size 13, length 1300 mm 6-29495-13-0-*Size 20, length 2000 mm 6-29495-20-0-*

Dim. T Dim. A

730 170700 200670 230640 260610 290580 320550 350520 380490 410460 440

430 170400 200370 230340 260310 290280 320250 350

Len

gth

700

Len

gth

100

0

Dim. T Dim. A

670 230640 260610 290580 320550 350520 380490 410460 440

430 170400 200370 230340 260310 290280 320250 350

Dim. Ü max. 40 mm

Len

gth

100

0L

eng

th 7

00

Dim. T Dim. A

240 360210 380180 400150 425120 450

90 17060 19030 2000 250

Len

gth

700

Len

gth

400

Dim

. A

min

. 13

0

Dim

. A

min

. 13

0

min

. 13

0

Dim

. A

Dim. Tup to250 mmwithoutguide

Dim. Tmore than250 mmwith guide

Side view offlexible transmission

Dim

. A

Mor

e th

an T

250

= 1

30Le

ss t

han

T 2

50 =

180

From T 250 with guide

Minimum dimensions according to depth of reveal

To

end

of le

ver

hand

le m

in. 3

50

Sill

to e

nd o

f lev

er h

andl

e (M

inim

um =

Dim

. A +

350

)T

op e

dge

of s

ash

to s

ill

R min

. 80

R m

in. 8

0

D

20

min. 400

min

. 100

Page 99: Door Hardware

97

FERCOIndividual and total rod lengths

Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200 with lever handle

Rod length according to total sash width and dim. O - ETotal sash width, dim. FB or B

Length of 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 3600vertical Length of horizontal rod

O - E rod 2265 2465 2665 2865 3065 32651000 767 3032 3232 3432 3632 3832 40321100 867 3132 3332 3532 3732 3932 41321200 967 3232 3432 3632 3832 4032 42321300 1067 3332 3532 3732 3932 4132 43321400 1167 3432 3632 3832 4032 4232 44321500 1267 3532 3732 3932 4132 4332 45321600 1367 3632 3832 4032 4232 4432 46321700 1467 3732 3932 4132 4332 4532 47321800 1567 3832 4032 4232 4432 4632 48321900 1667 3932 4132 4332 4532 4732 49322000 1767 4032 4232 4432 4632 4832 5032Rod and cover profile size 33 = greyRod and cover profile size 60 = white

Rod length according to total sash width and dim. O - ETotal sash width, dim. FB or B

Length of 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 3600vertical Length of horizontal rod

O - E rod 2265 2465 2665 2865 3065 32651000 767 3032 3232 3432 3632 3832 40321100 867 3132 3332 3532 3732 3932 41321200 967 3232 3432 3632 3832 4032 42321300 1067 3332 3532 3732 3932 4132 43321400 1167 3432 3632 3832 4032 4232 44321500 1267 3532 3732 3932 4132 4332 45321600 1367 3632 3832 4032 4232 4432 46321700 1467 3732 3932 4132 4332 4532 47321800 1567 3832 4032 4232 4432 4632 48321900 1667 3932 4132 4332 4532 4732 49322000 1767 4032 4232 4432 4632 4832 5032Rod and cover profile size 33 = greyRod and cover profile size 60 = white

Rod length according to total sash width and dim. O - ETotal sash width, dim. FB or B

Length of 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400vertical Length of horizontal rod

O - E rod 1065 1265 1465 1665 1865 20651000 767 1832 2032 2232 2432 2632 28321100 867 1932 2132 2332 2532 2732 29321200 967 2032 2232 2432 2632 2832 30321300 1067 2132 2332 2532 2732 2932 31321400 1167 2232 2432 2632 2832 3032 32321500 1267 2332 2532 2732 2932 3132 33321600 1367 2432 2632 2832 3032 3232 34321700 1467 2532 2732 2932 3132 3332 35321800 1567 2632 2832 3032 3232 3432 36321900 1667 2732 2932 3132 3332 3532 37322000 1767 2832 3032 3232 3432 3632 3832Rod and cover profile size 33 = greyRod and cover profile size 60 = white

Rod length according to total sash width and dim. O - ETotal sash width, dim. FB or B

Length of 700 800 1000 1200vertical Length of horizontal rod

O - E rod 365 415 515 6151000 767 1132 1182 1282 13821100 867 1232 1282 1382 14821200 967 1332 1382 1482 15821300 1067 1432 1482 1582 16821400 1167 1532 1582 1682 17821500 1267 1632 1682 1782 18821600 1367 1732 1782 1882 19821700 1467 1832 1882 1982 20821800 1567 1932 1982 2082 21821900 1667 2032 2082 2182 22822000 1767 2132 2182 2282 2382Rod and cover profile size 18 = whiteRod and cover profile size 33 = grey

M

D min. 12

min

. 250

B = up to 2400

FB left hand FB right hand

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2M M

FB = up to 2400

350 350M1 M2

B = up to 3600

FB left hand FB right handFB centrez1 z2

1/2 1/2M 1/2 1/2M 1/2 1/2M

Scheme 2n

FB = up to 3600

350 350

350 350 350 350

M1 M2 M31/2 1/2

B = up to 3600

FB left hand FB right handz

M1 M2 M1 M2

20

z

FB = 400-120020

1/2 1/2

min. 350

O–

E m

in.

440

Scheme 1Lever handle

Sas

h h

eig

ht

FH

Scheme 3n

Scheme 4n

Page 100: Door Hardware

98

FERCO

Fitting requirements for openers with lever handleaccording to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 3nQuantity Description Article No.

1 2n 3n1 1 1 Basic box VENTUS F 200 with lever handle

for top hung outward opening windowsDim. y = 0- 4 mm [1] K-15168-00-L-*Dim. y = 5-13 mm [1] K-15165-00-L-*

1 2 Box of stay arm VENTUS F 200for top hung outward opening windowsDim. y = 0- 4 mm [1] K-15169-00-L-*Dim. y = 5-13 mm [1] K-15167-00-L-*

1 1 1 Vertical and horizontal rod – to cut from:Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1

alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E11 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from:

Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E*Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E*

alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E*[1] = can be changed from left hand to right hand

Stay arm 2 – 6-29485-00-L-*Dim. y = 0-13

Sash bracket6-27782-04-0-*Dim. y = 0- 46-27782-25-0-*Dim. y = 5-13

Guide9-28893

Vertical rod

Guide9-28893

Horizontal rod

Corner cover 9-34220-00-0-*

Lever handle6-28681-50-0-*

Chain with rod clamps6-29313-00-0-1Corner transmission9-38261-00-0-0

B = up to 2400

Cover profile

RLB = 380-120020

min

. 300

RL

H

1/21/2

min. 350

M

22

U–

E m

in.

350

Dim. D

FB left hand z

1/2 1/2M

FB right hand

1/2 1/2M

RLB = up to 3000

350 1/2 1/2 350M3M2M1

RLB = up to 2400

350 M1 350M2

B = up to 3000

FB left hand

1/2 1/2M

z1 FB centre

1/2 1/2M

z2 FB right hand

1/2 1/2M

Scheme 2nScheme 1Lever handle

Scheme 3n

Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200

for top hung outward opening windowsStandard version with lever handle

Dim. y

Page 101: Door Hardware

99

FERCO

Fitting requirements for openers with vertical gearaccording to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 3nQuantity Description Article No.

1 2n 3n1 2 3 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200

for top hung outward opening windowsDim. y = 0- 4 mm [1] K-15169-00-L-*Dim. y = 5-13 mm [1] K-15167-00-L-*

1 1 1 Chain with rod clamps 6-29313-00-0-11 1 1 Corner transmission 9-38261-00-0-01 1 1 Corner cover 9-34220-00-0-*1 1 1 Horizontal rod – to cut from:

Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm 9-25476-06-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1

alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E11 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from:

Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm 9-33444-06-0E*Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E*Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E*

alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E*1 1 1 Bag of vertical gear, model A K-13402-00-0-1

[1] = can be changed from left hand to right hand

Fitting requirements for openers with corner gearaccording to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 3nQuantity Description Article No.

1 2n 3n1 2 3 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200

for top hung outward opening windowsDim. y = 0- 4 mm [1] K-15169-00-L-*Dim. y = 5-13 mm [1] K-15167-00-L-*

1 1 1 Horizontal rod – to cut from:Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm 9-25476-06-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1

alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E11 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from:

Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm 9-33444-06-0E*Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E*Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E*

alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E*1 1 1 Bag of vertical gear, model A K-13402-00-0-11 1 1 Bag of additional parts for corner gear, model A K-13403-00-0-*

[1] = can be changed from left hand to right hand

Fitting requirements for articulated crank rod and accessoriesaccording to types a to h for vertical and corner gearsTypes Description Article No.a b c d e f g h1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Articulated crank rod – to cut from:

Aluminium tube, stock length 5000 mm 9-32230-50-0-*1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Bag of hinged crank K-13162-00-0-*

1 1 2 2 1 1 Bag of universal joint for crank rod K-13164-00-0-11 1 1 1 Bag of coupling horn K-13165-00-0-1

Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200

for top hung outward opening windowsStandard version with vertical and corner gears

Horizontal rod

Corner cover 9-34220-00-0-*

Guide9-28893

Cover profile

Stay arm with guide 2 – 6-29485-00-L-*Dim. y = 0-13

Sash bracket6-27782-04-0-*Dim. y = 0- 46-27782-25-0-*Dim. y = 5-13

Chain with rod clamps6-29313-00-0-1Corner transmission9-38261-00-0-0

1 Universal jointfor gear9-33323-00-0-1

1 Vertical gearModel A6-25766-00-0-1

1 Conicalnotched pin9-11595-14-0-1

1 Screw9-33322-00-0-0

Bag ofvertical gearK-13402-00-0-1

1 Connecting rod9-25476-05-0-1

1 Lifting stopStroke 409-33313-00-0-3

1 Cover9-33337-00-0-*

1 Doubleuniversal joint9-33333-00-0-1

1 Bearing9-33335

1 Screw9-33322

Bag ofcorner gearK-13403-00-0-*

Bag of universaljoint for crank rodK-13164-00-0-1

1 Universal jointfor crank rod9-24050-00-0-1

2 Conicalnotched pin9-11595-14-0-1

1 Rod guide6-25128

1 Coupling horn9-29570-00-0-1

1 Conicalnotched pin9-11595-14-0-1

Bag ofcoupling hornK-13165-00-0-1

1 Hinged crank9-32231-00-0-*

1 Rod bracket9-32232-00-0-*

1 Conicalnotched pin9-11595-14-0-1

Bag of hinged crankK-13162-00-0-*

Crank rod9-32230-50-0-*

Page 102: Door Hardware

100

FERCO

Fitting requirements for openers with electric drive ELTRAL, vertical installationaccording to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 3nQuantity Description Article No.

1 2n 3n1 2 3 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200

for top hung outward opening windowsDim. y = 0- 4 mm [1] K-15169-00-L-*Dim. y = 5-13 mm [1] K-15167-00-L-*

1 1 1 Chain with rod clamps 6-29313-00-0-11 1 1 Corner transmission 9-38261-00-0-01 1 1 Corner cover 9-34220-00-0-*1 1 1 Horizontal rod – to cut from:

Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm 9-25476-06-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1

alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E11 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from:

Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm 9-33444-06-0E*Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E*Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E*

alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E*1 1 1 Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/230 6-26445-00-0-*

alternatively: Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/24 6-26447-00-0-*1 1 1 Connecting rod, Ø 8 mm, B = 400-3000 9-34764-00-0-1

[1] = can be changed from left hand to right hand

Fitting requirements for openers with electric drive ELTRAL, horizontal installationaccording to quantity of stay arms for schemes 1 to 3nQuantity Description Article No.

1 2n 3n1 2 3 Bag of stay arm VENTUS F 200

for top hung outward opening windowsDim. y = 0- 4 mm [1] K-15169-00-L-*Dim. y = 5-13 mm [1] K-15167-00-L-*

1 1 1 Horizontal rod – to cut from:Rod Ø 8, size 06 – length 600 mm 9-25476-06-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 18 – length 1850 mm 9-25476-18-0E1Rod Ø 8, size 33 – length 3300 mm 9-25476-33-0E1

alternatively: Rod Ø 8, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-25476-60-0E11 1 1 Cover profile – to cut from:

Cover profile, size 06 – length 800 mm 9-33444-06-0E*Cover profile, size 18 – length 1800 mm 9-33444-18-0E*Cover profile, size 33 – length 3050 mm 9-33444-33-0E*

alternatively: Cover profile, size 60 – stock length 6000 mm 9-33444-60-0E*1 1 1 1 Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/230 6-26445-00-0-*

alternatively: Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/24 6-26447-00-0-*1 1 1 1 Bag of connecting parts 1200, B = 620-3000 K-14103-00-0-1

alternatively: Electric drive ELTRAL 300 E1 9-31020-01-0-*alternatively: Electric drive ELTRAL 300/24 9-31021-00-0-*alternatively: Bag of connecting parts 300, B = 650-3000 K-15216-00-0-1[1] = can be changed from left hand to right hand

Fan-light Opener VENTUS F 200

for top hung outward opening windowsStandard version with electric drives ELTRAL for vertical and horizontal installation

Guide9-28893

Horizontal rod

Corner cover 9-34220-00-0-*

Connecting rod9-34764-00-0-1

Electric driveELTRAL 1200

Electric driveELTRAL 1200

Cover profile

Connecting rod9-31018-01-0-1

Connecting rod9-34764-00-0-1

Coupling6-26448-00-0-1

Guide9-26997-00-0-0

Electric driveELTRAL 300

Bag of connecting partsK-15216-00-0-1

Cover profile

Guide9-28893

Stay arm with guide 2 – 6-29485-00-L-*Dim. y = 0-13

Sash bracket6-27782-04-0-*Dim. y = 0- 46-27782-25-0-*Dim. y = 5-13

Stay arm with guide 2 – 6-29485-00-L-*Dim. y = 0-13

Sash bracket6-27782-04-0-*Dim. y = 0- 46-27782-25-0-*Dim. y = 5-13

Chain with rod clamps6-29313-00-0-1Corner transmission9-38261-00-0-0

Horizontal rod

Bag of connecting partsK-14103-00-0-1

Coupling6-29592-00-0-1

Page 103: Door Hardware

101

FERCO

ELTRAL 1200/230, 1200/230 IR, 1000/230, ELTRAL 300 E1

Electric drives 230 V

Application Description Article No.Tilt windows Electric drive ELTRAL 1200/230

for face-fixed fan-light openers 6-26445-00-0-*Technical dataSupply voltage V/Hz 230/50Current consumption A 0.21Protective system IP 50Limit switch electronicStarting delay % 20Connecting plug five-wayStroke max. mm 70Delay per stroke of 50 mm sec. 50Pushing force N 1200Length mm 210Width mm 36Height mm 76Optional partsElectric drive ELTRAL 1200/230 IRfor face-fixed fan-light openers 6-28171-00-0-*Technical dataSupply voltage V/Hz 230/50Current consumption A 0.21Protective system IP 50Limit switch electronicStarting delay % 20Connecting plug five-wayStroke max. mm 70Delay per stroke of 50 mm sec. 50Pushing force N 1200Length mm 210Width mm 36Height mm 76Infrared remote control 6-28170-00-0-0Electric drive ELTRAL 1000/230for face-fixed fan-light openers 6-29009-00-0-*Technical dataSupply voltage V/Hz 230/50Current consumption A 0.30Protective system IP 50Limit switch Load interruptionStarting delay % 20Connecting plug five-wayStroke max. mm 70Delay per stroke of 50 mm sec. 45Pushing force N 1200Length mm 210Width mm 36Height mm 76

Tilt windows Electric drive ELTRAL 300 E1for face-fixed fan-light openers 9-31020-01-0-*Technical dataSupply voltage V/Hz 230/50Current consumption A 0.10Protective system IP 54Limit switch includedStarting delay % 100Cross section of cable mm² 4 x 0.75Approx supply cable length mm 1500Stroke mm 30-100Stroke adjusted by factory mm 40Delay per stroke of 50 mm sec. 50Pushing force N 3000Length mm 270Width mm 55Height mm 102

Page 104: Door Hardware

102

FERCO

Application Description Article No.Electric drives Rocker switch »OPEN-STOP-CLOSED«

Unipolar, surface mounting 6-22539Unipolar, concealed mounting 6-22540

Electric drives Control unit ST 980Surface mounting 6-25185for single and central controlwith switches

Electric drives Rocker switch »OPEN-STOP-CLOSED«Surface mounting 6-25220Concealed mounting 6-25219

Electric drives Key-type switch »OPEN-STOP-CLOSED«with half profile cylinderConcealed mounting 6-22992

Electric drives Push-button switch »Lamp-OPEN-CLOSED«Surface mounting 9-33367Concealed mounting 9-33368

Electric drives Push-button switch »OPEN-STOP-CLOSED«Surface mounting 9-33369Concealed mounting 9-33370

Electric drives Push-button switch »OPEN-CLOSED«Surface mounting 9-33371Concealed mounting 9-33372

Push-button switches Protective casingsSide hung door lockable, with cylinder and 3 keysSurface mounting 9-26220Concealed mounting 6-22138-00-0-9

Rocker switches, push-button switches, control unit, protective casings

Accessories for electric drives 230 V

Page 105: Door Hardware

103

FERCO

for aluminium windows

Horizontal and Vertical Pivot fittings

ApplicationRange of applications for UNITAS Horizontal and Vertical Pivot fittings:– Horizontal pivot windows– Vertical pivot windows– Horizontal pivot fan-lights equipped with fan-light openers

DesignsHorizontal Pivot UNITAS 18Compact face fixed pivot made of non-ferrous metal, for sashes up to175 kg. Standard version in monobloc construction, exactly adaptedto the specifications of various profile systems. Sealing with siliconegaskets.

Vertical Pivot UNITAS 88Compact face fixed pivot made of non-ferrous metal, for sashes up to175 kg. Standard version in monobloc construction, exactly adaptedto the specifications of various profile systems. Sealing with siliconegaskets.

HandlesThe handles DIRIGENT-T are provided with cockspur for slit ventilation.Handles DIRIGENT-S without cockspur complete the programme.

Central locking system G.U-FERCO 380 EThe locking mechanism is concealed within the rebate and is operatedby one handle. All locking parts are adapted to the Euro-groove15/20 mm.The locking pins are adjustable. Clampable locking plates, fixed oradjustable, make for an optimized sash pressure. The corner trans-missions are equipped with 4 stainless steel spring blades.

Standard coloursEV 1 Aluminium, natural colourUC 5 Aluminium, dark bronze colour

(fitting parts concealed within the rebate: silver colour)White Aluminium, white lacquer finish RAL 9016, white covers

(fitting parts concealed within the rebate: silver colour)

ApplicationProfile system Fittings Central locking Sash profile Frame profile Alternating profile Standard assembly

system Frame Sash drawingHorizontal Pivot fittingsAlisol 3 UNITAS 18 G.U-FERCO 380 E V 73 202 V 76 783 M 39 116 0.43699.1Doral UNITAS 18 G.U-FERCO 380 E 0.43061.1Eural Series 65 UNITAS 18 G.U-FERCO 380 E 0.43764.1Heroal 040 UNITAS 18 G.U-FERCO 380 E 6422 6407 6406 6406 0.42709.1Metra UNITAS 18 G.U-FERCO 380 E 0.42981.1TSB W 70 UNITAS 18 G.U-FERCO 380 E W 70 14131 W 70 57368 Z 10 65401 Z 10 65401 0.43384.1Vertical Pivot fittingsDoral UNITAS 88 G.U-FERCO 380 E 0.43056.1Eural Series 65 UNITAS 88 G.U-FERCO 380 EHeroal 040 UNITAS 88 G.U-FERCO 380 E 6422 6407 6406 6406 0.43240.1Metra UNITAS 88 G.U-FERCO 380 E 0.42982.1TSB W 70 UNITAS 88 G.U-FERCO 380 E W 70 14131 W 70 57368 Z 10 65401 Z 10 65401 0.43385.1

Fitting arrangement for Horizontal Pivot window Fitting arrangement for Vertical Pivot windowCentral locking system G.U-FERCO 380 E Central locking system G.U-FERCO 380 E

Materials, surface sealing ferGUard* silver andferGUard* yellowThe fitting parts are made of high quality steel, zinc die-casting andaluminium alloys.According to the material they are protected against corrosion by thesurface sealing ferGUard* silver or ferGUard* yellow, aluminium partsare anodized.

Article NumbersExampleArticle No.6-25948-30-0-1

6-25948- - - Part number- -30- - Size- - -L- Left hand assembly- - -R- Right hand assembly- - -0- Usable on both sides- - - -1T Nickel silver- - - -1 F 1/EV 1, natural or silver colour, zinc die-casting

parts galvanized and blue bichromated- - - -2 F 2/EV 2, champagne colour- - - -3 F 3, brass or brass colour, steel

parts galvanized and yellow bichromated- - - -4 UC 3, medium bronze or medium brown- - - -5 UC 5, dark bronze or dark brown- - - -6 Black, powder-coated (RAL 9005)- - - -7 White, powder-coated (RAL 9016)- - - -7T White, powder-coated (RAL 9010)- - - -8 Stainless steel oder inox colour- - - -* Surface treatment variable (see price-list)

Page 106: Door Hardware

104

FERCO

Handle DIRIGENT, lockable with key

Handle DIRIGENTlockable with key6-28113-**-0-*

Optional parts

Handle and accessories for Horizontal and Vertical Pivot fittings

Accessories

Automatic 180° locking latch9-20017-00-0-*

Limiting stayK-13393-00-0-1

Drilling jig for horizontaland vertical pivots6-27419-00-0-0

Page 107: Door Hardware

105

FERCOHorizontal Pivot fittings UNITAS 18

according to profile system

Fitting requirements according to profile systemQty Description Alisol 3 Doral Eural Series 65

1 Horizontal pivots UNITAS 18/3 (pair) 6-27212-10-P-* 6-27212-10-P-* 6-27212-10-P-*12 Countersunk screw 9-13133-30-R-0 9-13133-30-R-0 9-13133-25-R-01 Mill-in gear, 90° 6-25948-30-0-1 6-25948-30-0-1 6-25948-30-0-11 Handle DIRIGENT 6-28112-25-0-* 6-25555-30-0-* 6-29188-30-0-*2 Counters. sheet metal screw 4.8 x 60 9-13089-60-0-0 9-13133-40-R-0 9-13133-16-R-02 Corner transmission 6-24529-00-0-1 6-24529-05-0-1 6-24529-00-0-14 Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1 6-24539-05-0-1 6-24539-00-0-13 Locking plate, bottom 6-27358-00-0-0 6-24666-00-0-0 6-27358-00-0-03 Locking plate, top G-11071-00-0-1 G-11065-00-0-1 G-11071-00-0-11 Slit locking plate 6-25982-00-0-0 6-25982-00-0-0 6-25982-00-0-0

Optional parts, drilling jigAutomatic 180° locking latch 9-20017-00-0-* 9-20017-00-0-* 9-20017-00-0-*Limiting stay K-13393-00-0-1 K-13393-00-0-1 K-13393-00-0-1Drilling jig for pivots 6-27419-00-0-0 6-27419-00-0-0 6-27419-00-0-0

Fitting requirements according to profile systemQty Description Heroal 040 Metra TSB W 70

1 Horizontal pivots UNITAS 18/3 (pair) 6-30193-00-P-* 6-27212-07-P-* 6-27212-10-P-*12 Countersunk screw 9-13089-09-R-0 9-13133-25-R-01 Bag of screws K-13797-00-0-81 Mill-in gear, 90° 6-25948-30-0-1 6-25948-30-0-1 6-25948-30-0-11 Handle DIRIGENT 6-25558-30-0-* 6-25555-30-0-* 6-28112-25-0-*2 Countersunk sheet metal screw 9-13133-40-R-0 9-13133-16-R-02 Spacer 9-37620-00-0-02 Corner transmission 6-24529-00-0-1 6-24529-00-0-1 6-24529-00-0-14 Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1 6-24539-00-0-1 6-24539-00-0-13 Locking plate, bottom 6-24666-00-0-0 6-24666-00-0-0 6-27358-00-0-03 Locking plate, top G-11065-00-0-1 G-11800-00-0-1 G-11800-00-0-11 Slit locking plate 6-25982-00-0-0 6-25982-00-0-0 6-25982-00-0-01 Rod transmission E-13899-00-0-02 Gasket 20 9-35495-01-0-02 Gasket 20 9-35495-02-0-0

Optional parts, drilling jigAutomatic 180° locking latch 9-20017-00-0-* 9-20017-00-0-* 9-20017-00-0-*Limiting stay K-13393-00-0-1 K-13393-00-0-1 K-13393-00-0-1Drilling jig for pivots 9-33687-00-0-0 6-27419-00-0-0 6-27419-00-0-0

Corner transmissionLocking plate

Corner transmissionLocking plate

Mill-in gear, 90° Locking pin element

Slit locking plate Locking plate

Handle DIRIGENTCountersunk sheetmetal screw

Locking pin element

Locking plate

HorizontalpivotUNITAS 18/3

HorizontalpivotUNITAS 18/3

Page 108: Door Hardware

106

FERCOVertical Pivot fittings UNITAS 88

according to profile system

Fitting requirements according to profile systemQty Description Doral Eural Series 65 Heroal 040

1 Vertical pivots UNITAS 88 (pair) 6-27337-10-P-* 6-27337-10-P-* 6-27337-10-P-*14 Countersunk screw 9-13133-30-R-0 9-13133-25-R-01 Bag of screws K-14423-00-0-81 Bag of coupling rod K-14426-01-*-1 K-14426-01-*-1 K-14426-01-*-11 Mill-in gear, 90° 6-25948-30-0-1 6-25948-30-0-1 6-25948-30-0-11 Handle DIRIGENT 6-25555-30-0-* 6-29188-30-0-* 6-29189-30-0-*2 Counters. sheet metal screw 4.8 x 60 9-13133-40-R-0 9-13133-16-R-02 Corner transmission 6-24529-05-0-1 6-24529-00-0-1 6-24529-00-0-14 Locking pin element 6-24539-05-0-1 6-24539-00-0-1 6-24539-00-0-13 Locking plate, bottom 6-24666-00-0-0 6-27358-00-0-0 6-24666-00-0-03 Locking plate, top G-11065-00-0-1 G-11071-00-0-1 G-11065-00-0-11 Slit locking plate 6-25982-00-0-0 6-25982-00-0-0 6-25982-00-0-04 Gasket 9-35493-03-0-0

Optional parts, drilling jigAutomatic 180° locking latch 9-20017-00-0-* 9-20017-00-0-* 9-20017-00-0-*Limiting stay K-13393-00-0-1 K-13393-00-0-1 K-13393-00-0-1Drilling jig for pivots 6-27419-00-0-0 6-27419-00-0-0 6-27419-00-0-0

Fitting requirements according to profile systemQty Description Metra TSB W 70

1 Vertical pivots UNITAS 88 (pair) 6-27337-07-P-* 6-27337-10-P-*14 Countersunk screw 9-13089-09-R-0 9-13133-25-R-01 Bag of screws1 Bag of coupling rod K-14426-01-*-1 K-14426-01-*-11 Mill-in gear, 90° 6-25948-30-0-1 6-25948-30-0-11 Handle DIRIGENT 6-25555-30-0-* 6-28112-25-0-*2 Counters. sheet metal screw 4.8 x 60 9-13133-40-R-0 9-13133-16-R-02 Spacer 9-37620-00-0-02 Corner transmission 6-24529-00-0-1 6-24529-00-0-14 Locking pin element 6-24539-00-0-1 6-24539-00-0-13 Locking plate, bottom 6-24666-00-0-0 6-27358-00-0-03 Locking plate, top G-11800-00-0-1 G-11800-00-0-11 Slit locking plate 6-25982-00-0-0 6-25982-00-0-04 Gasket 9-35493-03-0-0

Optional parts, drilling jigAutomatic 180° locking latch 9-20017-00-0-* 9-20017-00-0-*Limiting stay K-13393-00-0-1 K-13393-00-0-1Drilling jig for pivots 6-27419-00-0-0 6-27419-00-0-0

Locking pin elementLocking plate

Locking pin elementLocking plate

Locking pin elementLocking plate

Mill-in gear, 90°Slit locking plate

Handle DIRIGENTCountersunk sheetmetal screw

Corner transmissionLocking plate

Corner transmissionLocking plate

Vertical pivotUNITAS 88

Vertical pivotUNITAS 88

Page 109: Door Hardware

107

FERCOSmall window fittings

for aluminium tilt and top hung windows

ApplicationRange of applications for G.U small window fittings:– Rebate and cleaning stays for aluminium tilt windows– Expanding stays for aluminium top hung outward opening windows

DesignsG.U Security Stays EURO-SOLIDThese stays for holding the opened sash offer additional safety ofoperation. The Institute for Window Techniques, Rosenheim, highlyrecommends the use of security stays for tilt sashes.The G.U Security Stay EURO-SOLID is a one piece telescopic con-struction. For the various sash heights there are 4 stay sizes.For aluminium sashes profile related versions will be delivered.

Window friction stay EGO-BThis stay is a one piece telescopic construction. For aluminium tilt-turnand side hung sashes profile related versions will be delivered.The model EGO-B operates as a sash brake with restricted openingangle of the sash.

Rebate and cleaning staysThese stays for holding the opened sash offer additional safety ofoperation. The Institute for Window Techniques, Rosenheim, highlyrecommends the use of rebate stays for tilt sashes.

Expanding staysThese stays are installed on top hung outward opening sashes forretaining their open position.

Materials, surface sealing ferGUard* silver andferGUard* yellowThe fitting parts are made of high quality steel, zinc die-casting andaluminium alloys.According to the material they are protected against corrosion by thesurface sealing ferGUard* silver or ferGUard* yellow, aluminium partsare anodized.

AbbreviationsPU Packing unitSH Sash heightSW Sash width

Article NumbersExampleArticle No.6-23470-10-0-1

6-23470- - - Part number- -10- - Size- - -L- Left hand assembly- - -R- Right hand assembly- - -0- Usable on both sides- - - -1T Nickel silver- - - -1 F 1/EV 1, natural or silver colour, zinc die-casting

parts galvanized and blue bichromated- - - -2 F 2/EV 2, champagne colour- - - -3 F 3, brass or brass colour, steel

parts galvanized and yellow bichromated- - - -4 UC 3, medium bronze or medium brown- - - -5 UC 5, dark bronze or dark brown- - - -6 Black, powder-coated (RAL 9005)- - - -7 White, powder-coated (RAL 9016)- - - -7T White, powder-coated (RAL 9010)- - - -8 Stainless steel oder inox colour- - - -* Surface treatment variable (see price-list)

Page 110: Door Hardware

108

FERCO

Application Description Article No.Aluminium tilt windows G.U Security Stay EURO-SOLID

SH VENTUS SH VENTUSF 200/F 300 EVZ 18-M Profile system270- 350 480- 600 Hartmann 52 K-14690-00-0-1351- 500 601- 750 Hartmann 72 K-14696-00-0-1501- 800 751-1000 Hueck K-14702-00-0-1801-1500 1001-1500 MKF TKI 602 K-14708-00-0-1

Schüco Royal S 65SH VENTUS SH VENTUSF 200/F 300 EVZ 18-M Profile system270- 350 480- 600 Wicona K-14691-00-0-1351- 500 601- 750 Wicline 60 K-14697-00-0-1501- 800 751-1000 K-14703-00-0-1801-1500 1001-1500 K-14709-00-0-1SH VENTUS SH VENTUSF 200/F 300 EVZ 18-M Profile system270- 350 480- 600 Akotherm K-14692-00-0-1351- 500 601- 750 Brökelmann Conform K-14698-00-0-1501- 800 751-1000 Erbslöh Ekonal I 70 K-14704-00-0-1801-1500 1001-1500 Heroal Series 30, 40 K-14710-00-0-1

KubalMenziken Alisol 3RedalRemy Claeys EkonalReynolds RT 620Sykon Series 54, 64Thyssen Schulte tsb

VAW

Opening angle incatch position

Opening angle incleaning position

Maximum sash weightaccording to size and quantity of stays

SH VENTUS SH VENTUS Size 1 stay 2 staysF 200/F 300 EVZ 18-M

270- 350 480- 600 01 15 kg 30 kg351- 500 601- 750 02 15 kg 30 kg

501- 800 751-1000 03 30 kg 60 kg801-1500 1001-1500 04 30 kg 60 kg

Complete delivery:Security stay including accessories according to profile system

G.U Security Stay EURO-SOLID

Page 111: Door Hardware

109

FERCO

Application Description Article NoLeft hand operated Right hand operated

Aluminium tilt windows Rebate and cleaning stay No. 30Frame rebate height for tilt sasheswith face fixed fan-light openers275- 350 6-23482-10-L-1 6-23482-10-R-1351- 445 6-23482-21-L-1 6-23482-21-R-1446- 800 6-23482-22-L-1 6-23482-22-R-1801-1100 6-23482-23-L-1 6-23482-23-R-1

No. 30Aluminium tilt windows Rebate and cleaning stay No. 30

Frame rebate height for tilt sasheswith concealed fan-light openers

Max sash weight 275- 385 (only 1 stay usable) 6-23482-10-L-1 6-23482-10-R-1for 1 stay 15 kg 386- 485 (only 1 stay usable) 6-23482-21-L-1 6-23482-21-R-1

486- 600 6-23482-21-L-1 6-23482-21-R-1601- 745 6-23482-22-L-1 6-23482-22-R-1745-1100 6-23482-23-L-1 6-23482-23-R-1

No. 30Aluminium tilt windows Rebate stay No. 23

with hinged arm, length150 5-21020-15-0-3

Rebate stay No. 24with hinged arm, length150 5-21021-15-0-3200 5-21021-20-0-3

No. 23 No. 24Aluminium tilt windows Rebate stay No. 25 Rebate

with hinged arm, length clearance150 15 5-21025-01-0-3150 17 5-21025-02-0-3150 21 5-21025-03-0-3150 28/29 5-21025-04-0-3200 15 5-21025-11-0-3200 17 5-21025-12-0-3200 21 5-21025-13-0-3200 28/29 5-21025-14-0-3

Cleaning stay No. 26 MHEX Allen key locking devicewith hinged arm, length250 5-21029-25-0-3

No. 25 No. 26 M

for aluminium tilt windows

Rebate and cleaning stays

Page 112: Door Hardware

110

FERCO

Application Description Article No.Aluminium tilt windows Rebate stay No. 27

with hinged arm, 1 pairArm length150HEX Allen key locking device (not shown) 2-20176-00-0-3lockable, with plugged cylinder 2-20192-00-0-3Key for plugged cylinder 9-23074

Rebate stay No. 28 Mwith sliding arm, length200 5-21041-20-0-3

No. 27 No. 28 MTop hung outward opening windows Expanding stay No. 32

with hinged arm, 1 pair 2-20165-00-0-3

No. 32

Rebate stays for tilt windows, expanding stay for top hung outward opening windows,window friction stay for tilt-turn and side hung windows

Rebate stays, window friction stay EGO-B

Window friction stay EGO-BDescription Article No.Window friction stay EGO-B for tilt-turn and side hungsashes, with brake function for retaining the sash from 5°to any desired opening position and for restricting theopening of the sash at approx 90° 6-28835-00-0-1

Bag of accessories for EGO-BProfile systemHartmann 52 K-14684-00-0-1Hartmann 72HueckMKF TKI 602Schüco Royal S 65Profile systemWicona K-14685-00-0-1Wicline 60Profile systemAkotherm K-14686-00-0-1Brökelmann ConformErbslöh Ekonal I 70Heroal Series 30, 40KubalMenziken Alisol 3RedalRemy Claeys EkonalReynolds RT 620Sykon Series 54, 64Thyssen Schulte tsbVAW

Page 113: Door Hardware

111

FERCOOverhead door closers OTS 230 and OTS 330

Rack and pinion door closers with tooth drive and scissor action arms

Features and Advantages1. Adjustable power DIN 1 - 4 (according to EN standard)

for OTS 230: 9 - 26 Nmfor OTS 330: 8 - 40 Nmin a single body size.

2. Closing power adjustable on the side; moving of thecloser or the stay arm bracket is not required.

3. Mounting plate provided as standard allowing forplanned pre-mounting in the workshop.

4. Standard fixing positions for all door closers of theOTS range.

5. Problem free fixing on wood, PVC, aluminium or steeldoors by use of the mounting plate with multi-fixingpositions.

6. Concealed colour coded adjustment valves:Closing speed – red valveLatching power – yellow valveAll these adjustments are built in as standard on theOTS 230 and OTS 330. The adjustment of the valvesis from the front, also the latching power adjustmentis made without disconnecting the arms.

7. Thermatic valves provide consistent temperatureindependent closing speed.

8. Fully adjustable upper arm using a notched slidemechanism.

9. Problem free fixing of the arm bracket, as the armis fully detachable.

Technical DescriptionMax door leaf width for internal doors:1100 mm (OTS 230),1250 mm (OTS 330).

Reversible left or right hand.

Standard or transom mounting.

Max door opening and closing angle 180°,provided the building design permits.

Control of the closing from any opening angle.

Safety valve in the closer prevents overloading.

Smartly shaped cover with concealed securityfixing in a choice of colours.

Needle bearing axle.Article No.

Door closer:OTS 230with standard arm K-14734-00-0-*OTS 230 MF-EAwith hold open arm K-14735-00-0-*

Door closer:OTS 330with standard arm K-13379-00-0-*OTS 330 MF-EAwith hold open arm K-13380-00-0-*

Page 114: Door Hardware

112

FERCOOverhead door closer OTS 530

with rack and pinion drive and scissor action arms to DIN 18 263, part 2

Features and Advantages1. Adjustable power 2 - 6 = 15 - 60 Nm

(to DIN EN 1154) in a single body size.

2. Closing power adjustment from the side.

3. Mounting plate provided as standard allowing forplanned pre-mounting in the workshop.

4. Standard fixing positions for all door closers of theOTS range.

5. Problem free fixing on wood, PVC, aluminium or steeldoors by use of the mounting plate with multi-fixingpositions.

6. Concealed colour coded adjustment valves:Closing speed – red valveLatching power – yellow valveDelayed action – blue valveBackcheck – green valve

All these adjustments are built in as standard on theOTS 530. The adjustment of the valves All theseadjustments are built in as standard on the OTS 530.The adjustment of the valvesis from the front, also thelatching power adjustment is made without discon-necting the arms.

7. Thermatic valves provide consistent temperatureindependent closing speed.

8. Fully adjustable upper arm using a notched slidemechanism.

9. Problem free fixing of the arm bracket, as the armis fully detachable.

Technical DescriptionMax door leaf width 1400 mm for standard doors,1280 mm for fire and smoke protection doors.

Reversible left or right hand.

Standard or transom mounting.

Max door opening angle 180°.

Control of the closing from any opening angle.

Safety valves in the closer prevent overloadingin the closing and opening directions.

Smartly shaped cover with concealed securityfixing in a choice of colours.

Needle bearing axle.

Tested and quality surveyed by the research andmaterials testing authority of Stuttgart (FMPA).Survey mark ÜZ-BWU 03-I 17.1.21.

If the OTS is used for fire and smoke protection doors,DIN 18 263, part 2, for door closers with hydraulicdamping should be observed.

FFFFF

Page 115: Door Hardware

113

FERCOOverhead door closer OTS 630

with linear drive and slide channel

Features and Advantages1. Adjustable power 1 - 4 = 9 - 26 Nm

(to DIN EN 1154) in a single body size.

2. Mounting plate provided as standard allowing forplanned pre-mounting in the workshop.

3. Standard fixing positions for all door closers of theOTS range.

4. Problem free fixing on wood, PVC, aluminium or steeldoors by use of the mounting plate with multi-fixingpositions.

5. Concealed colour coded adjustment valves:Closing speed – red valveLatching power – yellow valveAll these adjustments are built in as standard on theOTS 630. The adjustment of the valves is from thefront.

6. Thermatic valves provide consistent temperatureindependent closing speed.

7. Problem free mounting of the slide channel by alocking engagement on the mounting rail.

8. Slide arm with roller in the slide channel presentslittle friction.

Technical DescriptionMax door leaf width 1100 mm.

Reversible left or right hand.

Max door opening and closing angle 180°,provided the building design permits.

Control of the closing from any opening angle.

Safety valves in the closer prevent overloading.

Smartly shaped cover with concealed securityfixing in a choice of colours.

With new self-centering catch mechanism forfixing the cover.Needle bearing axle.

Standard mounting on hinge side, transom mountingopposite to hinge side, standard mounting opposite tohinge side and transom mounting on hinge side.

Page 116: Door Hardware

114

FERCOOverhead door closer OTS 730

with linear drive and slide channel to DIN 18 263, part 2

Technical DescriptionMax door leaf width 1400 mm.Reversible left or right hand.Max door opening and closing angle 180°,provided the building design permits.

Control of the closing from any opening angle.

Safety valves in the closer prevent overloading.

Smartly shaped cover with concealed securityfixing in a choice of colours.With new self-centering catch mechanism forfixing the cover.Needle bearing axle.Standard mounting to DIN 18 263, part 2.Transom mounting opposite to hinge side, standardmounting opposite to hinge side and transom mountingon hinge side may only be applied for fire and smokeprotection doors if these variants are provided for in theofficial authorization.

Tested and quality surveyed by the research andmaterials testing authority of Stuttgart (FMPA).Survey mark ÜZ-BWU 03-I 17.1.19.

If the OTS 730 is used for fire and smoke protectiondoors, DIN 18 263, part 2, for door closers with hydraulicdamping should be observed.

Features and Advantages1. The OTS 730 is tested and quality surveyed to

DIN 18 263, part 2.2. Adjustable power 2 - 6 = 15 - 60 Nm (to DIN EN 1154)

in a single body size.The OTS 730 may be used for:

- Fire protection doors to DIN 18 082- Smoke protection doors to DIN 18 095- Fire protection doors with official authorization for the

installation of door closers to DIN 18 263, part 2.3. Mounting plate provided as standard allowing for

planned pre-mounting in the workshop.4. Standard fixing positions for all door closers of the

OTS range.5. Problem free fixing on wood, PVC, aluminium or steel

doors by use of the mounting plate with multi-fixingpositions.

6. Concealed colour coded adjustment valves:Closing speed – red valveLatching power – yellow valveBackcheck – green valveAll these adjustments are built in as standard on theOTS 730. The adjustment of the valves is from thefront.

7. Thermatic valves provide consistent temperatureindependent closing speed.

8. Problem free mounting of the slide channel by alocking engagement on the mounting rail.

9. Slide arm with roller in the slide channel presentslittle friction.

FFFFF

Page 117: Door Hardware

115

FERCORebate door closers FTS 20 and FTS 24

for concealed installation in the vertical door rebate

Features and Advantages1. Concealed installation – no fittings to tamper with.2. No untidy appearance on the door, the closer

is "invisible".3. Universal application for all door types including

square, sloping, round and featured door heads.4. For timber, PVC and metal doors.5. All functions adjustable from the front:

Closing power approx. 30 Nm (DIN size 3 - 4)Stepless adjustment of closing speedLatching power from approx. 7°.

6. Concealed colour coded control valves:Latching power yellowClosing speed red

7. Thermomatic valves provide consistenttemperature independent closing speed.

Technical DescriptionMax. door leaf width for internal doors:1100 mm (FTS 20),1250 mm (FTS 24).

Improved closing pressure in closed position.Easy opening of the door through a range of openingangles.Smooth operation due to needle bearing pivot.Safety valve in closer.Installed vertically below the top hinge.Reversible for left and right hand doors.Suitable for square edged and over-rebated doors.Anodized aluminium body, zinc plated steel linkage arm.

Article No.Rebate door closer:FTS 20Door thickness min. 30 mmDoor weight max. 80 kgClosing power 5 - 18 Nm K-15144

Rebate door closer:FTS 24Door thickness min. 40 mmDoor weight max. 140 kgClosing power 12 - 30 Nm K-15145

Fixingscrews

Fixingscrews

Fixingscrews

Closing poweradjustment

Red valve:Closing speedadjustment

Yellow valve:Latching poweradjustment

Page 118: Door Hardware

116

FERCO

Page 119: Door Hardware

FERCO

As a specialist manufacturerof hardware and ventilators,Gretsch-Unitas have been,for many years, the brandleader in several productareas.The market acceptability ofthe wide ranging productprogramme of builder’shardware and ventilatorswith up-to-date technologyand design is proved in dailycompetition.

Gretsch-Unitas GmbHBaubeschlägeD-71252 DitzingenPhone +49 7156 301-0Fax +49 7156 301-293www.g-u.de

The BKS name has beensynonymous with securityfor more than eighty years.The traditional Velbertcompany brings provenproducts and an outstandingreputation – earned throughundisputed product quality –to the Gretsch-Unitas Group.

FERCO International is France’slargest and most widely usedbuilder’s hardware supplier.The extensive programme ofmodern hardware is distributedworld wide.

BKS GmbHP.O. Box 10 02 10D-42502 VelbertPhone +49 2051 201-0Fax +49 2051 201-555www.bks.de

FERCO International S.A.F-57401 SarrebourgPhone +33 387 23 31 11Fax +33 387 03 54 06www.ferco.fr

ATS GmbHAutomatik-Tür-SystemeStahlstrasse 8D-33378 Rheda-WiedenbrückPhone +49 5242 9 24-0Fax +49 5242 9 24-100www.atstueren.de

The business range”entrance systems“ enclosesprojection, production,distribution, assembly andservice of automatic doorinstallations.With ATS the G.U Groupextends the supply of systemsolutions for windows,internal and external doorsas well as for façades.

Gretsch-Unitas Group of Companies

Page 120: Door Hardware

Catalogue GBM 06.02 Printed in Germany

Gretsch-Unitas GmbHBaubeschlägeD-71252 DitzingenPhone +49 7156 301-0Fax +49 7156 301-293Internet http://www.g-u.deE-Mail [email protected]

Gretsch-Unitas LtdUnitas House, Quinn CloseCoventry CV3 4LHPhone +44 24 76 21 79 00Fax +44 24 76 21 79 09Internet http://www.g-u.co.ukE-Mail [email protected]

Page 121: Door Hardware

Fittings for narrow stile doors

Door fittings

Page 122: Door Hardware

G.U-Group products for narrow stile doors

Page 123: Door Hardware

4

Project, fire protection and security fittings ES3

Contents

Page 8 Page 16Page 12

RR-Rondo RR-Belcanto

Page 24Page 22Page 20

Push barsPush barsPush bars

Standard protective rosette ES1

Standard contract fittings for narrow stile doors

RR-Belcanto-Panik

Page 26

Touch bar

Page 28

Protective rosette

Page 30 Page 30

Andante-RR Andante-VK

Page 30

Forte-VK

Page 30

Office-VK

Page 124: Door Hardware

5

Stainless steel window handles

Contents

Page 32Page 32

Andante Crescendo

Page 32

Page 32

Office

Dirigent

Page 32

Forte

Page 125: Door Hardware

6

Accessories for contract work

Contents

Page 34 Page 34Page 34

Floor-mounted

door stop I

Wall-mounted

door stopFloor-mounted

door stop II

Door holder

Page 34 Page 34Page 34Page 34

Ladies Directional arrowHandicappedGentlemen

Page 36 Page 36Page 36Page 36

3934 694439333934

Page 126: Door Hardware

7

Fixing accessories

Page 38 Page 41Page 40Page 39

Spindles ScrewsDivided spindles Threaded spindles

Contents

Page 127: Door Hardware

8

Lever model RR-RONDO

Product information

Lever handles available with 8 or 9 mm spindle, fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing).The offset cranked door knobs are non-handeClip-on backplates.Security fittings as lever set or entrance set to DIN 18257 – ES3.The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 12 to 19 mm.The vertical lever variant is provided with a detent mechanism to ensure a precise vertical position.All material versions approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906, and for use on escape doors to EN 179.The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied (standard sets for door thickness 37 – 42 mm, fire-rated sets for door thickness 52 – 67 mm).For use on escape doors with a divided follower it is necessary to specify the lock position in addition to the door thickness (refer to page 40).

Dimensioned drawings

Knob types Backplate types

Cranked round knob

Cranked ball-type knob

Fire protection

152

ø20

60

36 15

252

135

85

21,5

32 8

242

135

85

21,5

32 8

72 50

50

ø50

90

ø50

36

50

Aluminium F1

151

ø20

60

Stainless steel

Page 128: Door Hardware

9

RR-RONDO – Contract fittings

Backplate type

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

B 7550 2140

B 7550 2141

B 7550 0240

B 7550 0241

B 7550 4241

B 7550 2130

B 7550 2131

B 7550 0230

B 7550 0231

----

B 7550 2100

B 7550 2101

B 7550 0200

B 7550 0201

----

B 7550 2104

B 7550 2105

B 7550 0204

B 7550 0205

----

B 7550 2106

B 7550 2107

B 7550 0206

B 7550 0207

----

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC 5

Backplate type

Rosette, square

Rosette oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

B 7573 2140

B 7573 2141

B 7573 0240

B 7573 0241

B 7573 4241

B 7573 2130

B 7573 2131

B 7573 0230

B 7573 0231

----

B 7573 2100

B 7573 2101

B 7573 0200

B 7573 0201

----

B 7573 2104

B 7573 2105

B 7573 0204

B 7573 0205

----

B 7573 2106

B 7573 2107

B 7573 0206

B 7573 0207

----

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC 5

Backplate type

Rosette, square Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Round, cranked

Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Round, cranked

Rosette oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

B 7574 2140

B 7574 2141

B 7574 0240

B 7574 0241

B 7574 4241

B 7574 2130

B 7574 2131

B 7574 0230

B 7574 0231

----

B 7574 2100

B 7574 2101

B 7574 0200

B 7574 0201

----

B 7574 2104

B 7574 2105

B 7574 0204

B 7574 0205

----

B 7574 2106

B 7574 2107

B 7574 0206

B 7574 0207

----

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC 5

Backplate type

Rosette, square

Rosette oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

B 7551 2140

B 7551 2141

B 7551 0240

B 7551 0241

B 7551 4241

B 7551 2130

B 7551 2131

B 7551 0230

B 7551 0231

----

B 7551 2100

B 7551 2101

B 7551 0200

B 7551 0201

----

B 7551 2104

B 7551 2105

B 7551 0204

B 7551 0205

----

B 7551 2106

B 7551 2107

B 7551 0206

B 7551 0207

----

PC

PC 92

PC 92

PC

PC 92

PC 92

PC

PC 92

PC 92

PC

PC 92

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC 5

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7599 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess /

lock

posit

ion

PC = profile cylinder

Page 129: Door Hardware

10

RR-RONDO – Fire protection fittings

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

Lever set

Entrance set

B 7553 2140

B 7553 2141

B 7553 0240

B 7553 0241

B 7553 4241

B 7553 2130

B 7553 2131

B 7553 0230

B 7553 0231

----

B 7576 2130

B 7576 2131

B 7576 0230

B 7576 0231

----

B 7553 2100

B 7553 2101

B 7553 0200

B 7553 0201

----

B 7576 2100

B 7576 2101

B 7576 0200

B 7576 0201

----

B 7553 2104

B 7553 2105

B 7553 0204

B 7553 0205

----

B 7576 2104

B 7576 2105

B 7576 0204

B 7576 0205

----

B 7553 2106

B 7553 2107

B 7553 0206

B 7553 0207

----

B 7576 2106

B 7576 2107

B 7576 0206

B 7576 0207

----

Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Round, cranked

PC

PC 92

PC 92

PC

PC 92

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 7576 2140

B 7576 2141

B 7576 0240

B 7576 0241

B 7576 4241

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 7590 2340

B 7590 2341

B 7590 0040

B 7590 0041

B 7590 2330

B 7590 2331

B 7590 0030

B 7590 0031

B 7590 2300

B 7590 2301

B 7590 0000

B 7590 0001

B 7590 2304

B 7590 2305

B 7590 0004

B 7590 0005

B 7590 2306

B 7590 2307

B 7590 0006

B 7590 0007

without PC

rosette

without

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium UC5

Turn handle

Aluminium white

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Dummy plate

Dummy plate

for push bar

B 7500 2040

B 7500 2041

B 7500 0040

B 7500 0041

B 7508 0040

B 7508 0041

B 7508 0030

B 7508 0031

B 7508 0000

B 7508 0001

B 7508 0004

B 7508 0005

B 7508 0006

B 7508 0007

B 7500 2030

B 7500 2031

B 7500 0030

B 7500 0031

B 7500 2000

B 7500 2001

B 7500 0000

B 7500 0001

B 7500 2004

B 7500 2005

B 7500 0004

B 7500 0005

B 7500 2006

B 7500 2007

B 7500 0006

B 7500 0007

without PC

rosette

without

without

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 7508 0240

B 7508 0241

B 7508 0230

B 7508 0231

B 7508 0200

B 7508 0201

B 7508 0204

B 7508 0205

B 7508 0206

B 7508 0207

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 7510 2140

B 7510 2141

B 7510 0240

B 7510 0241

B 7510 2130

B 7510 2131

B 7510 0230

B 7510 0231

B 7510 2100

B 7510 2101

B 7510 0200

B 7510 0201

B 7510 2104

B 7510 2105

B 7510 0204

B 7510 0205

B 7510 2106

B 7510 2107

B 7510 0206

B 7510 0207

PC

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Half set, inside

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 7510 2140

B 7510 2141

B 7514 0240

B 7514 0241

B 7510 2130

B 7510 2131

B 7514 0230

B 7514 0231

B 7510 2100

B 7510 2101

B 7514 0200

B 7514 0201

B 7510 2104

B 7510 2105

B 7514 0204

B 7514 0205

B 7510 2106

B 7510 2107

B 7514 0206

B 7514 0207

PC

PC 92

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 7517 0240

B 7517 0241

B 7517 0230

B 7517 0231

B 7517 0200

B 7517 0201

B 7517 0204

B 7517 0205

B 7517 0206

B 7517 0207

Half set outside

Half set outside

for push bar

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 7501 2140

B 7501 2141

B 7501 0240

B 7501 0241

B 7501 2130

B 7501 2131

B 7501 0230

B 7501 0231

B 7501 2100

B 7501 2101

B 7501 0200

B 7501 0201

B 7501 2104

B 7501 2105

B 7501 0204

B 7501 0205

B 7501 2106

B 7501 2107

B 7501 0206

B 7501 0207

PC

PC 92

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 7504 0240

B 7504 0241

B 7504 0230

B 7504 0231

B 7504 0200

B 7504 0201

B 7504 0204

B 7504 0205

B 7504 0206

B 7504 0207

Half set

Knob backplate

Half set outside

for push bar

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

B 7510 2340

B 7510 2341

B 7510 2330

B 7510 2331

B 7510 2300

B 7510 2301

B 7510 2304

B 7510 2305

B 7510 2306

B 7510 2307

Half set,

outside

Rosette

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Half set

outside

Half set

interior

B 7514 2340

B 7514 2341

B 7514 2330

B 7514 2331

B 7514 2300

B 7514 2301

B 7514 2304

B 7514 2305

B 7514 2306

B 7514 2307

Half set,

outside

Rosette

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, ovalRosette with CB

B 7598 2140

B 7598 2141

B 7598 2130

B 7598 2131

B 7598 2100

B 7598 2101

B 7598 2104

B 7598 2105

B 7598 2106

B 7598 2107PC

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Half set

Knob rosette

B 7501 2440

B 7501 2441

B 7501 2430

B 7501 2431

B 7501 2400

B 7501 2401

B 7501 2404

B 7501 2405

B 7501 2406

B 7501 2407

Half set,

outside

Rosette

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Round knob

cranked

PC = profile cylinder

Page 130: Door Hardware

11

RR-RONDO – Fire protection and security fittings ES3

Security fittings ES3

Fire protection fittings ES3

CC 92 B 7451 5341 B 7451 5331 B 7451 5301 ---- B 7451 5305 B 7451 5307

Knob model Cylinder bore Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

CC 92 B 7451 0341 B 7451 0331 B 7451 0301 ---- B 7451 0305 B 7451 0307

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt

Stainl. steel matt

Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Round knob

cranked

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7599 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Backplate typeType of set

Lever set

9 mm spindleOblong plate,

rounded

Backplate typeType of set

Entrance set

9 mm spindleOblong plate,

rounded

Lever set

Entrance set

Lever set

Entrance set

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess /

lock

posit

ion

Backplate type

CC 92

CC 92

B 7451 5041

B 7451 5141

B 7451 5031

B 7451 5131

B 7451 5001

B 7451 5101

----

----

B 7451 5005

B 7451 5105

B 7451 5007

B 7451 5107

Knob model Cylinder bore Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Type of set Aluminium UC5

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Stainl. steel matt

Backplate type

CC 92

CC 92

B 7451 0041

B 7451 0141

B 7451 0031

B 7451 0131

B 7451 0001

B 7451 0101

----

----

B 7451 0005

B 7451 0105

B 7451 0007

B 7451 0107

Knob model Cylinder bore Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Type of set Aluminium UC5

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

roundedRound knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Oblong plate,

rounded

Stainl. steel matt

CC = cylinder cover

Page 131: Door Hardware

12

Lever modell RR-BELCANTO Panic

Product information

Dimensioned drawings

Knob types Backplate types

Fire protection

Cranked round knob

Cranked ball-type knob

36 15

252

135

85

21,5

32 8

242

135

85

21,5

32 8

72 50

50

ø50

90

ø50

36

50

ø20

45

141

60

Lever handles available with 8 or 9 mm spindle, fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing).The offset cranked door knobs are non-handed.Clip-on backplates.Security fittings as lever set or entrance set to DIN 18257 – ES3.The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 12 to 19 mm.The vertical lever variant is provided with a detent mechanism to ensure a precise vertical position.All material versions approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906, and for use on escape doors to EN 179.The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied (standard sets for door thickness 37 – 42 mm, fire-rated sets for door thickness 52 – 67 mm).For use on escape doors with a divided follower it is necessary to specify the lock position in addition to the door thickness (refer to page 40).

Page 132: Door Hardware

13

RR-BELCANTO Panic – Contract fittings

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7599 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Backplate type

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

B 75BG 2140

B 75BG 2141

B 75BG 0240

B 75BG 0241

B 75BG 4241

PC

PC 92

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore

Backplate type

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

B 75BJ 2140

B 75BJ 2141

B 75BJ 0240

B 75BJ 0241

B 75BJ 4241

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

PC

PC 92

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Round, cranked

Backplate type

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

B 75BH 2140

B 75BH 2141

B 75BH 0240

B 75BH 0241

B 75BH 4241

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

PC

PC 92

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate type

Rosette, square Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Round, cranked

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

B 75BK 2140

B 75BK 2141

B 75BK 0240

B 75BK 0241

B 75BK 4241

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

PC

PC 92

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Stainl. steel matt

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess /

lock

posit

ion

PC = profile cylinder

Page 133: Door Hardware

14

RR-BELCANTO Panic – Fire protection fittings

Type of set

Turn handle

Lever set

Entrance set

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Half set, inside

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Dummy plate

Dummy plate

for push bar

without PC

rosette

without

without

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, ovalRosette with CB

B 7598 2140

B 7598 2141

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----PC

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Round, cranked

PC

PC 92

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore

----

----

Aluminium F1

----

----

----

----

Aluminium F1

----

----

----

---- ----

----

----

Aluminium F1

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Half set

Knob rosette

B 7501 2440

B 7501 2441

----

----

----

----

----

----

Half set, outside

Rosette

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Round knob

cranked

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 7501 2140

B 7501 2141

B 7501 0240

B 7501 0241

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

PC

PC 92

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 7504 0240

B 7504 0241

----

----

----

----

----

----

Half set

Knob backplate

Half set forpush bar

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

B 75BC 2340

B 75BC 2341

----

----

---- ----

----

Half set, outside

Rosette

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Half set

outside

Half set

interior

B 75BF 2340

B 75BF 2341

----

----

----

----

----

----

Half set, outside

Rosette

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate type

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 75BC 2140

B 75BC 2141

B 75BF 0240

B 75BF 0241

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

PC

PC 92

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium UC5

B 75BT 0240

B 75BT 0241

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Half set outside

Half set outsidefor push bar

B 75BC 2140

B 75BC 2141

B 75BC 0240

B 75BC 0241

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

PC

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Aluminium white

B 7500 2040

B 7500 2041

B 7500 0040

B 7500 0041

B 7508 0040

B 7508 0041

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 7508 0240

B 7508 0241

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

---- ----

B 75BR 2340

B 75BR 2341

B 75BR 0040

B 75BR 0041

without PC

rosette

without

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 75BI 2140

B 75BI 2141

B 75BI 0240

B 75BI 0241

B 75BI 4241

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

PC

PC 92

PC 92

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 75BL 2140

B 75BL 2141

B 75BL 0240

B 75BL 0241

B 75BL 4241

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

PC = profile cylinder

Page 134: Door Hardware

15

RR-BELCANTO Panic – Fire protection and security fittings ES3

Security fittings ES3

Fire protection fittings ES3

Lever set

Entrance set

Lever set

Entrance set

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7599 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Backplate type

CC 92

CC 92

B 7451 BD41

B 7451 BE41

----

----

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVDType of set

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate type

CC 92

CC 92

B 7451 BA41

B 7451 BB41

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteType of set Aluminium UC5

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

rounded

Round,

cranked

Round,

cranked

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

CC 92 B 7451 BF41 ---- ---- ---- ---- ----

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteType of set Aluminium UC5

Lever set

9 mm spindleOblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

CC 92 B 7451 BC41 ---- ---- ---- ---- ----

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteType of set Aluminium UC5

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

rounded

Round,

cranked

CC = cylinder cover

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess /

lock

posit

ion

Page 135: Door Hardware

16

Lever model RR-BELCANTO

Product information

Dimensioned drawings

Knob types Backplate types

Fire protection

32 8

72 50

50

ø50

90

ø50

36

50

135

ø20

60

Cranked round knob

Cranked ball-type knob

36 15

252

135

85

21,5

32 8

242

135

85

21,5

Lever handles available with 8 or 9 mm spindle, fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing).The offset cranked door knobs are non-handed.Clip-on backplates.Security fittings as lever set or entrance set to DIN 18257 – ES3.The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 12 to 19 mm.All material versions approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906, and for use on escape doors to EN 179.The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied (standard sets for door thickness 37 – 42 mm, fire-rated sets for door thickness 52 – 67 mm).

Page 136: Door Hardware

17

RR-BELCANTO – Contract fittings

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7599 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess /

lock

posit

ion

PC = profile cylinder

Backplate type

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

PC

PC 92

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore

Rosette, square Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Round, cranked

Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Round, cranked

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

B 7584 2140

B 7584 2141

B 7584 0240

B 7584 0241

B 7584 4241

B 7584 2130

B 7584 2131

B 7584 0230

B 7584 0231

----

B 7584 2100

B 7584 2101

B 7584 0200

B 7584 0201

----

B 7584 2104

B 7584 2105

B 7584 0204

B 7584 0205

----

B 7584 2106

B 7584 2107

B 7584 0206

B 7584 0207

----

PC

PC 92

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate type

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

B 7560 2140

B 7560 2141

B 7560 0240

B 7560 0241

B 7560 4241

B 7560 2130

B 7560 2131

B 7560 0230

B 7560 0231

----

B 7560 2100

B 7560 2101

B 7560 0200

B 7560 0201

----

B 7560 2104

B 7560 2105

B 7560 0204

B 7560 0205

----

B 7560 2106

B 7560 2107

B 7560 0206

B 7560 0207

----

PC

PC 92

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 7575 2106

B 7575 2107

B 7575 0206

B 7575 0207

----

Aluminium white

Backplate type

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

B 7561 2140

B 7561 2141

B 7561 0240

B 7561 0241

B 7561 4241

B 7561 2130

B 7561 2131

B 7561 0230

B 7561 0231

----

B 7561 2100

B 7561 2101

B 7561 0200

B 7561 0201

----

B 7561 2104

B 7561 2105

B 7561 0204

B 7561 0205

----

B 7561 2106

B 7561 2107

B 7561 0206

B 7561 0207

----

PC

PC 92

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 7575 2140

B 7575 2141

B 7575 0240

B 7575 0241

B 7575 4241

B 7575 2130

B 7575 2131

B 7575 0230

B 7575 0231

----

B 7575 2100

B 7575 2101

B 7575 0200

B 7575 0201

----

B 7575 2104

B 7575 2105

B 7575 0204

B 7575 0205

----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium UC5

Backplate type

Page 137: Door Hardware

18

RR-BELCANTO – Fire protection fittings

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, ovalRosette with CB

B 7598 2140

B 7598 2141

B 7598 2130

B 7598 2131

B 7598 2100

B 7598 2101

B 7598 2104

B 7598 2105

B 7598 2106

B 7598 2107PC

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate typeType of set

Lever set

Entrance set

B 7563 2106

B 7563 2107

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Type of set

Half set, inside

Type of set

Half set outside

Half set outside

for push bar

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Half set

Knob backplate

Type of set

Dummy plate

Dummy plate

for push bar

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Half set

outside

Half set

interior

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate type

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 7533 2140

B 7533 2141

B 7533 0240

B 7533 0241

PC

PC 92

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt

Backplate type

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Backplate typeType of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Half set

Knob rosette

B 7501 2440

B 7501 2441

B 7501 2430

B 7501 2431

B 7501 2400

B 7501 2401

B 7501 2404

B 7501 2405

B 7501 2406

B 7501 2407

without PC

rosette

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Round knob

cranked

PC

PC 92

B 7533 2340

B 7533 2341

B 7533 2330

B 7533 2331

B 7533 2300

B 7533 2301

B 7533 2304

B 7533 2305

B 7533 2306

B 7533 2307

without PC

rosette

B 7537 2340

B 7537 2341

B 7537 2330

B 7537 2331

B 7537 2300

B 7537 2301

B 7537 2304

B 7537 2305

B 7537 2306

B 7537 2307

without PC

rosette

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Round, cranked

Backplate type

Rosette, square

Rosette, oval

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Knob model

PC

PC 92

PC 92

PC

PC 92

PC 92

Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 7533 2140

B 7533 2141

B 7537 0240

B 7537 0241

B 7533 2130

B 7533 2131

B 7537 0230

B 7537 0231

B 7533 2100

B 7533 2101

B 7537 0200

B 7537 0201

B 7533 2104

B 7533 2105

B 7537 0204

B 7537 0205

B 7533 2106

B 7533 2107

B 7537 0206

B 7537 0207

PC

PC 92

PC 92----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

B 7501 2140

B 7501 2141

B 7501 0240

B 7501 0241

B 7501 2130

B 7501 2131

B 7501 0230

B 7501 0231

B 7501 2100

B 7501 2101

B 7501 0200

B 7501 0201

B 7501 2104

B 7501 2105

B 7501 0204

B 7501 0205

B 7501 2106

B 7501 2107

B 7501 0206

B 7501 0207

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

without PC

rosette

without

without

PC 92

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 7563 2140

B 7563 2141

B 7563 0240

B 7563 0241

B 7563 4241

B 7563 2130

B 7563 2131

B 7563 0230

B 7563 0231

----

B 7586 2130

B 7586 2131

B 7586 0230

B 7586 0231

----

B 7563 2100

B 7563 2101

B 7563 0200

B 7563 0201

----

B 7586 2100

B 7586 2101

B 7586 0200

B 7586 0201

----

B 7563 2104

B 7563 2105

B 7563 0204

B 7563 0205

----

B 7586 2104

B 7586 2105

B 7586 0204

B 7586 0205

----

B 7563 0206

B 7563 0207

----

B 7586 2106

B 7586 2107

B 7586 0206

B 7586 0207

----

B 7586 2140

B 7586 2141

B 7586 0240

B 7586 0241

B 7586 4241

B 7533 2130

B 7533 2131

B 7533 0230

B 7533 0231

B 7533 2100

B 7533 2101

B 7533 0200

B 7533 0201

B 7533 2104

B 7533 2105

B 7533 0204

B 7533 0205

B 7533 2106

B 7533 2107

B 7533 0206

B 7533 0207

B 7500 2040

B 7500 2041

B 7500 0040

B 7500 0041

B 7508 0040

B 7508 0041

B 7508 0030

B 7508 0031

B 7508 0000

B 7508 0001

B 7508 0004

B 7508 0005

B 7508 0006

B 7508 0007

B 7500 2030

B 7500 2031

B 7500 0030

B 7500 0031

B 7500 2000

B 7500 2001

B 7500 0000

B 7500 0001

B 7500 2004

B 7500 2005

B 7500 0004

B 7500 0005

B 7500 2006

B 7500 2007

B 7500 0006

B 7500 0007

Cylinder bore

B 7508 0240

B 7508 0241

B 7508 0230

B 7508 0231

B 7508 0200

B 7508 0201

B 7508 0204

B 7508 0205

B 7508 0206

B 7508 0207

PC = profile cylinder

Page 138: Door Hardware

19

RR-BELCANTO – Fire protection and security fittings ES3

Security fittings ES3

Fire protection fittings ES3

Lever set

Entrance set

Lever set

Entrance set

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7599 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess /

lock

posit

ion

Backplate type

CC 92

CC 92

B 7451 6041

B 7451 6141

B 7451 6031

B 7451 6131

B 7451 6001

B 7451 6101

----

----

B 7451 6005

B 7451 6105

B 7451 6007

B 7451 6107

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteType of set Aluminium UC5

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

CC 92 B 7451 1041

B 7451 1141

B 7451 1031

B 7451 1131

B 7451 1001

B 7451 1101

----

----

B 7451 1005

B 7451 1105

B 7451 1007

B 7451 1107

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteType of set Aluminium UC5

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

roundedRound, cranked

Round, crankedOblong plate,

roundedCC 92

Backplate type

CC 92 B 7451 6441 B 7451 6431 B 7451 6401 ---- B 7451 6405 B 7451 6407

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteType of set Aluminium UC5

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

CC 92 B 7451 1441 B 7451 1431 B 7451 1401 ---- B 7451 1405 B 7451 1407

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteType of set Aluminium UC5

Entrance set

9 mm spindleOblong plate,

rounded Round, cranked

CC = cylinder cover

Page 139: Door Hardware

Dimension A

20

Push bars for medium-weight escape doors to EN 1125

Product information

Dimensioned drawings

PVC

BKS push bar for the use on smoke control, fire control and escape doors to DIN 18273 + DIN 4102 + EN 1634; with integrated

gear; 9 mm spindle. Approval to EN 1125 only in combination with approved BKS locks. With retaining spring;

suitable for medium-weight active and passive door leaves up to 200 kg. Cylinder bore: PC 72 mm, PC 92 mm (PC = profile cylinder), or without cylinder bore. Non-handed (DIN rh and lh usable) Finish:

– Casing + lever arm of PVC, black matt; cross bar of aluminium F1 With mounting accessories, intended for assembly with BKS short backplates (PC 72 mm) or BKS narrow stile long backplates (PC 92 mm). The cross bar must be ordered separately (refer to door widths on page 21).

Page 140: Door Hardware

21

Push bar to EN 1125

Push bars for narrow stile doors

PVC black, cross bar aluminium F1Cylinder bore

dummy B 7100 4100

Max. door width

810 mm

885 mm

935 mm

1060 mm

1250 mm

1600 mm

B 7100 4270

B 7100 4271

B 7100 4272

B 7100 4273

B 7100 4274

B 7100 4275

Aluminium F1

PC = profile cylinder

Type of set

Cross bar

Cross bar length

710 mm

785 mm

835 mm

960 mm

1150 mm

1500 mm

Type of set

Passive leaf without

Cross bar

Cylinder boreType of set

Active leaf without

cross bar

PC 92 B 7192 4100

PC 72 B 7172 4100

PVC black, cross bar aluminium F1

Page 141: Door Hardware

72/9

2

x - 120 = Length of bar

x 131

10

33

207

33, 7 Dimension A:PC 72 = 112 mmPC 92 = 135 mm

72

/92

20

6

33,7

33

124

x

x - 120 = Length of bar

Dimension A:PC 72 = 112 mmPC 92 = 135 mm

1

1

2

2

1

22

Push bars for heavy-weight escape doors to EN 1125

Stainless steel

Aluminium

Product information

BKS push bar for the use on smoke control, fire control and escape doors to DIN 18273 + DIN 4102 + EN 1634; with integrated

stainless steel gear; 9 mm spindle. Approval to EN 1125 only in combination with approved BKS locks. With retaining spring;

suitable for heavy-weight active and passive door leaves up to 300 kg. Cylinder bore: PC 72 mm, PC 92 mm (PC = profile cylinder), or without cylinder bore. Non-handed (DIN rh and lh usable) Finish:

– Aluminium, F1

– Stainless steel brushed matt With mounting accessories, intended for assembly with BKS short backplates (PC 72 mm) or BKS narrow stile long backplates (PC 92 mm). The cross bar must be ordered separately (refer to door widths on page 23).Stainless steel V4A version on request.

Dimensioned drawings

Page 142: Door Hardware

23

Push bars for narrow stile doors

Push bar to EN 1125

Type of set

Active leaf without

cross bar

Cross bar lengthType of set Max. door width

Cross bar

710 mm

785 mm

835 mm

960 mm

1150 mm

1500 mm

810 mm

885 mm

935 mm

1060 mm

1250 mm

1600 mm

B 7100 4210

B 7100 4211

B 7100 4212

B 7100 4213

B 7100 4204

B 7100 4205

Stainl. steel matt

Cylinder boreType of set

Active leaf without

cross bar

PC 72 B 7172 7141

PC 92 B 7192 7141

Stainl. steel matt

Cylinder boreType of set

Passive leaf without

Cross bardummy

PC = profile cylinder

Cylinder bore

PC 92 B 7192 5141 B 7192 5101

PC 72 B 7172 5141 B 7172 5101

Aluminium F1Stainl. steel matt

B 7100 5141 B 7100 5101

Aluminium F1Stainl. steel mattCylinder boreType of set

Passive leaf without

Cross bardummy

B 7100 7141

Stainl. steel matt

B 7100 4270

B 7100 4271

B 7100 4272

B 7100 4273

B 7100 4274

B 7100 4275

Aluminium F1

Page 143: Door Hardware

Length of bar

92

,5

33,7

33

124

x

x - 120 = Length of bar

1 2

1

2

1

24

Push bars for escape doors to EN 1125

Stainless steel

Aluminium

Product information

BKS push bar for the use on smoke control, fire control and escape doors to DIN 18273 + DIN 4102 + EN 1634; with integrated

stainless steel gear; 9 mm spindle. Approval to EN 1125 only in combination with approved BKS locks. With retaining spring;

suitable for heavy-weight active and passive door leaves up to 300 kg. Non-handed (DIN rh and lh usable) Finish:

– Aluminium, F1

– Stainless steel brushed matt With mounting accessories, intended for assembly with BKS short backplates (PC 72 mm) or BKS narrow stile long backplates (PC 92 mm). The cross bar must be ordered separately (refer to door widths on page 25).Stainless steel V4A version on request.

Dimensioned drawings

7

67

32 7

67

32

7

67

32

Page 144: Door Hardware

25

Push bar to EN 1125

Push bars for narrow stile doors

Cylinder boreType of set

Active leaf / passive leaf

without cross barB 7100 6141 B 7100 6101

Aluminium F1Stainl. steel matt

Type of set

Cross bar

B 7100 4210

B 7100 4211

B 7100 4212

B 7100 4213

B 7100 4204

B 7100 4205

B 7100 4270

B 7100 4271

B 7100 4272

B 7100 4273

B 7100 4274

B 7100 4275

Aluminium F1Stainl. steel matt

Type of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, ovalRosette with CB

Backplate type

B 7100 8141

Stainl. steel matt Cylinder boreType of set

Active leaf / passive leaf

without cross bar

Cross bar length Max. door width

710 mm

785 mm

835 mm

960 mm

1150 mm

1500 mm

810 mm

885 mm

935 mm

1060 mm

1250 mm

1600 mm

B 7598 2140

B 7598 2141

B 7598 2100

B 7598 2101PC

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Aluminium F1

PC = profile cylinder

Page 145: Door Hardware

3217.5 X

81

99

.5

21

.5

33

21

.5

26

Touch bar for escape doors to EN 1125

Product information

BKS touch bar for the use on smoke control, fire control and escape doors to DIN 18273 + DIN 4102 + EN 1634, with integrated

gear; 9 mm spindle. Approval to EN 1125 only in combination with approved BKS locks. With retaining spring; suitable for active and

passive door leaves. Non-handed (DIN rh / lh usable) Finish:

– Aluminium, F1

– Stainless steel Including mounting accessories

Dimensioned drawings

7

67

Page 146: Door Hardware

27

Touch bar to EN 1125

Touch bar for narrow stile doors

Cylinder boreType of set

Active leaf/passive leaf

DIN lh/rh

808 mm

1158 mm

1458 mm

B 7150 0000

B 7150 0001

B 7150 0002

Aluminium F1Stainless steel

B 7150 2000

B 7150 2001

B 7150 2002

Dim "x"

Type of set

Rosette, square

Rosette, ovalRosette with CB PC

Cylinder boreBackplate type

PC = profile cylinder

B 7598 2140

B 7598 2141

B 7598 2100

B 7598 2101

Stainl. steel matt Aluminium F1

Page 147: Door Hardware

28

Dimensioned drawings

Security rosette for narrow stile doors

Product information

Security rosette for narrow stile doors to DIN 18257 – ES1.Lever handles available with 8 or 9 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing).The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 12 to 19 mm. Mounting accessories for door thicknesses of 54 – 69 mm are included in the items supplied. Also available as fire-rated version according to DIN 18273.

135

ø20

60

152

ø20

60

32242 21,5

135

85

836 15

135

21,5

137,5

ø20

45

141

60

Page 148: Door Hardware

29

Security rosette for narrow stile doors

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7599 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess /

lock

posit

ion

CC = cylinder cover

RR-Belcanto

9 mm B 7481 7941

B 7480 7941

Lever model Cylinder bore

CC 92

CC 72

B 7481 7901

B 7480 7901

B 7481 7905

B 7480 7905

B 7481 7907

B 7480 7907

Aluminium F1 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5Stainl. steel matt

RR-Rondo

9 mm B 7481 7141

B 7480 7141

Lever model Cylinder bore

CC 92

CC 72

B 7481 7101

B 7480 7101

B 7481 7105

B 7480 7105

B 7481 7107

B 7480 7107

Aluminium F1 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5Stainl. steel matt

RR-Belcanto Panic

9 mm B 7481 BI41

B 7480 BI41

Lever model Cylinder bore

CC 92

CC 72

----

----

----

----

----

----

Aluminium F1 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5Stainl. steel matt

Page 149: Door Hardware

30

Standard contract fittings for narrow stile doors

Product information

Lever handles available with 8 or 9 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer; with retaining spring. With 9 mm spindle approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906, and for use on escape doors to EN 179. The cranked door knobs are non-handed. Clip-on cover rosette. For mounting accessories refer to page 38 et seq.

Dimensioned drawings

Knob types

Cranked round knob

50

ø50

90

151

ø21

60

32 7

67

32 12

67

ø50

36

50

Cranked ball-type knob

179

ø21

86

169

ø21

65

169

ø21

86

Page 150: Door Hardware

31

Standard contract fittings for narrow stile doors

Andante-RR

Andante-VK

Forte-VK

Office-VK

Ball-type, cranked

Round, cranked

PC rosette

CH-RC rosette

Dummy rosette

Rosette, ovalKnob lever

8 mm

1 pieceB 7295 0004

20 piece

Rosette, ovalKnob lever

9 mm fire-rated

1 pieceB 7295 0005

20 piece

Rosette, oval Fixed pull1 piece

B 7295 000620 piece

Handle typeBackplate type Packing unit Stainl. steel matt

Rosette, oval Fixed pull1 piece

B 7295 000720 piece

Handle typeBackplate type Packing unit Stainl. steel matt

Rosette, oval

Rosette, oval

Rosette, oval

PC1 piece

B 7295 001050 piece

CH-RC1 piece

B 7295 001150 piece

without1 piece

B 7295 001250 piece

Cylinder boreBackplate type Packing unit Stainl. steel matt

Cylinder boreBackplate type Packing unit Stainl. steel matt

Cylinder boreBackplate type Packing unit Stainl. steel matt

Rosette, oval1 piece

1 piece

Square spindleBackplate type Packing unit Stainl. steel matt

8 mm

9 mm fire-rated

B 7295 0000

B 7295 0001

Rosette, oval1 piece

1 piece

Square spindleBackplate type Packing unit Stainl. steel matt

8 mm

9 mm fire-rated

B 7295 0018

B 7295 0015

Rosette, oval1 piece

1 piece

Square spindleBackplate type Packing unit Stainl. steel matt

8 mm

9 mm fire-rated

B 7295 0019

B 7295 0016

Rosette, oval1 piece

1 piece

Square spindleBackplate type Packing unit Stainl. steel matt

8 mm

9 mm fire-rated

B 7295 0017

B 7295 0020

PC = profile cylinder CH-RC = Swiss round cylinder

Page 151: Door Hardware

32

Stainless steel window handles

Product information

Stainless steel window handles 90 degree detent 10 mm positioning plugs (adapter for 12 mm on request) 7 mm spindle protruding 30 mm Clip-on cover rosette, for multiple assembly

Dimensioned drawings

FORTE

CRESCENDO ANDANTE DIRIGENT

OFFICE

ø21

126

60

12043 2

0140

65

ø21

125

56

32

12

70

ø21

141

60

Page 152: Door Hardware

33

Stainless steel window handles

Forte

Office

Dirigent

Crescendo

Andante

B 7290 6016 B 7290 6017

Stainl. steel matt Stainl. steel polished

B 7290 6008 B 7290 6009

Stainl. steel matt

B 7290 6000 B 7290 6001

Stainl. steel matt

Stainl. steel polished

Stainl. steel polished

Stainl. steel polished

Rosette design

Rosette, oval

Rosette design

Rosette, oval

Rosette design

Rosette, oval

----

Stainl. steel polished

B 7290 6018

Rosette design

Rosette, oval

Stainl. steel matt

B 7290 6019 ----

Rosette design

Rosette, oval

Stainl. steel matt

Page 153: Door Hardware

30

40

100

100

38

38

ø65

10

38

38

ø65

15

ø19

ø28

ø28

ø28

3106

76

46

3

3

ø19

ø19

25

38

36

ø62

34

Accessories for contract work

Product information

Reference signs:

– Stainless steel

– Black print

– Adhesive strip on the back

Floor / wall-mounted door stops:

– Stainless steel

– With mounting accessories

– Spacer plates for type II as an option

Dimensioned drawings

Floor-mounted

door stop I

Floor-mounted

door stop IIWall-mounted door stop

Ladies Gentlemen Handicapped Directional arrow

Page 154: Door Hardware

Wandstopper

35

Accessories for contract work

Floor-mounted door stop I

Variant

40 x 30 mm B 7122 0040

Stainl. steel matt

Floor-mounted door stop II

Variant

---- B 7122 0000

Stainl. steel matt

Spacer plate for floor-mounted door stop II

Wall-mounted door stop

Ladies

Variant

Ladies B 7121 1040

Stainl. steel matt

Gentlemen

Variant

Gentlemen B 7121 2040

Stainl. steel matt

Handicapped

Variant

Handicapped B 7121 4040

Stainl. steel matt

Directional arrow

Variant

Directional arrow B 7121 3040

Stainl. steel matt

Variant

19 mm x 46 mm

19 mm x 76 mm

19 mm x 106 mm

B 7122 0005

B 7122 0006

B 7122 0007

Stainl. steel matt

Variant

10 mm B 7122 0001

15 mm B 7122 0002

black

Page 155: Door Hardware

36

Door holder

Product information

Door holders 3934 / 3933 to be attached to the door leaf:

– Type 3934 large with 100 mm travel

– Type 3934 medium with 30 mm travel

– Type 3933 small with 30 mm travel

Dimensioned drawings

3934 large

3934 medium3933 small

6944

96

80

56

36

20

90

124,5

26,5

27

40

182

330

85

55

40

27

1801

33

40

Page 156: Door Hardware

37

Door holder

B 3934 0101 B 3934 0137 B 3934 0139----3934 medium

Variant Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 3933 0101 B 3933 0137 B 3933 0139----3933 small

Variant Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 6944 0007 B 6944 0009 ----B 6944 00046944

Variant Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 3934 0190 B 3934 0115 B 3934 0117----3934 large

Variant Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Page 157: Door Hardware

Door thickness min. 23 min. 23

Door thickness + 23 + 23 = spindle length

X min. 23

X + 23 = spindle length

38

Fixing accessories

Specification clause

BKS spindle consisting of:

8 / 8.5 / 9 / 10 mm square spindle with special spot-faced surfaces providing a non-loosening connection with the fittings.

Dimension L:.................

Spindles

Spindle length L

mm

100

115

130

145

50

65

70

80

90

100

115

130

145

160

100

115

130

145

Square spindle

mm

8

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

10

10

10

10

Door thickness

mm

37 – 52

52 – 67

67 – 82

82 – 97

--

--

--

17 – 27

27 – 37

37 – 52

52 – 67

67 – 82

82 – 97

97 – 112

37 – 52

52 – 67

67 – 82

82 – 97

Order number

B 7644 0800

B 7644 0801

B 7644 0802

B 7644 0803

B 7644 0908

B 7644 0907

B 7644 0909

B 7644 0905

B 7644 0906

B 7644 0900

B 7644 0901

B 7644 0902

B 7644 0903

B 7644 0904

B 7644 1000

B 7644 1001

B 7644 1002

B 7644 1003

Calculation of spindle length for single-sided

screw attachment

Calculation of spindle length

Note: Spindles for panic bars require a deduction

15 mm from the lengths specified below!

Spindle length L

mm

30

35

40

45

48

55

65

70

Square spindle

mm

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

Order number

B 7676 0447

B 7676 0448

B 7676 0449

B 7676 0450

B 7676 0451

B 7676 0452

B 7676 0453

B 7676 0454

Page 158: Door Hardware

Entrance set

Push bar

15 min. 23 Door thickness (DT)

15 max. 10

Touch bar 15 min. 20

max. 26

Door thickness (DT)

Door thickness (DT)

39

Specification clause

BKS threaded spindle consisting of:

8 / 8.5 / 9 / 10 mm square spindle with special spot-faced surfaces providing a non-loosening connection with the fittings; with M8 thread

for BKS entrance sets.

Dimension L:.................

Spindle length L

mm

75

85

95

105

115

135

50

60

70

75

85

95

105

115

135

75

85

95

105

115

135

Square spindle

mm

8

8

8

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

10

10

10

10

10

10

Door thickness

mm

37 – 47

47 – 57

57 – 67

67 – 77

77 – 87

87 – 107

--

--

--

37 – 47

47 – 57

57 – 67

67 – 77

77 – 87

87 – 107

37 – 47

47 – 57

57 – 67

67 – 77

77 – 87

87 – 107

Order number

B 7630 0801

B 7630 0802

B 7630 0803

B 7630 0804

B 7630 0805

B 7630 0806

B 7630 0906

B 7630 0907

B 7630 0900

B 7630 0901

B 7630 0902

B 7630 0903

B 7630 0904

B 7630 0905

B 7630 0908

B 7630 1001

B 7630 1002

B 7630 1003

B 7630 1004

B 7630 1005

B 7630 1006

Calculation of spindle length

Note: Threaded spindles for panic bars require

a deduction of 15 mm from the lengths

specified below!

Fixing accessories

Threaded spindles

Page 159: Door Hardware

X (LI=inside) Y (LO=outside)

DTI DTO min. 23 min. 23 Lever set

Push bar DTI DTO max. 10 min. 23

DTI + 23 = length inside part (LI)DTO + 23 = length outside part (LO)

DTI DTO min. 20 min. 23 Touch bar max. 26

40

Fixing accessories

Divided spindles for escape door fittings

Note: Fixing elements and the fitting set must be consi-

dered as a unit according to DIN 18273. Therefore,

only BKS spindles and screws must be used for

BKS fittings on fire control, smoke control, and

escape doors!

Lever set

DTI

18 – 23

23 – 28

28 – 33

33 – 38

38 – 43

43 – 48

48 – 53

53 – 58

DTO

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

80

18 – 23

50

B 7676 0019

B 7676 0044

B 7676 0057

B 7676 0062

B 7676 0069

B 7676 0074

B 7676 0081

B 7676 0086

23 – 28

55

B 7676 0038

B 7676 0020

B 7676 0058

B 7676 0063

B 7676 0070

B 7676 0075

B 7676 0082

B 7676 0088

28 – 33

60

B 7676 0039

B 7676 0045

B 7676 0003

B 7676 0064

B 7676 0014

B 7676 0076

B 7676 0016

B 7676 0090

33 – 38

65

B 7676 0026

B 7676 0046

B 7676 0059

B 7676 0021

B 7676 0071

B 7676 0077

B 7676 0083

B 7676 0092

38 – 43

70

B 7676 0011

B 7676 0047

B 7676 0012

B 7676 0065

B 7676 0004

B 7676 0078

B 7676 0017

B 7676 0095

43 – 48

75

B 7676 0040

B 7676 0027

B 7676 0060

B 7676 0066

B 7676 0072

B 7676 0022

B 7676 0084

B 7676 0097

48 – 53

80

B 7676 0002

B 7676 0028

B 7676 0013

B 7676 0067

B 7676 0015

B 7676 0094

B 7676 0005

B 7676 0106

53 – 58

85

B 7676 0085

B 7676 0087

B 7676 0089

B 7676 0091

B 7676 0093

B 7676 0096

B 7676 0105

B 7676 0098

LO

LI

Specification clause

BKS divided spindle for BKS escape door fittings in combination with divided followers in panic locks, consisting of:

Outer part of spindle / inner part of spindle, and fixing screw.

9 mm square spindle with special spot-faced surfaces providing a non-loosening connection with the fittings.

Fixing screw with anti-twist safeguard.

Spindles halves are marked with embossed letters (I=inside, A=outside)

Dim LI (length inside): ......... / Dim LO (length outside): .........

Lever half set / Push bar / Touch bar

LI

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

B 7676 0390

B 7676 0309

B 7676 0319

B 7676 0329

B 7676 0339

B 7676 0349

B 7676 0359

B 7676 0369

B 7676 0379

B 7676 0389

B 7676 0391

B 7676 0300

B 7676 0310

B 7676 0320

B 7676 0330

B 7676 0340

B 7676 0350

B 7676 0360

B 7676 0370

B 7676 0380

B 7676 0392

B 7676 0301

B 7676 0311

B 7676 0321

B 7676 0331

B 7676 0341

B 7676 0351

B 7676 0361

B 7676 0371

B 7676 0381

B 7676 0393

B 7676 0302

B 7676 0312

B 7676 0322

B 7676 0332

B 7676 0342

B 7676 0352

B 7676 0362

B 7676 0372

B 7676 0382

B 7676 0394

B 7676 0303

B 7676 0313

B 7676 0323

B 7676 0333

B 7676 0343

B 7676 0353

B 7676 0363

B 7676 0373

B 7676 0383

B 7676 0395

B 7676 0304

B 7676 0314

B 7676 0324

B 7676 0334

B 7676 0344

B 7676 0354

B 7676 0364

B 7676 0374

B 7676 0384

B 7676 0396

B 7676 0305

B 7676 0315

B 7676 0325

B 7676 0335

B 7676 0345

B 7676 0355

B 7676 0365

B 7676 0375

B 7676 0385

B 7676 0397

B 7676 0306

B 7676 0316

B 7676 0326

B 7676 0336

B 7676 0346

B 7676 0356

B 7676 0366

B 7676 0376

B 7676 0386

B 7676 0398

B 7676 0307

B 7676 0317

B 7676 0327

B 7676 0337

B 7676 0347

B 7676 0357

B 7676 0367

B 7676 0377

B 7676 0387

B 7676 0399

B 7676 0308

B 7676 0318

B 7676 0328

B 7676 0338

B 7676 0348

B 7676 0358

B 7676 0368

B 7676 0378

B 7676 0388

25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 LO

Calculation of spindle length

Page 160: Door Hardware

41

Fixing accessories

Steel fixing screws

Specification clause

Fixing screws for BKS fittings consisting of:

Phillips countersunk-head screw M5 according to ISO 7047, galvanized and chrome-plated iron

Door thickness:.................... Screw length:....................

Specification clause

Fixing screws for BKS specialty stainless steel fittings with visible screw connections, consisting of:

Phillips countersunk-head screw M5 according to ISO 7047, stainless steel

Door thickness:.................... Screw length:....................

Stainless steel fixing screws

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Description Door thickness Description

Description

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Description

M5 x 40

M5 x 50

M5 x 60

M5 x 70

M5 x 80

M5 x 90

M5 x 100

Door thickness

37 – 47

47 – 57

57 – 67

67 – 77

77 – 87

87 – 97

97 – 107

Description

B 7660 0100

B 7660 0101

B 7660 0102

B 7660 0103

B 7660 0104

B 7660 0105

B 7660 0106

Mounting accessories for security fittings ES3

Description

Mounting accessories

Mounting accessories

Mounting accessories

Mounting accessories

Mounting accessories

Door thickness

39 – 54

54 – 69

69 – 84

84 – 94

94 – 114

Description

B 7660 0070

B 7660 0071

B 7660 0072

B 7660 0073

B 7660 0078

Description

M5 x 35

M5 x 40

M5 x 50

M5 x 60

M5 x 70

M5 x 80

M5 x 90

M5 x 100

37 – 42

42 – 52

52 – 62

62 – 72

72 – 82

82 – 92

92 – 102

102 – 117

B 7660 0008

B 7660 0001

B 7660 0002

B 7660 0003

B 7660 0004

B 7660 0005

B 7660 0006

B 7660 0007

Consisting of screws + mounting tools. Spindles must be ordered separately!

Page 161: Door Hardware

42

Review

Panic and emergency exit devices were never clearly regulated by

product standards. Only “... easy opening, ... from the interior, ... at

the full width” was required in these codes. However, the important

term of “easy opening” was never described with reproducible

values. There was also no clear regulation as to how door fittings

must be designed, so that people would not injure themselves on

them. The interplay of various individual components was never

subjected to a real-life vandalism test. The customer was generally

left alone with problems in the assembly or in the interplay of pro-

ducts by various manufacturers. Most of the specifications came

from the area of fire protection and always required the appropriate

verification of suitability for fire-rated doors.

New uniform standards for the equipment of escape doors are

now valid in Europe. These standards describe in detailed test spe-

cifications how “easy opening” can be measured. Moreover, they

contain directives specifying the design and function of fittings.

An essential innovation: Lock, fitting and assembly accessories

are tested together and may only be used as a tested unit. Thanks

to practical tests such as vandalism tests and to single products

being made compatible with each other, the assembly of fittings is

simplified and their long-range function clearly improved. All new

products must be approved accordingly since 04/01/2003 and be

marked with a classification code along with the CE-marking. The

classification code indicates the range of approved applications

and makes it easy to verify the proper product combination during

a later building inspection.

The protection of people in buildings does not only play an impor-

tant role in the event of a fire, but also in panic situations that might

occur every day.

Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe

Present

Page 162: Door Hardware

43

Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe

Two types of escape doors – two new EU standards. Escape door

systems within the context of the new standards are divided into

emergency exit and panic exit devices.

This means that escape doors must be designed as panic exit

devices or as emergency exit devices depending on the respective

application.

Emergency exit devices according to EN 179 are designed for

buildings or building sections which are not open to the public, i.e.

where users are familiar with the function of the escape door.

They are suitable for all applications where public traffic may be

excluded. Secondary exits or doors in building sections frequented by

authorised persons only must also be equipped according to EN 179.

Application examples:

Private housing areas

Class rooms in schools

Administrative buildings of industrial concerns

not accessible to the public

Areas of event buildings not accessible to the public

Areas in airports, banks, shopping centres, etc.

not accessible to the public.

As operating elements this standard specifies lever handles or push

pads.

Recommended use:

Exit devices to EN 179 should be applied in areas where public

use may generally be excluded.

Recommended use:

If a later use of the building is not clearly defined at the

beginning of planning, panic exit devices to EN 1125

should preferably be installed.

This also applies to a modified use at a future time. Otherwise,

considerable retrofitting operations may become necessary.

Panic exit devices according to EN 1125 are used in public

buildings or building sections where visitors not familiar with the

function of the escape doors must be able to operate these without

instructions in the event of an emergency.

This specifically includes:

Hospitals

Escape routes in schools

Public administration

Events buildings

Airports

Shopping centres, etc.

As operating elements this standard specifies push bars or touch

bars reaching over the total width (or at least 60 %) of the door leaf.

Different locking systems for different fields of application

Page 163: Door Hardware

44

Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe

Easy opening of escape routes through panic exit devices

according to EN 1125

The exit device is checked for suitability in two different tests.

The first test is carried out without an initial load being applied to

the door leaf; the door must open automatically in the direction of

the escape route at a maximum operating force of 80 Newton. In the

second test carried out with an initial load of 1000 Newton applied

to the door leaf, the operating force must not exceed 220 Newton to

open the door. These values also apply to double leaf door units and

to exit devices which have additional locking elements such as ver-

tical rods or multipoint locks. As with EN 179, the locking systems

are subjected to a vandalism test and an operational durability

test with a permanent load of 25 Newton to prove their everyday

suitability.

Easy opening of escape routes through

emergency exit devices according to EN 179

These are tested at a maximum opening force of 70 Newton applied

vertically onto the lever handle. With all locking elements released,

the door must open in the direction of the escape route.

Little friction of the lever bearing and the smooth interplay of the

locking elements and the appropriate keepers in the door frame are

important here. Moreover, in order to prove their everyday suitability,

these locking systems are subjected to a vandalism test and an

operational durability test with a permanent load of 25 Newton.

Note:

Only the new standards EN 179 and EN 1125 provide a measu-

rable reference for the “easy opening” of escape doors.

Test 1: Door leaf without initial load

Test 2: Door leaf with an initial load of 1000 N

Main requirements for escape doors:

Doors in rescue routes must permit opening at all times

from the inside easily and at the full width.

Esacpe doors must open the escape route within

1 second with a hand movement without the use of a key

(EN 1125 / EN 179). Escape doors must open outwards.

Rescue routes must not be blocked.

Door fittings must be designed in a way that people‘s clothing

will not catch on them.

The open end of the lever must be designed in a way that it

points to the surface of the door leaf, in order to prevent

injuries (EN 179).

Page 164: Door Hardware

45

Graphic 2

Graphic 1

Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe

Escape routes must open in one movement

This means that on double leaf door units only full panic systems

are permitted providing the opening of both door leaves, even when

only the handle on the inactive leaf is operated. With the use of

G.U-BKS locks, this requirement can be fulfilled in any location

thanks to a choice of various panic functions for single and double

leaf door assemblies. Further extensive safety requirements may

be met with additional electromechanic options allowing for the

integration of intelligent escape door control and access control

systems. Mechanics and electronics are complemented here in one!

Escape doors must open outwards

This requirement is already known from various codes. It is incor-

porated in the new standards which specify locking systems for

outward opening escape doors exclusively. Escape door functions

“opening inward” known for special cases, cannot be permitted

according to EN 179 and EN 1125. With the use of push bars and

touch bars to EN 1125, this would not be logical after all.

Rescue routes must not be blocked

Any kind of impediment in the floor area – except for thresholds up

to a certain height – are not permitted. Human life is saved on freely

accessible escape routes only.

Fittings must be designed to prevent injury to people

With these standards, design variants are regulated for the first time.

The adequacy of particular fittings can be easily verified by means

of dimensioned graphics.

Graphic 1 shows the current requirements for lever handles accor-

ding to EN 179. Here, precise dimensions of the lever end inclined

toward the door leaf are missing among other specifications. Since

the design possibilities according to this graphic are limited to

U-shaped models, designs according to graphic 2 are planned for

the next updated issue of the standard. Current licenses, however,

already take this amendment into account; otherwise architects and

building contractors would not have the creative scope they desire,

and the manufacturers of fittings could offer only a very limited

range of lever handles.

Page 165: Door Hardware

46

CE marking symbol

Identification no. of the certification body + no. of the EC certificate of conformity

Number and year of this European Standard

Category of use: Grade 3 = high frequency applications

DIN EN 1125; 2008

0432 BPR 0002 2008

BKS GmbH Heidestr. 71 D-42549 Velberrt

Durability:

Active leaf grade 7 = 200.000 cycles

Inactive leaf grade 6 = 100.000 cycles

Door mass: Grade 5 = up to 100 kg

Grade 6 = up to 200 kg

Grade 7 = up to 200 kg

Grade 0 = not approved for use on fire/smoke doors

Grade A = approved for smoke doors

Grade B = approved for fire/smoke doors

Suitability

for use on fire/

smoke doors:

Manufacturer + address

Year in which the

marking was applied

Type of horizontal bar operation:

Type A = push bar Type B = touch bar

Projection of horizontal bar:

Grade 1 = large projection

Grade 2 = standard projection

Security (burglary protection):Grade 2 = minimum specification, the only one to be used

Corrosion resistance:

Grade 3 = high resistance

Grade 4 = very high resistance

Safety:

Grade 1 = top grade, the only one to be used

Field of door application:

Category A: single door, double door*

Category B: single door only

Category C: double door**

* active or inactive leaf of double door ** inactive leaf only

Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe

Locks and fittings must be provided with test identification codes

(DO numbers) and with the required CE-marking.

This allows a locking system to be identified as approved during

assembly and fincal acceptance.

We are aware that our product range is very extensive due to the

numerous situations in buildings. For this reason, we have deve-

loped logos with which we additionally mark our products. For

the sake of clarity, partners of G.U-BKS also use these logos, thus

enabling you to combine solutions from different catalogues to meet

your individual requirements.

CE Marking

BKS locking systems have the following certification numbers:

DIN EN 179 = 0432 BPR 0003

DIN EN 1125 = 0432 BPR 0002

The first purpose of CE marking is to simplify the movement of

goods within the EC. Another purpose is to indicate the approved

product use by the classification code on the CE label.

Our locks are visibly marked on the forends with the label explained

below.

Many of them are approved for use in locking systems according

to EN 179 and EN 1125. Their approved use is recognisable by the

classification code on the label.

The field of application is to be taken from the respective product

description.

Page 166: Door Hardware

47

Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe

Fittings approved to EN 179

Various lever models are tested and approved for the use on con-

tract doors.

The illustrated models only represent a part of our programme. We

are continuously developing new products that correspond to the

requirements of our customers.

Upon special request, we can also design individual models for your

contract work which will conform to the requirements of EN 179.

Fittings approved to EN 1125

Only operational elements spanning the door width are approved

as fittings to 1125. Push bars or touch bars are such operational

elements.

The illustrated operational elements provide an overview of our

programme.

Thanks to a variety of finishes, it is possible to create a harmonious

appearance with regard to the fittings on other doors in the building.

Special fitting solutions for slim profiles to avoid material deforma-

tion and injury are also contained in our programme.

You can recognise BKS fittings by the test labels attached to the

bottom side of the mounting plates.

The appropriate BKS locks are marked visibly on the forend.

The table on the right shows which combinations are approved.

By means of the test labels it is possible to identify appropriate locks

and fittings in the event of separate delivery.

Note:

Approval and application as emergency exit device to EN 179

or panic exit device to EN 1125 are only possible in conjunction

with the appropriate EC conformity certificate.

RR-BELCANTO-P

RR-RONDO

Narrow stile doors

EMMAUS

BELCANTO-PRONDO

OFFICE

Timber and steel doors

BKS locks BKS fittings

Timber and steel doors

DO 5.0

DO 5.1

DO 9.2

DO 20.10.1

Narrow stile doors DO 9.1

DO 9.6

DO 20.10.2

SECURY DO 5.1

DO 9.1

DO 20.10.1

Touch bar with integral lock

Push rod, PVC

Push rod, stainless steel

Push rod, aluminium

Touch bar

Push bar with integral lock

Page 167: Door Hardware

48

Fittings

Control locks Square spindle

Floor socket

Vertical rods Screws

Latch plates Locks

Push bar

Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe

Locking systems as unit

Practical experiences in the combination of products by various

manufacturers have shown that not all combinations function

smoothly without an examination. For this reason, one of the essen-

tial features of the new requirements was defined:

Lock, fittings and accessories may only be tested, marked and

assembled as a unit.

The user as well as the planner thereby receive a guarantee that the

system was tested and approved for compatibility.

Extensive durability and manipulation tests guarantee a safe inter-

action of all components.

Page 168: Door Hardware

49

Approval and certification

Exit devices according to EN 179 and EN 1125 must only be

tested by notarized institutes (authorized in Europe). Here, we are

working together with the Material Testing Authority of North Rhine-

Westphalia (MPA/NRW) in Dortmund.

The additional outside supervision of the products is also performed

by MPA and is documented by the Ü-marking on the products.

Shipment according to EN 179 and EN 1125

The components of approved exit devices may be tendered sepa-

rately. Depending on the sales method, separate deliveries directly

to the location are also possible. The responsibility for the correct

composition and assembly is then given to the assembly company.

In this event, the door manufacturer and possibly participating dea-

lers are subject to reporting requirements.

Sales partners of the G.U Group are under the obligation to point

out the adherence to these specifications to their customers. These

partners are authorized to use the illustrated label.

Standardised operation throughout Europe

The operation of escape doors will be standardised in Europe in the

future. The protection of human life is placed above the protection

of property.

Both standards are generally implemented and valid in the EC.

In many countries the use of push rods or touch bars similar to

EN 1125 has been common practice for many years already.

Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe

Page 169: Door Hardware

50

Applications

The security fittings may be used on house or apartment entrance doors.

Depending on the product variant, contract fittings are also approved for fire control, smoke control, and escape doors.

Coming with different backplate widths, they are suitable for timber and steel doors, or narrow stile doors.

Creative design options

By combining various lever and knob models, it is possible to create individual

fitting combinations available as entrance set or as lever set.

Protection of the locking cylinder

The optional cylinder covering protects the

cylinder against being withdrawn or twisted

off forcibly.

The plug security plate is suitable for

current key sizes.

Security backplate outside

Depending on the security grade, the outside backplate is

secured by hardened elements against manipulation by drilling.

Attachment to the door

Through-fixing with rugged fastening elements guarantees the stable

attachment of the fittings and prevents them from being pried open.

Tested quality

Burglary inhibition according to DIN 18257 Suitability for fire control, smoke control and escape doors to DIN 18273 Manufacture and internal quality control according to EN ISO 9001 External quality control by the Material Testing Authority of

North Rhine-Westphalia (MPA/NRW)

Material options

Anodized or colour coated aluminium Stainless steel Titanium coating in brass appearance (ES3)

Features of security fittings

1

2

3

4

5

Page 170: Door Hardware

51

Classification of security fittings

Features of security fittings

Extra high burglary resistance class 3 to DIN 18257 (grade 4 security to EN 1906)

Strength of backplate: 5 kN (20 kN)

Maximum flexion of backplate: 2 mm (5 mm)

Tensile strength of fastening elements: (30 kN)

Maximum deformation of fastening: (5 mm)

Drilling resistance of outside backplate: the entire plate surface must be secured

(30 s on randomly selected point over the entire plate surface).

Tensile strength of cylinder cover: 20 kN (20kN)

Chisel test resistance: 12 (12) blows

EN 1906 values in parentheses

High burglary resistance class 2 to DIN 18257 (grade 3 security to EN 1906)

Strength of backplate: not demanded (15 kN)

Maximum flexion of backplate: not demanded (5 mm)

Tensile strength of fastening elements: (20 kN)

Maximum deformation of fastening: (5 mm)

Drilling resistance of outside backplate: partial area around locking cylinder must be secured

(30 s on randomly selected point).

Tensile strength of cylinder cover: 17 kN (15kN)

Chisel test resistance: 6 (6) blows

EN 1906 values in parentheses

Moderate burglary resistance class 1 to DIN 18257 (grade 2 security to EN 1906)

Strength of backplate: not required (10 kN)

Maximum flexion of backplate: not required (5 mm)

Tensile strength of fastening elements: (15 kN)

Maximum deformation of fastening: (5 mm)

Drilling resistance of outside backplate: partial area around locking cylinder must be secured

(30 s on randomly selected point).

Tensile strength of cylinder cover: 15 kN (10kN)

Chisel test resistance: 3 (3) blows

EN 1906 values in parentheses

Mild burglary resistance class 0 to DIN 18257 (grade 1 security to EN 1906)

Strength of backplate: (7 kN)

Maximum flexion of backplate: (5 mm)

Tensile strength of fastening elements: (10 kN)

Maximum deformation of fastening: (5 mm)

Drilling resistance of outside backplate: (not provided)

Tensile strength of cylinder cover: (not provided)

Chisel test resistance: (not provided)

EN 1906 values in parentheses

Page 171: Door Hardware

52

Applications

The contract (heavy-duty) fitting range was developed for the sophisticated demands of contract work. Thanks to its modular design,

it provides for a multitude of applications.

Depending on the product variant, contract fittings are also approved for fire control, smoke control, and escape doors.

Coming with different backplate widths, they are suitable for timber and steel doors, or narrow stile doors.

Creative design options

By combining various lever and knob models, it is possible to create

individual fitting combinations coming in different types of sets.

Contract fittings with BKS bearing technology

Attachment to the door

Through-fixing with non-loosening fastening

elements provides for a rugged connection.

Tested quality

Suitability for fire control, smoke control and escape doors to DIN 18273 Burglary inhibition according to DIN 18257 – class 3 Manufacture and internal quality control according to EN ISO 9001 External quality control by the Material Testing Authority of

North Rhine-Westphalia (MPA/NRW)

Material options

Anodized or colour coated aluminium Stainless steel Titanium coating in brass appearance (ES3)

Features of contract fittings

Features and advantages:

– Compensation of latching inaccuracies

– Maintenance-free operation

– Minimised friction losses

– Fixed backplate with friction washer

– Smooth and noiseless lever operation

1

2

3

4

Page 172: Door Hardware

53

Features of contract fittings

Mounting advice for push bars

BKS locks and BKS fittings are perfectly compatible with each other; if appropriately assembled, they comply with the high requirements of

the respective standards and regulations.

In order to absorb the high forces applied on the door in the event of an emergency, it is important that the fittings should be through-fixed.

Especially on 2-leaf narrow stile escape doors is it essential that the fittings should be attached securely. Where through-fixing is not

possible, it is necessary that additional fastening elements such as, e.g., clinch nuts are used to provide for appropriate fitting attachment.

For safe and durable functioning of the fittings we recommend assembly according to the examples below.

Mounting advice for touch bars

Page 173: Door Hardware

54

Materials and finishes

Aluminium

Stainless steel

BKS only use high-quality aluminium alloys for their fitting programme.

A variety of finishes and colours provides for versatile creative possibilities.

The manufacture of such products is very sophisticated, minimal colour deviations are therefore possible.

Our stainless steel fittings are made from the material 1.4301 according to DIN 17440.

This material features excellent application properties and is increasingly used on windows and doors.

Anodised finishes Standard colours, powder-coated

Special colours, powder-coated

Golden yellow

RAL 9016

F1 natural

anodised colour

F2 champaign

colour

Finishes

Stainless steel

matt brushed

Brass

Our high-quality fittings with brass appearance are

manufactured from stainsless steel and coated with

titanium(PVD). They distinguish themselves by out-

standing corrosion and abrasion resistance and

require little maintenance only.

Finishes

Brass appearance

Stainless steel

polished

White

RAL 9016

Ruby red

RAL 3003Dark red

RAL 3007

Ultramarine

RAL 5002Sapphire blue

RAL 5003

Dark green

RAL 6012

Brown-olive

RAL 6022Dark brown

RAL 8022

Deep black

RAL 9005

Agate grey

RAL 7038

Dark bronze

UC5

Silver colour

Painted finish

Mint green

RAL 6029

Page 174: Door Hardware

left right

55

Door handing

Boreholes

72

/92

72

/92

74

/94

74

/90

72

/92

Product advice

Door fittings should always be fixed from inside. The DIN direction must be specified for asymmetrical levers and backplate forms.

Direction of lever handle

pointing to the left pointing to the right

Risk of injury

With narrow stile doors it is important to ensure that suitable

fittings are used.

Lever handles should always be cranked to prevent injuries as

the door is operated.

CC = cylinder cover CH-RC = Swiss round cylinder RC = round cylinder BB = warded versionPC

DIN left

Hinges on the left – visible

DIN right

Hinges on the right – visible

Page 175: Door Hardware

56

Product information regarding fittings

According to the defined manufacturer's liability described in paragraph 4 of

the German "Product Liability Act", the following information regarding locksand

fittings should be observed.

Non-compliance excempts the manufacturer of his liability.

1. Product information and use as directed

A lock generally has the function to lock and block a door. Simple lock designs

serve only to shut the door. This means that a door is kept closed so that it cannot

be opened by pulling or pushing, but may be opened by a simple method, such as

by moving a lever handle. The lock latch – generally called latch – serves as lock.

Securing the closed door by blocking at least one deadbolt or latchbolt (= dead-

bolting latch) which meshes into the appropriate recess of the jamb, respectively

the latch plate, is called blocking.

The deadbolt must be blocked in extended position against being pushed back.

Moreover, door opening must be efficiently impeded unless the appropriate key

is used.

A lock must only be blocked with the door in closed position.

Cylinder attachment screws not matching with the backset dimension of the lock

must be cut to length (BKS delivers the appropriate screw length if the backset

is specified in the order).

A mortise lock is a lock which is inserted into a recess in the door leaf (lock

pocket) and fixed with screws.

The following must be observed to ensure use as directed :

– Locks, latch plates, door fittings, attaching elements and locking cylinders must

be selected to be compatible with each other.

– Installation, maintenance and possible replacement must be carried out accor-

ding to the state of the art as documented in standards related to these

products and in the manufacturers' catalogues and instructions.

With locks for escape doors or special locks, the simultaneous operation of key

and fitting, e.g., a lever handle, is usually not allowed.

Locks for escape doors or special locks may only be combined with locking cylin-

ders with turn knob, if this is agreed with the lock manufacturer by contract. For

it is generally assumed that only the owners of the keys have the right to operate

the lock, and the activation of a lock through a knob cylinder (i.e. without key) is

not considered to be a normal case.

Latch and deadbolt being returned simultaneously by the mere operation of the

lever handle is a special case which must not generally replace the standard key

operation for withdrawing the deadbolt.

Locking cylinders may only be installed in locks without any reservation if they

comply with a dimensional standard (e.g. DIN 18252), and if the locks in turn are

explicitly designed for cylinders to this standard.

In all other cases, the manufacturer, dealer, fabricator or consumer of such locks

has to ensure that the locking cylinders he has selected are suitable for the

intended use.

It is necessary that legal regulations and manufacturer's instructions should be

observed. For example, no locking cylinders with knob, turn or similar handle may

be installed in panic locks.

General terms, unless explained on catalogue pages, in brochures, price lists or

on the internet are defined in the standards relevant for these products (such as

EN 179, EN 1125, EN 1303, EN 1906, EN 12209). Deviations from the particular

relevant standard must be specified in the order.

2. Incorrect use

Incorrect use – meaning not used as specified – of locks is when, e.g.,

– the flawless use is prevented by inserting foreign objects into the lock or into

the latch plate.

– the lock or the latch plate are attacked in such a way on the outside or inside

that their construction or function are affected.

– the deadbolt is extended to prevent the door from closing

– the function of the locking elements is blocked as a result of improper assembly

or subsequent treatment, e.g., painting.

– a load is put on the lever handle exceeding the normal force applied by hand.

– unsuitable, such as dimensionally deviating, or the wrong keys are used

– the specified door gap changes as a result of hinge re-adjustments or uninten-

ded lowering of the door.

– a double door is opened by the passive leaf although not designed and approved

for this feature.

– objects or extremities are put between the door leaf and the jamb as the door

closes.

– activating the lever and the key simultaneously.

3. Product performance

Unless described in our catalogues, brochures or performance specifications,

technical requirements must be agreed with us.

The relevant standards serve as guidelines (for example, EN 179, EN 1125, EN

1303, EN 1906, EN 12209).

Basic requirements and additional requirements are defined in these standards.

The serviceability of locks also depends on the operating frequency, operating

method, environmental effects and maintenance.

Lock, latch plate, door fittings, locking cylinder and keys must be replaced as

soon as problems occur despite proper maintenance.

This also applies to attempts to forcefully overcome locks and their accessories

(burglary attempts).

4. Product maintenance

Locks must be lubricated with suitable lubricants at least once a year or more

frequently depending on the wear. Door fittings, latch plate and locking cylinder

must be checked for their proper condition and tight attachment. Only cleaning

agents not containing corrosive ingredients may be used.

5. Information and instruction duties

In order to comply with the informational and instructional duties prescribed by

the German Product Liability Act, the following documents and services are made

available to specialist dealers, locksmiths, architects, planners, fabricators and

end users upon request :

– catalogues, brochures

– specification clauses, quotation documents, key combination records

– the relevant standards serving as guidelines, for example, EN 179, EN 1125,

EN 1303, EN 1906, EN 12209.

– Instructions for installation, operation and maintenance

For the selection, installation, operation, and maintenance of locks and fittings,

– architects and planners should consider to request and observe all required

product information from us.

– specialist dealers must consider to observe product information and reference

in the price lists and specifically request all necessary instructions from us and

to forward these to the fabricators.

– fabricators must consider to observe all product information and specifically

request operating and maintenance instructions from us and to forward these

to contractors and consumers.

Page 176: Door Hardware

57

Product information regarding locks and fittings

When using

BKS locks and

fittings, the

following advice

must be observed:

1. Do not make drillings on the door leaf with the lock

installed.

2. Do not hit the square through the follower by force.

5. Do not paint over deadbolt and latch.4. The distance between the lock forend and

the latch plate should range between 2 and 5 mm.

3. Do not carry the door leaf by the handle.

Page 177: Door Hardware

58

Product information regarding locks and fittings

8. The deadbolt must not be thrown with the door

open.

9. Do not operate handle and key at the same time.

10. Emergency exit devices must not be left

with the key inserted.

11. Emergency exit devices must not be fitted

with cylinders having a knob or a turn.

Exception: self-locking locks of series 19xx and 21xx.

19xx und 21xx.

Attention: Push bars might interfere with the knob or turn!

6. The handle must be loaded in rotational direction only.

The maximum force allowed is 150 N.

7. Do not manipulate the lock with foreign objects.

Operate it with the appropriate key only.

Page 178: Door Hardware

59

Product information regarding locks and fittings

Exclusion of liability

BKS products are permanently adapted and developed to meet the growing demands of the market. We also reserve

the right to make changes serving to advance the state of the art.

Further reasons for modification may be:

– global technical development

– alterations in the product range

– adaptation to changed laws and technical standards

The present catalogue was compiled with the greatest possible care. Nevertheless, we ask for your understanding

that we take no responsibility for possible mistakes with regard to presentation and description of the products.

Thank you.

12. Exit devices not corresponding to EN 179 or EN 1125

are not suitable for frequent use and should only be

operated in the event of an emergency.

13. Double leaf doors without double-sided panic function

(full panic function) may not be forced open by the

passive leaf.

14. If there is any evidence of violence, the lock must be

replaced immediately.

15. Lubricate locks with non-resinous oil at least once a year.

1 x year

Page 179: Door Hardware

60

Relevant standards

DIN 107

Definition of DIN left and DIN right in the building and construction

industry

DIN 1080, Part 1

Terms, symbols and units in civil engineering, basics

DIN 4102, parts 5 + 18

Part 5: Fire performance of building materials and building components;

fire-resistant closures, closures in elevator shaft walls and

fire-resistant glazing

Part 18: Fire performance of building materials and building components;

fire-resistant closures, documentation of the "self-closing"

properties (continuous operation test)

DIN 18055

Windows; joint impermeability, resistance to driving rain and to mechani-

cal stress; specifications and tests

DIN 18082, parts 1 + 3

Part 1: Fire-resistant closures, steel doors T30-1, type A

Part 3: Fire-resistant closures, steel doors T30-1, Type B

DIN 18095, parts 1 + 2

Part 1: Doors; smoke control doors; terms and requirements

Part 2: Doors; smoke control doors; type testing for durability

and tightness

DIN 18100

Doors; wall openings for doors; dimensions to DIN 4172

DIN 18101

Doors; doors for residential construction; door leaf dimensions,

position of lock and hinges; interrelationship between dimensions

DIN 18111, part 1

Door frames, steel frames, standard frames for rebated doors

DIN 18250

Mortise locks for fire-resistant closures

DIN 18251

Locks; Mortise locks for doors

DIN 18252

Locking cylinders for door locks; terms, descriptions

DIN 18255

Building hardware; lever handles, backplates and rosettes – terms,

dimensions, requirements

DIN 18257

Building hardware; security fittings – terms, dimensions, requirements,

tests and markings

DIN 18273

Building hardware; lever handle sets for fire control doors and smoke

control doors – terms, dimensions, requirements and tests

DIN 18357

VOB (German Construction Contract Procedures), part C: General technical

contractual requirements, building hardware

DIN 18361

VOB (German Construction Contract Procedures), part C: General technical

contractual requirements, glazing

DIN 68706, part 1

Interior doors of timber and timber materials, plywood doors, terms,

perferential dimensions, structural features

EN 179

Building hardware. Emergency exit devices operated by a lever handle

or push pad, for use on escape routes

EN 1125

Building hardware. Panic exit devices operated by a horizontal bar,

for use on escape routes

EN 1154

Building hardware. Controlled door closing devices

EN 1303

Building hardware. Cylinders for locks. Requirements and test methods

ENV 1627

Windows, doors, shutters. Burglar resistance. Requirements and

classification

ENV 1628

Windows, doors, shutters. Burglar resistance. Test method for the

determination of resistance under static loading

ENV 1629

Windows, doors, shutters. Burglar resistance. Test method for determina-

tion of resistance under dynamic loading

ENV 1630

Windows, doors, shutters. Burglar resistance. Test method for the

determination of resistance to manual burglary attempts

EN 1634, parts 1 + 3

Fire resistance tests for door and shutter assemblies

Part 1: Fire control doors and shutters

Part 3: Smoke control doors and shutters

EN 1906

Building hardware. Lever handles and knob furniture. Requirements and

test methods

The most important (European) standards concerning doors and door-related products are:

Page 180: Door Hardware

61

Quality

The constant high quality of all operational sequences at BKS is guaranteed by the application of a Quality Assurance System

to EN ISO 9001.

This is the highest quality standard in Europe, not only for production but also for other company divisions such as development,

order processing or after-sales service etc.

BKS applies this standard to all product areas (locking cylinders, door locks, fittings, electronics and door closers).

The extensive G.U-BKS range is designed to bear high stress loads and oriented towards compatibility among its products.

A high level of quality, reliability and durability of door units can only be guaranteed with a system of compatible products which G.U-BKS

is capable to offer thanks to the unequalled diversity of the Group's product range.

Product quality and compliance with various standards and regulations are documented in test results and approvals,

copies of which are available on request.

Page 181: Door Hardware

62

Security fittings, features and requirements .......................................................................................................................................................... 51

Floor-mounted door stop ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 34

Touch bar ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 26 – 27

Direction of lever handle (by definition) ................................................................................................................................................................. 55

Spindles ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 38

Window handles of stainless steel ........................................................................................................................................................................ 32 – 33

Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe ...................................................................................................................................................... 42 – 49

Materials and finishes........................................................................................................................................................................................... 54

Features of BKS security fittings ........................................................................................................................................................................... 50

Features of contract fittings .................................................................................................................................................................................. 52

Lever models ANDANTE VK/ANDANTE RR ............................................................................................................................................................. 34

Lever model RR-BELCANTO .................................................................................................................................................................................. 16

Lever model BELCANTO-Panic .............................................................................................................................................................................. 12

Lever model FORTE VK ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 14

Lever model RR-RONDO ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 8

Mounting advice for fittings .................................................................................................................................................................................. 53

Standards ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 60

Product information/product liability ..................................................................................................................................................................... 56 – 59

Quality control ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 61

Screws ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 41

Security rosettes for narrow stile doors ................................................................................................................................................................ 28

Standard contract fittings for narrow stile doors ................................................................................................................................................... 30

Push bars ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 20– 25

Spindles ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 38 – 40

Door holders ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 36

Door handing ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 55

Wall-mounted floor stop ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 34

Threaded spindles ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 38

Page 182: Door Hardware

WP02013-04-2-1 12/2009 Printed in Germany

Gretsch-Unitas GmbHBaubeschlägeJohann-Maus-Str. 3D-71254 DitzingenPhone + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-0Fax + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-2 93

BKS GmbHHeidestr. 71D-42549 VelbertPhone + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-0Fax + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-4 31

www.g-u.com

Page 183: Door Hardware

Fittings for timber and steel doors

Door fittings

Page 184: Door Hardware

G.U Group product range for timber and steel doors

Page 185: Door Hardware

4

Project, fire protection and security fittings ES3

Contents

Standard security fittings

Page 8 Page 16Page 12

Rondo BelcantoBelcanto Panic

Escape door fittings

Page 24

EmmausBauhaus

Office

Page 30

Wide backplate

Page 38 Page 40

Security fittings

ES1+ES2

Page 20

Page 26

Pages 32 + 34

Push bars

Page 36

Touch bar

Rondo

ES0

Page 186: Door Hardware

5

Standard project fittings for timber and steel doors

Contents

Stainless steel window handles

Page 44Page 42

Andante Crescendo

Page 46

Forte

Page 48Page 48

Andante Crescendo

Page 48

Page 48Page 48

Forte

Office

Dirigent

Page 187: Door Hardware

6

Contents

Accessories for contract work

Door holder

Page 50 Page 50Page 50Page 50

Ladies Directional arrowHandicappedGentlemen

Page 52 Page 52Page 52Page 52

3934 694439333934

Page 50 Page 50Page 50

Floor-mounted

door stop I

Wall-mounted

door stopFloor-mounted

door stop II

Page 188: Door Hardware

7

Contents

Architects range

Fixing accessories

Page 54 Page 54Page 54Page 54

Page 58 Page 61Page 60Page 59

Spindles ScrewsDivided spindles Threaded spindles

Page 189: Door Hardware

8

Lever model RONDO

Product information

Lever handles available with 8, 9, 10 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). The cranked door knob variants are non-handed.Clip-on backplates.Security fittings as lever set or entrance set to DIN 18257 – ES3The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 12 to 19 mm.The vertical lever variant is provided with a detent mechanism to ensure a precise vertical position.All material versions approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906, and for use on escape doors to EN 179.The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied (contract sets for door thickness 37 – 42 mm, fire-rated sets for door thickness 42 – 52 mm).For use on escape doors with a divided follower it is necessary to specify the lock position in addition to the door thickness (refer to page 60).

ø55

38

8

50 4

134 4

180

31,5

130

21,5

180

50

248

21,5

139,5

75,5

8ø50 ø50

6543

43

165

21,5

112

8

ø20

147

Round knob Ball-type knob

60

Knob types Backplate types

Fire protection

325

21,5

160

135

50

ø50

90

ø50

36

50

ø50

250 21,5

139,5

75,5

15

cranked round knob cranked ball-type knob

Dimensioned drawings

Page 190: Door Hardware

9

RONDO – Contract fittings

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess/

lock

posit

ion

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Bath set

9 mm spindle

Bath set

8 mm spindle

Backplate type

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate square

Oblong plate rounded

B 7050 5141

B 7050 7242

B 7050 4141

B 7050 0140

B 7050 0141

B 7050 2140

B 7050 2141

B 7050 5131

----

----

B 7050 0130

B 7050 0131

B 7050 2130

B 7050 2131

B 7050 5101

----

----

B 7050 0100

B 7050 0101

B 7050 2100

B 7050 2101

B 7050 5103

----

----

B 7050 0102

B 7050 0103

B 7050 2102

B 7050 2103

B 7050 5105

----

----

B 7050 0104

B 7050 0105

B 7050 2104

B 7050 2105

B 7050 5107

----

----

B 7050 0106

B 7050 0107

B 7050 2106

B 7050 2107

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Backplate type

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 7051 5141

B 7051 7242

B 7051 4141

B 7051 0140

B 7051 0141

B 7051 2140

B 7051 2141

B 7051 5131

----

----

B 7051 0130

B 7051 0131

B 7051 2130

B 7051 2131

B 7051 5101

----

----

B 7051 0100

B 7051 0101

B 7051 2100

B 7051 2101

B 7051 5103

----

----

B 7051 0102

B 7051 0103

B 7051 2102

B 7051 2103

B 7051 5105

----

----

B 7051 0104

B 7051 0105

B 7051 2104

B 7051 2105

B 7051 5107

----

----

B 7051 0106

B 7051 0107

B 7051 2106

B 7051 2107

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Backplate type

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

B 7073 5141

B 7073 7242

B 7073 4141

B 7073 0140

B 7073 0141

B 7073 2140

B 7073 2141

B 7073 5131

----

----

B 7073 0130

B 7073 0131

B 7073 2130

B 7073 2131

B 7073 5101

----

----

B 7073 0100

B 7073 0101

B 7073 2100

B 7073 2101

B 7073 5103

----

----

B 7073 0102

B 7073 0103

B 7073 2102

B 7073 2103

B 7073 5105

----

----

B 7073 0104

B 7073 0105

B 7073 2104

B 7073 2105

B 7073 5107

----

----

B 7073 0106

B 7073 0107

B 7073 2106

B 7073 2107

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Backplate type

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

B 7074 5141

B 7074 7242

B 7074 4141

B 7074 0140

B 7074 0141

B 7074 2140

B 7074 2141

B 7074 5131

----

----

B 7074 0130

B 7074 0131

B 7074 2130

B 7074 2131

B 7074 5101

----

----

B 7074 0100

B 7074 0101

B 7074 2100

B 7074 2101

B 7074 5103

----

----

B 7074 0102

B 7074 0103

B 7074 2102

B 7074 2103

B 7074 5105

----

----

B 7074 0104

B 7074 0105

B 7074 2104

B 7074 2105

B 7074 5107

----

----

B 7074 0106

B 7074 0107

B 7074 2106

B 7074 2107

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Backplate type

Bath

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 7050 5441

B 7050 7742

B 7050 4441

B 7050 0540

B 7050 0541

B 7050 2840

B 7050 2841

B 7050 5431

----

----

B 7050 0530

B 7050 0531

B 7050 2830

B 7050 2831

B 7050 5401

----

----

B 7050 0500

B 7050 0501

B 7050 2800

B 7050 2801

B 7050 5403

----

----

B 7050 0502

B 7050 0503

B 7050 2802

B 7050 2803

B 7050 5405

----

----

B 7050 0504

B 7050 0505

B 7050 2804

B 7050 2805

B 7050 5407

----

----

B 7050 0506

B 7050 0507

B 7050 2806

B 7050 2807

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Backplate type

Bath

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 7051 5441

B 7051 7742

B 7051 4441

B 7051 0540

B 7051 0541

B 7051 2840

B 7051 2841

B 7051 5431

----

----

B 7051 0530

B 7051 0531

B 7051 2830

B 7051 2831

B 7051 5401

----

----

B 7051 0510

B 7051 0511

B 7051 2800

B 7051 2801

B 7051 5403

----

----

B 7051 0512

B 7051 0513

B 7051 2802

B 7051 2803

B 7051 5405

----

----

B 7051 0514

B 7051 0515

B 7051 2804

B 7051 2805

B 7051 5407

----

----

B 7051 0516

B 7051 0517

B 7051 2806

B 7051 2807

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

PC = profile cylinder

Page 191: Door Hardware

10

RONDO – Fire protection fittings

Lever set

Dummy plate

Turn handle

Half set, inside

Half set outside

Knob backplate, outside

Inside handle w/o PC

Outside handle w/o PC

PC rosette inside

PC rosette outside

Knob

Entrance set

Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white PVC blackAluminium UC5

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

B 7076 5141

B 7076 7242

B 7076 4141

B 7076 0140

B 7076 0141

B 7076 2140

B 7076 2141

B 7076 5131

----

----

B 7076 0130

B 7076 0131

B 7076 2130

B 7076 2131

B 7076 5101

----

----

B 7076 0100

B 7076 0101

B 7076 2100

B 7076 2101

B 7076 5103

----

----

B 7076 0102

B 7076 0103

B 7076 2102

B 7076 2103

B 7076 5105

----

----

B 7076 0104

B 7076 0105

B 7076 2104

B 7076 2105

B 7076 5107

----

----

B 7076 0106

B 7076 0107

B 7076 2106

B 7076 2107

----

----

----

B 7123 0010

B 7123 0110

----

----

Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white PVC blackAluminium UC5

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

B 7053 5141

B 7053 7242

B 7053 4141

B 7053 0140

B 7053 0141

B 7053 2140

B 7053 2141

B 7053 5131

----

----

B 7053 0130

B 7053 0131

B 7053 2130

B 7053 2131

B 7053 5101

----

----

B 7053 0100

B 7053 0101

B 7053 2100

B 7053 2101

B 7053 5103

----

----

B 7053 0102

B 7053 0103

B 7053 2102

B 7053 2103

B 7053 5105

----

----

B 7053 0104

B 7053 0105

B 7053 2104

B 7053 2105

B 7053 5107

----

----

B 7053 0106

B 7053 0107

B 7053 2106

B 7053 2107

----

----

----

B 7123 0000

B 7123 0100

----

----

Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white PVC blackAluminium UC5

Rosette

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

without

without

without

without

PC 72

B 7000 5041

B 7000 2040

B 7000 2041

B 7000 4041

B 7000 0040

B 7000 0041

B 7000 0140

B 7000 0141

B 7000 5031

B 7000 2030

B 7000 2031

----

B 7000 0030

B 7000 0031

B 7000 0130

B 7000 0131

B 7000 5001

B 7000 2000

B 7000 2001

----

B 7000 0000

B 7000 0001

B 7000 0100

B 7000 0101

B 7000 5003

B 7000 2002

B 7000 2003

----

B 7000 0002

B 7000 0003

B 7000 0102

B 7000 0103

B 7000 5005

B 7000 2004

B 7000 2005

----

B 7000 0004

B 7000 0005

B 7000 0104

B 7000 0105

B 7000 5007

B 7000 2006

B 7000 2007

----

B 7000 0006

B 7000 0007

B 7000 0106

B 7000 0107

----

----

----

----

B 7123 0203

----

----

----

Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white PVC blackAluminium UC5

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

w/o PC rosette

without

without

B 7090 5941

B 7090 0040

B 7090 0041

B 7090 2040

B 7090 2041

B 7090 5931

B 7090 0030

B 7090 0031

B 7090 2030

B 7090 2031

B 7090 5901

B 7090 0000

B 7090 0001

B 7090 2000

B 7090 2001

B 7090 5903

B 7090 0002

B 7090 0003

B 7090 2002

B 7090 2003

B 7090 5905

B 7090 0004

B 7090 0005

B 7090 2004

B 7090 2005

B 7090 5907

B 7090 0006

B 7090 0007

B 7090 2006

B 7090 2007

----

----

----

----

----

Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white PVC blackAluminium UC5

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

PC

PC 72

PC 72

Stainl. steel matt

B 7010 5141

B 7010 0140

B 7010 0141

B 7010 2140

B 7010 2141

Brass PVD

B 7010 5131

B 7010 0130

B 7010 0131

B 7010 2130

B 7010 2131

B 7010 5101

B 7010 0100

B 7010 0101

B 7010 2100

B 7010 2101

B 7010 5103

B 7010 0102

B 7010 0103

B 7010 2102

B 7010 2103

B 7010 5105

B 7010 0104

B 7010 0105

B 7010 2104

B 7010 2105

B 7010 5107

B 7010 0106

B 7010 0107

B 7010 2106

B 7010 2107

----

----

----

----

----

Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

PC

PC 72

PC 72

Stainl. steel matt

B 7014 5141

B 7014 0140

B 7014 0141

B 7014 2140

B 7014 2141

Brass PVD

B 7014 5131

B 7014 0130

B 7014 0131

B 7014 2130

B 7014 2131

Aluminium F1

B 7014 5101

B 7014 0100

B 7014 0101

B 7014 2100

B 7014 2101

Aluminium F2

B 7014 5103

B 7014 0102

B 7014 0103

B 7014 2102

B 7014 2103

Aluminium UC5

B 7014 5105

B 7014 0104

B 7014 0105

B 7014 2104

B 7014 2105

Aluminium white

B 7014 5107

B 7014 0106

B 7014 0107

B 7014 2106

B 7014 2107

PVC black

----

B 7123 0200

----

----

----

Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

PC

PC 72

PC 72

Stainl. steel matt

B 7001 5141

B 7001 0140

B 7001 0141

B 7001 2140

B 7001 2141

Brass PVD

B 7001 5131

B 7001 0130

B 7001 0131

B 7001 2130

B 7001 2131

Aluminium F1

B 7001 5101

B 7001 0100

B 7001 0101

B 7001 2100

B 7001 2101

Aluminium F2

B 7001 5103

B 7001 0102

B 7001 0103

B 7001 2102

B 7001 2103

Aluminium UC5

B 7001 5105

B 7001 0104

B 7001 0105

B 7001 2104

B 7001 2105

Aluminium white

B 7001 5107

B 7001 0106

B 7001 0107

B 7001 2106

B 7001 2107

PVC black

----

B 7123 0202

----

----

----

Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore

Rosette w/o PC rosette

Aluminium white

B 7010 5907

PVC black

----

Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore

Rosette PC

Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore

Rosette w/o PC rosette

Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore

Rosette w/o PC rosette

Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore

Rosette PC

Stainl. steel matt

B 7010 5941

Stainl. steel matt

B 7098 5141

Stainl. steel matt

B 7014 5941

Stainl. steel matt

B 7001 5841

Stainl. steel matt

B 7097 5141

Brass PVD

B 7010 5931

Brass PVD

B 7098 5131

Brass PVD

B 7014 5931

Brass PVD

B 7001 5831

Brass PVD

B 7097 5131

Aluminium F1

B 7010 5901

Aluminium F1

B 7098 5101

Aluminium F1

B 7014 5901

Aluminium F1

B 7001 5801

Aluminium F1

B 7097 5101

Aluminium F2

B 7010 5903

Aluminium F2

B 7098 5103

Aluminium F2

B 7014 5903

Aluminium F2

B 7001 5803

Aluminium F2

B 7097 5103

Aluminium UC5

B 7010 5905

Aluminium UC5

B 7098 5105

Aluminium UC5

B 7014 5905

Aluminium UC5

B 7001 5805

Aluminium UC5

B 7097 5105

Aluminium white

B 7098 5107

Aluminium white

B 7014 5907

Aluminium white

B 7001 5807

Aluminium white

B 7097 5107

PVC black

----

PVC black

----

PVC black

----

PVC black

----

PC = profile cylinder

Page 192: Door Hardware

11

RONDO – Fire protection and security fittings ES3

Security fittings ES3

Fire protection fittings ES3

Entrance set

Lever set

Entrance set

Lever set

Entrance set

Entrance set

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess /

lock

posit

ion

Backplate type

CC 72

CC 72

CC 92

B 7300 0041

B 7300 0141

B 7301 0241

B 7300 0031

B 7300 0131

B 7301 0231

B 7300 0001

B 7300 0101

B 7301 0201

B 7300 0003

B 7300 0103

B 7301 0203

B 7300 0005

B 7300 0105

B 7301 0205

B 7300 0007

B 7300 0107

B 7301 0207

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Type of set Aluminium UC5

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

10 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

roundedRound knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

CC 72

CC 72

CC 92

B 7300 2541

B 7300 2641

B 7301 2741

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

B 7300 2531

B 7300 2631

B 7301 2731

B 7300 2501

B 7300 2601

B 7301 2701

B 7300 2503

B 7300 2603

B 7301 2703

B 7300 2505

B 7300 2605

B 7301 2705

B 7300 2507

B 7300 2607

B 7301 2707

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Type of set Aluminium UC5

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

10 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

CC 72

CC 72

CC 92

B 7300 5041

B 7300 5141

B 7301 5241

B 7300 5031

B 7300 5131

B 7301 5231

B 7300 5001

B 7300 5101

B 7301 5201

B 7300 5003

B 7300 5103

B 7301 5203

B 7300 5005

B 7300 5105

B 7301 5205

B 7300 5007

B 7300 5107

B 7301 5207

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Type of set Aluminium UC5

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Lever set

10 mm spindle

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

CC 72 B 7300 5341 B 7300 5331 B 7300 5301 B 7300 5303 B 7300 5305 B 7300 5307

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Type of set Aluminium UC5

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

CC 72 B 7300 2841 B 7300 2831 B 7300 2801 B 7300 2803 B 7300 2805 B 7300 2807

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Type of set Aluminium UC5

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

roundedRound knob

Backplate type

CC 72 B 7300 0341 B 7300 0331 B 7300 0301 B 7300 0303 B 7300 0305 B 7300 0307

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Type of set Aluminium UC5

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

roundedRound knob

cranked

CC = cylinder cover

Page 193: Door Hardware

12

Product information

Lever handles available with 8, 9, 10 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). The cranked door knob variants are non-handed.Clip-on backplates.Security fittings as lever set or entrance set to DIN 18257 – ES3The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 12 to 19 mm.The vertical lever variant is provided with a detent mechanism to ensure a precise vertical position.All material versions approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906, and for use on escape doors to EN 179.The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied (contract sets for door thickness 37 – 42 mm, fire-rated sets for door thickness 42 – 52 mm).For use on escape doors with a divided follower it is necessary to specify the lock position in addition to the door thickness (refer to page 60).

Lever model BELCANTO Panic

Knob types Backplate types

Fire protection

ø55

38

8

50 4

134 4

180

31,5

130

21,5

180

50

248

21,5

139,5

75,5

8ø50

65

50

ø50

90

ø50

43

ø50

36

50

ø50

250 21,5

139,5

75,5

15

43

165

21,5

112

8141

60

ø20 4

5

325

21,5

160

135

Round knob Ball-type knob

cranked round knob cranked ball-type knob

Dimensioned drawings

Page 194: Door Hardware

13

BELCANTO Panic – Contract fittings

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Bath set

9 mm spindle

Bath set

8 mm spindle

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess /

lock

posit

ion

Backplate type

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 70BG 5141

B 70BG 7242

B 70BG 4141

B 70BG 0140

B 70BG 0141

B 70BG 2140

B 70BG 2141

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate type

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 70BH 5141

B 70BH 7242

B 70BH 4141

B 70BH 0140

B 70BH 0141

B 70BH 2140

B 70BH 2141

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate type

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

B 70BJ 5141

B 70BJ 7242

B 70BJ 4141

B 70BJ 0140

B 70BJ 0141

B 70BJ 2140

B 70BJ 2141

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate type

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

B 70BK 5141

B 70BK 7242

B 70BK 4141

B 70BK 0140

B 70BK 0141

B 70BK 2140

B 70BK 2141

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate type

Bath

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 70BG 5441

B 70BG 7742

B 70BG 4441

B 70BG 0540

B 70BG 0541

B 70BG 2840

B 70BG 2841

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate type

Bath

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 70BH 5441

B 70BH 7742

B 70BH 4441

B 70BH 0540

B 70BH 0541

B 70BH 2840

B 70BH 2841

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

PC = profile cylinder

Page 195: Door Hardware

14

BELCANTO Panic – Fire protection fittings

Lever set

Dummy plate

Turn handle

Half set, inside

Half set outside

Knob backplate, outside

Inside handle w/o PC

Outside handle w/o PC

PC rosette inside

PC rosette outside

Knob

Entrance set

Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

B 70 B I 5141

B 70 B I 7242

B 70 B I 4141

B 70 B I 0140

B 70 B I 0141

B 70 B I 2140

B 70 B I 2141

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Backplate type Knob model Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

B 70BL 5141

B 70BL 7242

B 70BL 4141

B 70BL 0140

B 70BL 0141

B 70BL 2140

B 70BL 2141

Knob model Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5Backplate type

Rosette

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Cylinder bore

without

without

without

PC 72

without

B 7000 5041

B 7000 2040

B 7000 2041

B 7000 4041

B 7000 0040

B 7000 0041

B 7000 0140

B 7000 0141

Knob model Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Cylinder bore

w/o PC rosette

without

without

B 70BR 5941

B 70BR 0040

B 70BR 0041

B 70BR 2040

B 70BR 2041

Knob model Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

B 70BC 5141

B 70BC 0140

B 70BC 0141

B 70BC 2140

B 70BC 2141

Knob model Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

B 70BF 5141

B 70BF 0140

B 70BF 0141

B 70BF 2140

B 70BF 2141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Knob model

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

B 7001 5141

B 7001 0140

B 7001 0141

B 7001 2140

B 7001 2141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 70BC 5941 ---- ---- ---- ---- ----

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 7098 5141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 70BF 5941

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 7097 5141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate type

Rosette

Backplate type

Rosette

Backplate type

Rosette

Backplate type

Rosette

Backplate type

Rosette

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Round knob

Cylinder bore

w/o PC rosette

Cylinder bore

PC

Cylinder bore

w/o PC rosette

Cylinder bore

PC

Cylinder bore

w/o PC rosette B 7001 5841

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

PC = profile cylinder

Page 196: Door Hardware

15

BELCANTO – Fire protection and security fittings ES3

Security fittings ES3

Fire protection fittings ES3

Entrance set

Lever set

Entrance set

Entrance set

Lever set

Entrance set

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess /

lock

posit

ion

B 7300 B I41 ---- ---- ---- ---- ----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 7300 BF41 ---- ---- ---- ---- ----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 7300 BC41 ---- ---- ---- ---- ----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 7300 BA41

B 7300 BB41

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

B 7300 BD41

B 7300 BE41

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Knob model

Knob model

Round knob

Knob model

Round knob

cranked

Knob model

Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

CC 72

Cylinder bore

CC 72

Cylinder bore

CC 72

Cylinder bore

CC 72

CC 72

Cylinder bore

CC 72

CC 72

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Type of set

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Type of set

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Type of set

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Type of set

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Type of set

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

CC 72

CC 72

B 7300 BG41

B 7300 BH41

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteType of set Aluminium UC5

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

CC = cylinder cover

Page 197: Door Hardware

16

325

21,5

160

135

Lever model BELCANTO

Dimensioned drawings

Fire protection

ø55

38

8

50 4

134 4

180

31,5

130

21,5

180

50

248

21,5

139,5

75,5

8ø50 ø50

65

50

ø50

90

43

ø50

36

50

ø50

250 21,5

139,5

75,5

15

43

165

21,5

112

8

ø20

135

60

Knob types Backplate types

Round knob Ball-type knob

cranked round knob cranked ball-type knob

Lever handles available with 8, 9, 10 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). The cranked door knob variants are non-handed.Clip-on backplates.Security fittings as lever set or entrance set to DIN 18257 – ES3The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 12 to 19 mm.All material versions approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906. The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied (contract sets for door thickness 37 – 42 mm).

Product information

Page 198: Door Hardware

17

RR-BELCANTO – Contract fittings

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Bath set

9 mm spindle

Bath set

8 mm spindle

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess /

lock

posit

ion

Backplate type

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 7060 5141

B 7060 7242

B 7060 4141

B 7060 0140

B 7060 0141

B 7060 2140

B 7060 2141

B 7060 5131

----

----

B 7060 0130

B 7060 0131

B 7060 2130

B 7060 2131

B 7060 5101

----

----

B 7060 0100

B 7060 0101

B 7060 2100

B 7060 2101

B 7060 5103

----

----

B 7060 0102

B 7060 0103

B 7060 2102

B 7060 2103

B 7060 5105

----

----

B 7060 0104

B 7060 0105

B 7060 2104

B 7060 2105

B 7060 5107

----

----

B 7060 0106

B 7060 0107

B 7060 2106

B 7060 2107

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate type

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 7061 5141

B 7061 7242

B 7061 4141

B 7061 0140

B 7061 0141

B 7061 2140

B 7061 2141

B 7061 5103

----

----

B 7061 0102

B 7061 0103

B 7061 2102

B 7061 2103

B 7061 5105

----

----

B 7061 0104

B 7061 0105

B 7061 2104

B 7061 2105

B 7061 5107

----

----

B 7061 0106

B 7061 0107

B 7061 2106

B 7061 2107

B 7061 5101

----

----

B 7061 0100

B 7061 0101

B 7061 2100

B 7061 2101

B 7061 5131

----

----

B 7061 0130

B 7061 0131

B 7061 2130

B 7061 2131

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate type

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 7081 5141

B 7081 7242

B 7081 4141

B 7081 0140

B 7081 0141

B 7081 2140

B 7081 2141

B 7081 5131

----

----

B 7081 0130

B 7081 0131

B 7081 2130

B 7081 2131

B 7081 5101

----

----

B 7081 0100

B 7081 0101

B 7081 2100

B 7081 2101

B 7081 5103

----

----

B 7081 0102

B 7081 0103

B 7081 2102

B 7081 2103

B 7081 5105

----

----

B 7081 0104

B 7081 0105

B 7081 2104

B 7081 2105

B 7081 5107

----

----

B 7081 0106

B 7081 0107

B 7081 2106

B 7081 2107

B 7082 5131

----

----

B 7082 0130

B 7082 0131

B 7082 2130

B 7082 2131

B 7082 5101

----

----

B 7082 0100

B 7082 0101

B 7082 2100

B 7082 2101

B 7082 5103

----

----

B 7082 0102

B 7082 0103

B 7082 2102

B 7082 2103

B 7082 5105

----

----

B 7082 0104

B 7082 0105

B 7082 2104

B 7082 2105

B 7082 5107

----

----

B 7082 0106

B 7082 0107

B 7082 2106

B 7082 2107

B 7060 5431

----

----

B 7060 0530

B 7060 0531

B 7060 2830

B 7060 2831

B 7060 5401

----

----

B 7060 0500

B 7060 0501

B 7060 2800

B 7060 2801

B 7060 5403

----

----

B 7060 0502

B 7060 0503

B 7060 2802

B 7060 2803

B 7060 5405

----

----

B 7060 0504

B 7060 0505

B 7060 2804

B 7060 2805

B 7060 5407

----

----

B 7060 0506

B 7060 0507

B 7060 2806

B 7060 2807

B 7061 5431

----

----

B 7061 0530

B 7061 0531

B 7061 2830

B 7061 2831

B 7061 5401

----

----

B 7061 0500

B 7061 0501

B 7061 2800

B 7061 2801

B 7061 5403

----

----

B 7061 0502

B 7061 0503

B 7061 2802

B 7061 2803

B 7061 5405

----

----

B 7061 0504

B 7061 0505

B 7061 2804

B 7061 2805

B 7061 5407

----

----

B 7061 0506

B 7061 0507

B 7061 2806

B 7061 2807

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate type

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 7082 5141

B 7082 7242

B 7082 4141

B 7082 0140

B 7082 0141

B 7082 2140

B 7082 2141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate type

Bath

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 7060 5441

B 7060 7742

B 7060 4441

B 7060 0540

B 7060 0541

B 7060 2840

B 7060 2841

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Backplate type

Bath

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 7061 5441

B 7061 7742

B 7061 4441

B 7061 0540

B 7061 0541

B 7061 2840

B 7061 2841

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Cylinder bore

Cylinder bore

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

PC = profile cylinder

Page 199: Door Hardware

18

BELCANTO – Fire protection fittings

Inside handle w/o PC

PC rosette inside

Lever set

Dummy plate

Half set, inside

Half set outside

Knob backplate, outside

Entrance set

Outside handle w/o PC

PC rosette outside

Knob

Backplate type Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

B 7064 5141

B 7064 7242

B 7064 4141

B 7064 0140

B 7064 0141

B 7064 2140

B 7064 2141

B 7064 5131

----

----

B 7064 0130

B 7064 0131

B 7064 2130

B 7064 2131

B 7064 5101

----

----

B 7064 0100

B 7064 0101

B 7064 2100

B 7064 2101

B 7064 5103

----

----

B 7064 0102

B 7064 0103

B 7064 2102

B 7064 2103

B 7064 5105

----

----

B 7064 0104

B 7064 0105

B 7064 2104

B 7064 2105

B 7064 5107

----

----

B 7064 0106

B 7064 0107

B 7064 2106

B 7064 2107

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

B 7071 5141

B 7071 7242

B 7071 4141

B 7071 0140

B 7071 0141

B 7071 2140

B 7071 2141

B 7071 5131

----

----

B 7071 0130

B 7071 0131

B 7071 2130

B 7071 2131

B 7071 5101

----

----

B 7071 0100

B 7071 0101

B 7071 2100

B 7071 2101

B 7071 5103

----

----

B 7071 0102

B 7071 0103

B 7071 2102

B 7071 2103

B 7071 5105

----

----

B 7071 0104

B 7071 0105

B 7071 2104

B 7071 2105

B 7071 5107

----

----

B 7071 0106

B 7071 0107

B 7071 2106

B 7071 2107

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Rosette

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

B 7000 5041

B 7000 2040

B 7000 2041

B 7000 4041

B 7000 0040

B 7000 0041

B 7000 0140

B 7000 0141

B 7000 5031

B 7000 0003

B 7000 0031

B 7000 0130

B 7000 0131

B 7000 5001

B 7000 0000

B 7000 0001

B 7000 0100

B 7000 0101

B 7000 5003

B 7000 0002

B 7000 0003

B 7000 0102

B 7000 0103

B 7000 5005

B 7000 0004

B 7000 0005

B 7000 0104

B 7000 0105

B 7000 5007

B 7000 2006

B 7000 2007

----

B 7000 2004

B 7000 2005

----

B 7000 2002

B 7000 2003

----

B 7000 2000

B 7000 2001

----

B 7000 2030

B 7000 2031

----

B 7000 0006

B 7000 0007

B 7000 0106

B 7000 0107

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 7006 5141

B 7006 0140

B 7006 0141

B 7006 2140

B 7006 2141

B 7006 5131

B 7006 0130

B 7006 0131

B 7006 2130

B 7006 2131

B 7006 5101

B 7006 0100

B 7006 0101

B 7006 2000

B 7006 2001

B 7006 5103

B 7006 0102

B 7006 0103

B 7006 2002

B 7006 2003

B 7006 5105

B 7006 0104

B 7006 0105

B 7006 2004

B 7006 2005

B 7006 5107

B 7006 0106

B 7006 0107

B 7006 2006

B 7006 2007

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 7007 5141

B 7007 0140

B 7007 0141

B 7007 2140

B 7007 2141

B 7007 5131

B 7007 0130

B 7007 0131

B 7007 2130

B 7007 2131

B 7007 5101

B 7007 0100

B 7007 0101

B 7007 2100

B 7007 2101

B 7007 5103

B 7007 0102

B 7007 0103

B 7007 2102

B 7007 2103

B 7007 5105

B 7007 0104

B 7007 0105

B 7007 2104

B 7007 2105

B 7007 5107

B 7007 0106

B 7007 0107

B 7007 2106

B 7007 2107

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 7001 5141

B 7001 0140

B 7001 0141

B 7001 2140

B 7001 2141

B 7001 5131

B 7001 0130

B 7001 0131

B 7001 2130

B 7001 2131

B 7001 5101

B 7001 0100

B 7001 0101

B 7001 2100

B 7001 2101

B 7001 5103

B 7001 0102

B 7001 0103

B 7001 2102

B 7001 2103

B 7001 5105

B 7001 0104

B 7001 0105

B 7001 2104

B 7001 2105

B 7001 5107

B 7001 0106

B 7001 0107

B 7001 2106

B 7001 2107

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Rosette B 7007 5941 B 7007 5931 B 7007 5901 B 7007 5903 B 7007 5905 B 7007 5907

Backplate type Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Rosette B 7097 5141 B 7097 5131 B 7097 5101 B 7097 5103 B 7097 5105 B 7097 5107

Backplate type Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Rosette Round knob B 7001 5841 B 7001 5831 B 7001 5801 B 7001 5803 B 7001 5805 B 7001 5807

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Rosette B 7006 5941 B 7006 5931 B 7006 5901 B 7006 5903 B 7006 5905 B 7006 5907

Backplate type

Backplate type

Backplate type

Backplate type

Backplate type

Backplate type

Backplate type

Backplate type

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteAluminium UC5

Rosette

Cylinder bore

Cylinder bore

without

without

without

PC 72

without

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

w/o PC rosette

Cylinder bore

PC

Cylinder bore

w/o PC rosette

Cylinder bore

w/o PC rosette

Cylinder bore

PC B 7098 5141 B 7098 5131 B 7098 5101 B 7098 5103 B 7098 5105 B 7098 5107

PC = profile cylinder

Page 200: Door Hardware

19

BELCANTO – security fittings

Security fittings ES3

Entrance set

Lever set

Entrance set

Backplate type

CC 72

CC 72

CC 92

B 7300 1041

B 7300 1141

B 7301 1241

B 7300 1031

B 7300 1131

B 7301 1231

B 7300 1001

B 7300 1101

B 7301 1201

B 7300 1003

B 7300 1103

B 7301 1203

B 7300 1005

B 7300 1105

B 7301 1205

B 7300 1007

B 7300 1107

B 7301 1207

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteType of set Aluminium UC5

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

10 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

rounded

Knob model

Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

CC 72

CC 72

CC 92

B 7300 3541

B 7300 3641

B 7301 3741

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

B 7300 3531

B 7300 3631

B 7301 3731

B 7300 3501

B 7300 3601

B 7301 3701

B 7300 3503

B 7300 3603

B 7301 3703

B 7300 3505

B 7300 3605

B 7301 3705

B 7300 3507

B 7300 3607

B 7301 3707

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteType of set Aluminium UC5

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

10 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

CC 72

CC 72

CC 92

B 7300 6041

B 7300 6141

B 7301 6241

B 7300 6031

B 7300 6131

B 7301 6231

B 7300 6001

B 7300 6101

B 7301 6201

B 7300 6003

B 7300 6103

B 7301 6203

B 7300 6005

B 7300 6105

B 7301 6205

B 7300 6007

B 7300 6107

B 7301 6207

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium whiteType of set Aluminium UC5

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Lever set

10 mm spindle

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess /

lock

posit

ion

CC = cylinder cover

Page 201: Door Hardware

20

325

21,5

160

135

Lever model OFFICE

Product information

Lever handles available with 8, 9, 10 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). The cranked door knob variants are non-handed.Clip-on backplates.Security fittings as lever set or entrance set to DIN 18257 – ES3The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 12 to 19 mm.The vertical lever variant is provided with a detent mechanism to ensure a precise vertical position.All material versions approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906, and for use on escape doors to EN 179.The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied (contract sets for door thickness 37 – 42 mm, fire-rated sets for door thickness 42 – 52 mm).For use on escape doors with a divided follower it is necessary to specify the lock position in addition to the door thickness (refer to page 60).

Dimensioned drawings

Backplate typesKnob types

ø55

38

8

50 4

134 4

180

31.5

130

21.5

180

50

248

21.5

139.5

75.5

8ø50 ø50

65

50

ø50

90

43

ø50

36

50

ø50

250 21.5

139.5

75.5

15

43

165

21.5

112

8

ø19R

100

140

65

Round knob Ball-type knob

cranked round knob cranked ball-type knob

Fire protection

Page 202: Door Hardware

21

OFFICE – Contract fittings

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Bath set

9 mm spindle

Bath set

8 mm spindle

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess /

lock

posit

ion

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 70FG 5141

B 70FG 7242

B 70FG 4141

B 70FG 0140

B 70FG 0141

B 70FG 2140

B 70FG 2141

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 70FH 5141

B 70FH 7242

B 70FH 4141

B 70FH 0140

B 70FH 0141

B 70FH 2140

B 70FH 2141

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 70FJ 5141

B 70FJ 7242

B 70FJ 4141

B 70FJ 0140

B 70FJ 0141

B 70FJ 2140

B 70FJ 2141

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 70FK 5141

B 70FK 7242

B 70FK 4141

B 70FK 0140

B 70FK 0141

B 70FK 2140

B 70FK 2141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 70FG 5441

B 70FG 7742

B 70FG 4441

B 70FG 0540

B 70FG 0541

B 70FG 2840

B 70FG 2841

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 70FH 5441

B 70FH 7742

B 70FH 4441

B 70FH 0540

B 70FH 0541

B 70FH 2840

B 70FH 2841

Knob model

Knob model

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

Bath

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Cylinder bore

Bath

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

PC = profile cylinder

Page 203: Door Hardware

22

Knob

OFFICE – Fire protection fittings

Lever set

Dummy plate

Turn handle

Half set, inside

Half set outside

Knob backplate, outside

Inside handle w/o PC

Outside handle w/o PC

PC rosette inside

PC rosette outside

Entrance set

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 70 F I 5141

B 70 F I 7242

B 70 F I 4141

B 70 F I 0140

B 70 F I 0141

B 70 F I 2140

B 70 F I 2141

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 70FL 5141

B 70FL 7242

B 70FL 4141

B 70FL 0140

B 70FL 0141

B 70FL 2140

B 70FL 2141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 7000 5041

B 7000 2040

B 7000 2041

B 7000 4041

B 7000 0040

B 7000 0041

B 7000 0140

B 7000 0141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

B 70FR 5941

B 70FR 0040

B 70FR 0041

B 70FR 2040

B 70FR 2041

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 70FC 5141

B 70FC 0140

B 70FC 0141

B 70FC 2140

B 70FC 2141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 70FF 5141

B 70FF 0140

B 70FF 0141

B 70FF 2140

B 70FF 2141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 7001 5141

B 7001 0140

B 7001 0141

B 7001 2140

B 7001 2141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 70FC 5941 ---- ---- ---- ---- ----

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 7098 5141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 70FF 5941

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 7097 5141

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Backplate type

Rosette

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Backplate type

Rosette

Backplate type

Rosette

Backplate type

Rosette

Backplate type

Rosette

Knob model

Knob model

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

without

without

without

PC 72

without

Cylinder bore

w/o PC rosette

without

without

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

w/o PC rosette

Cylinder bore

PC

Cylinder bore

w/o PC rosette

Cylinder bore

PC

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

PC = profile cylinder

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5Backplate type

Rosette

Knob model

Round knob

Cylinder bore

w/o PC rosette B 7001 5841

Page 204: Door Hardware

23

OFFICE – Fire protection and security fittings ES3

Fire protection fittings ES3

Security fittings ES3

Entrance set

Lever set

Entrance set

Entrance set

Lever set

Entrance set

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess /

lock

posit

ion

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 7300 F I41

Stainl. steel matt

B 7300 FF41

Stainl. steel matt

B 7300 FC41

Stainl. steel matt

B 7300 FA41

B 7300 FB41

B 7300 FD41

B 7300 FE41

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Knob model

Knob model

Round knob

Knob model

Round knob

cranked

Knob model

Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

CC 72

Cylinder bore

CC 72

Cylinder bore

CC 72

Cylinder bore

CC 72

CC 72

Cylinder bore

CC 72

CC 72

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Type of set

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Type of set

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Type of set

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Type of set

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Type of set

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

CC 72

CC 72

B 7300 FG41

B 7300 FH41

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Type of set Aluminium UC5

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

CC = cylinder cover

Page 205: Door Hardware

24

Lever model BAUHAUS

Product information

Lever handles available with 8 mm and 9 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). The cranked door knob variants are non-handed.Clip-on backplates. The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied (contract sets for door thickness 37 – 42 mm). Approved for use according to EN 1906.

Dimensioned drawings

Knob types Backplate types

ø55

38

8

50 4

134 4

180

31.5

130

21.5

180

50

248

21.5

139.5

75.5

8ø50

65

50

ø50

90

ø50

43

ø50

36

50

ø50

250 21.5

139.5

75.5

15

43

165

21.5

112

8

ø22

ø22

ø15

118

57

Round knob Ball-type knob

cranked round knob cranked ball-type knob

325

21.5

160

135

Page 206: Door Hardware

25

BAUHAUS – Contract fittings

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Bath set

9 mm spindle

Bath set

8 mm spindle

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess /

lock

posit

ion

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 70AG 5141

B 70AG 7242

B 70AG 4141

B 70AG 0140

B 70AG 0141

B 70AG 2140

B 70AG 2141

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 70AH 5141

B 70AH 7242

B 70AH 4141

B 70AH 0140

B 70AH 0141

B 70AH 2140

B 70AH 2141

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 70AJ 5141

B 70AJ 7242

B 70AJ 4141

B 70AJ 0140

B 70AJ 0141

B 70AJ 2140

B 70AJ 2141

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 70AK 5141

B 70AK 7242

B 70AK 4141

B 70AK 0140

B 70AK 0141

B 70AK 2140

B 70AK 2141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 70AG 5441

B 70AG 7742

B 70AG 4441

B 70AG 0540

B 70AG 0541

B 70AG 2840

B 70AG 2841

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

B 70AH 5441

B 70AH 7742

B 70AH 4441

B 70AH 0540

B 70AH 0541

B 70AH 2840

B 70AH 2841

Knob model

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

Bath

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Cylinder bore

Bath

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

PC = profile cylinder

Page 207: Door Hardware

26

325

21,5

160

135

Lever model EMMAUS

Product information

Lever handles available with 8 mm and 9 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). The cranked door knob variants are non-handed.Clip-on backplates.Security fittings as lever set or entrance set to DIN 18257 – ES3The cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 12 to 19 mm.The vertical lever variant is provided with a detent mechanism to ensure a precise vertical position.All material versions approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906, and for use on escape doors to EN 179.The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied (contract sets for door thickness 37 – 42 mm, fire-rated sets for door thickness 42 – 52 mm).For use on escape doors with a divided follower it is necessary to specify the lock position in addition to the door thickness (refer to page 60).

Dimensioned drawings

Knob types Backplate types

Fire protection

ø55

38

8

50 4

134 4

180

31.5

130

21.5

180

50

248

21.5

139.5

75.5

8ø50 ø50

65

50

ø50

90

43

ø50

36

50

ø50

250 21.5

139.5

75.5

15

43

165

21.5

112

8

R110

ø20

R110

157

87

Round knob Ball-type knob

cranked round knob cranked ball-type knob

Page 208: Door Hardware

27

EMMAUS – Contract fittings

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Bath set

9 mm spindle

Bath set

8 mm spindle

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess /

lock

posit

ion

PC = profile cylinder

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Knob model

Knob model

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

Bath

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Cylinder bore

Bath

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Cylinder bore

B 70EG 5141

B 70EG 7242

B 70EG 4141

B 70EG 0140

B 70EG 0141

B 70EG 2140

B 70EG 2141

B 70EH 5141

B 70EH 7242

B 70EH 4141

B 70EH 0140

B 70EH 0141

B 70EH 2140

B 70EH 2141

Stainl. steel matt

B 70EJ 5141

B 70EJ 7242

B 70EJ 4141

B 70EJ 0140

B 70EJ 0141

B 70EJ 2140

B 70EJ 2141

Stainl. steel matt

B 70EK 5141

B 70EK 7242

B 70EK 4141

B 70EK 0140

B 70EK 0141

B 70EK 2140

B 70EK 2141

Stainl. steel matt

B 70EG 5441

B 70EG 7742

B 70EG 4441

B 70EG 0540

B 70EG 0541

B 70EG 2840

B 70EG 2841

Stainl. steel matt

B 70EH 5441

B 70EH 7742

B 70EH 4441

B 70EH 0540

B 70EH 0541

B 70EH 2840

B 70EH 2841

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Page 209: Door Hardware

28

EMMAUS – Fire protection fittings

Lever set

Dummy plate

Turn handle

Half set, inside

Half set outside

Knob backplate, outside

Inside handle w/o PC

Outside handle w/o PC

PC rosette inside

PC rosette outside

Knob

Entrance set

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 70 E I 5141

B 70 E I 7242

B 70 E I 4141

B 70 E I 0140

B 70 E I 0141

B 70 E I 2140

B 70 E I 2141

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 70EL 5141

B 70EL 7242

B 70EL 4141

B 70EL 0140

B 70EL 0141

B 70EL 2140

B 70EL 2141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 7000 5041

B 7000 2040

B 7000 2041

B 7000 4041

B 7000 0040

B 7000 0041

B 7000 0140

B 7000 0141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

B 70ER 5941

B 70ER 0040

B 70ER 0041

B 70ER 2040

B 70ER 2041

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 70EC 5141

B 70EC 0140

B 70EC 0141

B 70EC 2140

B 70EC 2141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 70EH 5141

B 70EG 0140

B 70EG 0141

B 70EH 2140

B 70EH 2141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 7001 5141

B 7001 0140

B 7001 0141

B 7001 2140

B 7001 2141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 70EC 5941 ---- ---- ---- ---- ----

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 7098 5141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 70EH 5941

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 7097 5141

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Backplate type

Rosette

Wide backplate

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Backplate type

Rosette

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Special oblong plate

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

Oblong plate, square

Oblong plate, rounded

Backplate type

Rosette

Backplate type

Rosette

Backplate type

Rosette

Backplate type

Rosette

Backplate type

Rosette

Knob model

Knob model

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Round knob

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

without

without

without

PC 72

without

Cylinder bore

w/o PC rosette

without

without

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

w/o PC rosette

Cylinder bore

PC

Cylinder bore

w/o PC rosette

Cylinder bore

PC

Cylinder bore

w/o PC rosette B 7001 5841

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

PC = profile cylinder

Page 210: Door Hardware

29

EMMAUS – Fire protection and security fittings ES3

Security fittings ES3

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

B 7300 EA41

B 7300 EB41

Stainl. steel matt

B 7300 E I41

Stainl. steel matt

B 7300 EF41

Stainl. steel matt

B 7300 EC41

Stainl. steel matt

B 7300 ED41

B 7300 EE41

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Type of set

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Type of set

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Type of set

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Type of set

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Type of set

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm spindle

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

B 7300 EG41

B 7300 EH41

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

----

Knob model

Round knob

cranked

Round knob

cranked

Knob model

Knob model

Round knob

Knob model

Round knob

cranked

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

Knob model

CC 72

CC 72

Cylinder bore

CC 72

Cylinder bore

CC 72

Cylinder bore

CC 72

Cylinder bore

CC 72

CC 72

Cylinder bore

CC 72

CC 72

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5Type of set

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Lever set

9 mm spindle

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Entrance set

Lever set

Entrance set

Fire protection fittings ES3

Entrance set

Lever set

Entrance set

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess /

lock

posit

ion

CC = cylinder cover

Page 211: Door Hardware

30

Wide backplate set

EMMAUS

RONDO-K

RONDO

Product information

Lever handles available with 8 mm and 9 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). Listed items with 8 mm or 9 mm (fire-rated) spindle as a standard. Stainless steel version approved for use on fire and smoke control doors to DIN 18273 and EN 1906. Mounting accessories must be ordered separately (from page 58).

Dimensioned drawings

Knob types Lever models

Fire protection

134 4

180

31.5

130

21.5

180

ø50 ø50

65

50

ø50

90

43

ø50

36

50

ø20

147

60

ø20

R20

180

80

78

ø20

R110

R110

157

87

Round knob Ball-type knob

cranked round knob cranked ball-type knob

Page 212: Door Hardware

31

Wide backplate set

Lever set

Backplate type

PC 72

PC 72

B 7073 7242pointing right

B 7076 7242pointing right

B 7073 7342pointing left

B 7076 7342pointing left

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel mattType of set

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm fire-rated spindle

Wide backplate

Wide backplate

Round knob

Round knob

Backplate type

Bath 78 mm B 7050 7642pointing right

B 7050 7742pointing left

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel mattType of set

Bath set Wide backplate

Lever model RONDO

Entrance set

Backplate type

PC 72

PC 72

B 7050 7242

B 7053 7242

----

----

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel mattType of set

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Lever set

9 mm fire-rated spindle

Wide backplate

Wide backplate

Bath set

Lever set

Lever model EMMAUS

Entrance set

Bath set

Backplate type

PC 72

PC 72

B 70EG 7242

B 70EI 7242

----

----

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel mattType of set

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Lever set

9 mm fire-rated spindle

Wide backplate

Wide backplate

Backplate type

PC 72

PC 72

B 70EJ 7242pointing right

B 70EL 7242pointing right

B 70EJ 7342pointing left

B 70EL 7342pointing left

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel mattType of set

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm fire-rated spindle

Wide backplate

Wide backplate

Round knob

Round knob

Backplate type

Bath 78 mm B 70EG 7642pointing right

B 70EG 7742pointing left

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel mattType of set

Bath set Wide backplate

Lever set

Lever model RONDO-K

Entrance set

Bath set

Backplate type

PC 72

PC 72

B 70KG 7242

B 70KI 7242

----

----

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel mattType of set

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Lever set

9 mm fire-rated spindle

Wide backplate

Wide backplate

Backplate type

PC 72

PC 72

B 70KJ 7242pointing right

B 70KL 7242pointing right

B 70KJ 7342pointing left

B 70KL 7342pointing left

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel mattType of set

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

9 mm fire-rated spindle

Wide backplate

Wide backplate

Round knob

Round knob

Backplate type

Bath 78 mm B 70KG 7642pointing right

B 70KG 7742pointing left

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel mattType of set

Bath set Wide backplate

Items with other features must be ordered under item number B 7099 9999 with precise details according to the following check list:

Type

of s

et

Leve

r mod

el

Spind

le

Knob

mod

el

Backp

late

type

Cylind

er b

ore

Mat

erial

/ fini

sh

Door t

hickn

ess /

lock

posit

ion

PC = profile cylinder

Page 213: Door Hardware

32

Dimension A

Push bars for medium-weight escape doors to EN 1125

PVC

BKS push bar for the use on smoke protection, fire protection and escape doors to DIN 18273 + DIN 4102 + EN 1634, with integrated

gear; 9 mm spindle. Approval to EN 1125 only in combination with approved BKS locks. With retaining spring;

suitable for medium-weight active and passive door leaves up to 200 kg. Cylinder bore: PC 72 mm, PC 92 mm (PC = profile cylinder), or without cylinder bore. Non-handed (DIN rh and lh usable) Finish:

– casing + lever arm of PVC, black matt; cross bar of aluminium F1 With mounting accessories for assembly with BKS short backplates (PC 72 mm) or BKS oblong backplates (PC 92 mm). The cross bar must be ordered separately (refer to door widths on page 33).

Dimensioned drawings

Product information

Page 214: Door Hardware

33

Push bar to EN 1125

Push bars for timber and steel doors

PVC black, cross bar aluminium F1Cylinder boreType of set

Active leaf without

cross bar

PC 72 B 7172 4100

PC 92 B 7192 4100

PVC black, cross bar aluminium F1Cylinder boreType of set

Passive leaf without

Cross bardummy B 7100 4100

Type of set Max. door width

Cross bar

Cross bar length

710 mm

785 mm

835 mm

960 mm

1150 mm

1500 mm

810 mm

885 mm

935 mm

1060 mm

1250 mm

1600 mm

B 7100 4200

B 7100 4207

B 7100 4201

B 7100 4202

B 7100 4203

B 7100 4206

Aluminium F1

PC = profile cylinder

Page 215: Door Hardware

34

1

2

1

72/9

2

x131

10

33

207

33,7

x - 120 = Length of bar

Dimension A

72

/92

20

6

33,7

33

124

x

Dimension A

1 2

Push bars for heavy-weight escape doors to EN 1125

Stainless steel

Aluminium

Product information

BKS push bar for the use on smoke protection, fire protection and escape doors to DIN 18273 + DIN 4102 + EN 1634, with integrated

stainless steel gear; 9 mm spindle. Approval to EN 1125 only in combination with approved BKS locks. With retaining spring;

suitable for heavy-weight active and passive door leaves up to 300 kg. Cylinder bore: PC 72 mm, PC 92 mm (PC = profile cylinder), or without cylinder bore. Non-handed (DIN rh and lh usable) Finish:

– Aluminium, F1

– Stainless steel, matt brushed With mounting accessories, intended for assembly with BKS short backplates (PC 72 mm) or BKS narrow stile long backplates (PC 92 mm). The cross bar must be ordered separately (refer to door widths on page 35). Stainless steel V4A version on request.

Dimensioned drawings

Page 216: Door Hardware

35

Push bar to EN 1125

Push bars for timber and steel doors

Cylinder boreType of set

Active leaf without

cross bar

PC 92 B 7192 5141 B 7192 5101

PC 72 B 7172 5141 B 7172 5101

Aluminium F1Stainl. steel matt

Cylinder boreType of set

Passive leaf without

Cross bardummy B 7100 5141 B 7100 5101

Aluminium F1

Cross bar lengthType of set Max. door width

Cross bar

710 mm

785 mm

835 mm

960 mm

1150 mm

1500 mm

810 mm

885 mm

935 mm

1060 mm

1250 mm

1600 mm

B 7100 4210

B 7100 4211

B 7100 4212

B 7100 4213

B 7100 4204

B 7100 4205

B 7100 4270

B 7100 4271

B 7100 4272

B 7100 4273

B 7100 4274

B 7100 4275

Aluminium F1Stainl. steel matt

Stainl. steel matt

Cylinder boreType of set

Active leaf without

cross bar

PC 72 B 7172 7141

PC 92 B 7192 7141

Stainl. steel matt

Cylinder boreType of set

Passive leaf without

Cross bardummy B 7100 7141

Stainl. steel matt

PC = profile cylinder

Page 217: Door Hardware

36

X

72

21

.5

112

33

21

.5

25

50

99

.5

188

11

Touch bar for escape doors to EN 1125

Product information

Dimensioned drawings

BKS touch bar for the use on smoke control, fire control and escape doors to DIN 18273 + DIN 4102 + EN 1634, with integrated

gear; 9 mm spindle. Approval to EN 1125 only in combination with approved BKS locks. With retaining spring; suitable for active and passive door

leaves.Cylinder bore: PC 72 mm, (PC = profile cylinder), or without cylinder bore. Non-handed (DIN rh / lh usable) Finish:

– Aluminium, F1

– Stainless steel (end cap stainless steel appearance) Including mounting accessories

Page 218: Door Hardware

37

Touch bar to EN 1125

Touch bar for timber and steel doors

PC = profile cylinder CH-RC = Swiss round cylinder

Cylinder boreType of set

Active leaf

DIN left

Active leaf

DIN left

PZ 72

CH-RZ 74

808 mm

1158 mm

1458 mm

808 mm

1158 mm

1458 mm

B 7150 1000

B 7150 1001

B 7150 1002

B 7150 1020

B 7150 1021

B 7150 1022

Aluminium F1Stainless steel

B 7150 3000

B 7150 3001

B 7150 3002

B 7150 3020

B 7150 3021

B 7150 3022

Dimension

Active leaf

DIN right

Active leaf

DIN right

PZ 72

CH-RZ 74

808 mm

1158 mm

1458 mm

808 mm

1158 mm

1458 mm

B 7150 1050

B 7150 1051

B 7150 1052

B 7150 1070

B 7150 1071

B 7150 1072

B 7150 3050

B 7150 3051

B 7150 3052

B 7150 3070

B 7150 3071

B 7150 3072

Cylinder boreType of set

Passive leaf

DIN leftdummy

808 mm

1158 mm

1458 mm

B 7150 1100

B 7150 1101

B 7150 1102

Aluminium F1Stainless steel

B 7150 3100

B 7150 3101

B 7150 3102

Dimension

Passive leaf

DIN rightdummy

808 mm

1158 mm

1458 mm

B 7150 1150

B 7150 1151

B 7150 1152

B 7150 3150

B 7150 3151

B 7150 3152

Page 219: Door Hardware

38

ø50 53 5314,5 5

43

ø20

147

60

256

256

139

76

139

76

21,5

21,5

Lever model RONDO

Product information

Lever handles available with 8 mm and 10 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer. Security fittings as lever set or entrance set – ES0. Approved for use according to EN 1906.Mounting accessories are included in the items supplied: 8 mm spindle for door thicknesses of 38 – 45 mm

10 mm spindle for door thicknesses of 54 – 69 mm

Dimensioned drawings

Knob model Backplate typesLever model

Page 220: Door Hardware

39

RONDO – Security fittings ES0

RONDO – Security fittings ES0

Lever set

Entrance set

Backplate type

---- ---- B 7340 8501 ----

---- ---- B 7341 8901 ----

Knob model

PC 72

PC 92

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5Type of set

Lever set

8 mm spindle

Lever set

10 mm spindle

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

---- ---- B 7340 8001 ----

---- ---- B 7341 8401 ----

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

PC 72

PC 92

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5Type of set

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

10 mm spindle

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

----

----

----

----

PC = profile cylinder

Page 221: Door Hardware

40

Lever model RONDO

Product information

Lever handles available with 8 mm and 10 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer. Security fittings as lever set or entrance set to DIN 18257 – ES1 + ES2. Square backplate type only available for aluminium setThe cylinder cover is suitable for a cylinder protrusion of 10 to 15 mm. Approved for use according to EN 1906. Mounting accessories are included in the items supplied: 8 mm spindle for door thicknesses of 38 – 45 mm

10 mm spindle for door thicknesses of 54 – 69 mm

Dimensioned drawings

ø50 53 5314,5 5

43

ø20

147

60

256

256

139

76

139

76

21,5

21,5

Knob types Backplate typesLever model

Page 222: Door Hardware

41

RONDO – Security fittings ES1 + ES2

RONDO – Security fittings ES1

RONDO – Security fittings ES2

Entrance set

Entrance set

---- B 7325 8001 ----

---- B 7320 8001 ----

---- B 7326 8401 ----

B 7325 8041

B 7320 8041

B 7326 8441

B 7321 8441 ---- B 7321 8401 ----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5

----

----

----

----

B 7310 8041 ---- B 7310 8001 ----

B 7311 8441 ---- B 7311 8401 ----

Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5

----

----

B 7320 8141 ---- B 7320 8101 ----

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

round knob,

cranked

Knob model

PC 72

CC 72

PC 92

CC 92

Cylinder bore

CC 72

CC 92

Cylinder bore

CC 72

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt Brass PVD Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium UC5

Type of set

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

10 mm spindle

Entrance set

10 mm spindle

Type of set

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Entrance set

10 mm spindle

Type of set

Entrance set

8 mm spindle

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded

Oblong plate,

rounded

Backplate type

Oblong plate,

rounded----

PC = profile cylinder CC = cylinder cover

Entrance set

Page 223: Door Hardware

42

Lever model ANDANTE

Dimensioned drawings

ø21

141

60

ø50

43

ø55

38

8

43

165

21,5

112

8

Backplate typesRound knob

Product information

Lever handles available with 8 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer; with retaining spring. Clip-on backplates, suitable for repeated assembly.Mounting accessories for door thicknesses of 38 – 45 mm are included in the items supplied. Approved for use according to EN 1906. Matching window handles page 48.

Page 224: Door Hardware

43

ANDANTE Standard contract fittings

Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

B 7290 6050

B 7290 6059

B 7290 6066

B 7290 6067

B 7290 6051

B 7290 6058

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt

Lever set

Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

B 7290 6053

B 7290 6069

B 7290 6061

Stainl. steel matt

Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

B 7290 6052

B 7290 6068

B 7290 6060

Knob model

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

PC

WV 72

PC 72

WV 72

WV

PC 72

PC

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

Bath

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt

Entrance set

Bath set

PC = profile cylinder WV = warded version

Page 225: Door Hardware

44

Lever model CRESCENDO

Product information

Lever handles available with 8 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer; with retaining spring. Clip-on backplates, suitable for repeated assembly.Mounting accessories for door thicknesses of 38 – 45 mm are included in the items supplied. Approved for use according to EN 1906. Matching window handles page 48.

Dimensioned drawings

Backplate typesRound knob

ø50

43

ø55

38

8

43

165

21.5

112

8

ø21

130

60

Page 226: Door Hardware

45

CRESCENDO Standard contract fittings

Lever set

Entrance set

Bath set

Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

PC

WV 72

PC 72

WV 72

WV

PC 72

B 7290 6110

B 7290 6119

B 7290 6126

B 7290 6127

B 7290 6111

B 7290 6118

Knob model Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt

Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

B 7290 6113

B 7290 6129

B 7290 6121

PC

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel mattKnob model

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

B 7290 6112

B 7290 6128

B 7290 6120

Knob model

Bath

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt

PC = profile cylinder WV = warded version

Page 227: Door Hardware

46

Lever model FORTE

Product information

Lever handles available with 8 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer; with retaining spring. Clip-on backplates, suitable for repeated assembly.Mounting accessories for door thicknesses of 38 – 45 mm are included in the items supplied. Approved for use according to EN 1906. Matching window handles page 48.

Dimensioned drawings

Backplate typesRound knob

ø50

43

ø55

38

8

43

165

21.5

112

8

ø21

130

56

Page 228: Door Hardware

47

FORTE Standard contract fittings

Lever set

Entrance set

Bath set

Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

B 7290 6170

B 7290 6179

B 7290 6186

B 7290 6187

B 7290 6171

B 7290 6178

Stainl. steel matt

Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

B 7290 6173

B 7290 6189

B 7290 6181

Stainl. steel matt

Backplate type

Rosette

Short plate square

Short plate rounded

B 7290 6172

B 7290 6188

B 7290 6180

Knob model

Knob model

Round knob

Round knob

Round knob

Knob model

PC

WV 72

PC 72

WV 72

WV

PC 72

Cylinder bore

PC

PC 72

PC 72

Cylinder bore

Bath

Bath 78 mm

Bath 78 mm

Cylinder bore Stainl. steel matt

PC = profile cylinder WV = warded version

Page 229: Door Hardware

48

Stainless steel window handles

Product information

Stainless steel window handles 90 degree detent 10 mm positioning plugs (adapter for 12 mm on request) 7 mm spindle protruding 30 mm Clip-on cover rosette, for repeated assembly

Dimensioned drawings

FORTE

CRESCENDO ANDANTE DIRIGENT

OFFICE

ø21

126

60

12043

20

140

65

ø21

125

56

32

12

70

ø21

141

60

Page 230: Door Hardware

49

Stainless steel window handles

Forte

Office

Dirigent

Crescendo

Rosette design

Rosette, oval B 7290 6016

Stainl. steel matt

Rosette design

Rosette, oval B 7290 6019

Stainl. steel matt

Rosette design

Rosette, oval B 7290 6018

Stainl. steel matt

Rosette design

Rosette, oval B 7290 6000

Stainl. steel matt

Rosette design

Rosette, oval B 7290 6008

Stainl. steel matt

Andante

Page 231: Door Hardware

50

Accessories for contract work30

40

100

100

38

38

ø65

10

38

38

ø65

15

ø19

ø28

ø28

ø28

3106

76

46

3

3

ø19

ø19

25

38

36

ø62

Floor-mounted

door stop I

Ladies Gentlemen Handicapped Directional arrow

Floor-mounted

door stop II

Wall-mounted door stop

Dimensioned drawings

Product information

Reference signs:

– Stainless steel

– Black print

– Adhesive strip on the back

Floor/wall-mounted door stops:

– Stainless steel

– With mounting accessories

– Spacer plates for type II as an option

Page 232: Door Hardware

51

Wandstopper

Accessories for contract work

Floor-mounted door stop I

Variant

40 x 30 mm B 7122 0040

Stainl. steel matt

Floor-mounted door stop II

Variant

---- B 7122 0000

Stainl. steel matt

Spacer plate for floor-mounted door stop II

Wall-mounted door stop

Ladies

Variant

Ladies B 7121 1040

Stainl. steel matt

Gentlemen

Variant

Gentlemen B 7121 2040

Stainl. steel matt

Handicapped

Variant

Handicapped B 7121 4040

Stainl. steel matt

Directional arrow

Variant

Directional arrow B 7121 3040

Stainl. steel matt

Variant

19 mm x 46 mm

19 mm x 76 mm

19 mm x 106 mm

B 7122 0005

B 7122 0006

B 7122 0007

Stainl. steel matt

Variant

10 mm B 7122 0001

15 mm B 7122 0002

black

Page 233: Door Hardware

52

Door holder

6944

96

80

56

36

20

90

124,5

26,5

27

40

182

330

85

55

40

27

1801

33

40

Dimensioned drawings

3934 large

3934 medium3933 small

Product information

Door holders 3934/3933 to be attached to the door leaf:

– Type 3934 large with 100 mm travel

– Type 3934 medium with 30 mm travel

– Type 3933 small with 30 mm travel

Page 234: Door Hardware

53

Door holder

B 3934 0109 B 3934 0115 B 3934 0117----3934 large

Variant Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 3934 0101 B 3934 0137 B 3934 0139----3934 medium

Variant Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 3933 0101 B 3933 0137 B 3933 0139----3933 small

Variant Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

B 6944 0007 B 6944 0009 ----B 6944 00046944

Variant Aluminium F1 Aluminium F2 Aluminium white Aluminium UC5

Page 235: Door Hardware

54

Architects range

OFFICE

BAUHAUS

Knob types

Design recommendations

Round, cranked Ball-type, cranked Round knob Ball-type knob

Intrada

Belcanto

Office

Rondo

Emmaus

Bauhaus Belcanto-P

Lever models

Page 236: Door Hardware

55

The idea

The archtictects fitting range of BKS allows for the design of individual backplate forms.

Regardless of whether a company logo is to be formed or freely designed contours, the possibilities are almost

endless.

The fittings are manufactured from stainless steel and naturally feature the proven BKS bearing technology.

Use the fax reply form on page 56 / 57 to contact us directly or speak to one our field consultants.

Product information

Lever handles available with 8, 9, 10 mm spindle; fixed backplate with friction washer (BKS differential bearing). The cranked door knob variants are non-handed. Backplates of 4 mm with individual contours. Stainless steel fixing elements, sets fastened with visible fixing screws.The mounting accessories are included in the items supplied.

Page 237: Door Hardware

56

Return address:

Yes I am interested in the new BKS design possibilities. Please send me a non-obligatory offer.

BKS GmbH

Heidestr. 71 · 42549 Velbert

Telephone: +49 - (0) 2051 201 - 0

Fax: +49 - (0) 2051 201 - 431

www.g-u.com

FAX REPLY +49 - (0) 2051 201 - 431

Please send us further information concerning the BKS fitting range.

Do n

ot

forg

et t

o i

nd

ica

te t

he

retu

rn a

dd

ress

!

Page 238: Door Hardware

57

BKS GmbH

Heidestr. 71 · 42549 Velbert

Telephone: +49 - (0) 2051 201 - 0

Fax: +49 - (0) 2051 201 - 431

www.g-u.com

Yes I am interested in the new BKS design possibilities. Please send me a non-obligatory offer.

Return address:

FAX REPLY +49 - (0) 2051 201 - 431

Do n

ot fo

rget to

ind

icate th

e return

ad

dress!

Please send us further information concerning the BKS fitting range.

Page 239: Door Hardware

58

Door thickness min. 23 min. 23

Door thickness + 23 + 23 = spindle length

X min. 23

X + 23 = spindle length

Fixing accessories

Spindles

Calculation of spindle length for single-sided screw attach-

ment

Calculation of spindle length

Note: Spindles for panic bars require a deduction of

15 mm from the lengths specified below!

Specification clause

BKS spindle consisting of:

8 / 8.5 / 9 / 10 mm square spindle with special spot-faced surfaces providing a non-loosening connection with the fittings.

Dimension L:.................

Spindle length L

mm

100

115

130

145

50

65

70

80

90

100

115

130

145

160

100

115

130

145

Square spindle

mm

8

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

10

10

10

10

Door thickness

mm

37 – 52

52 – 67

67 – 82

82 – 97

--

--

--

17 – 27

27 – 37

37 – 52

52 – 67

67 – 82

82 – 97

97 – 112

37 – 52

52 – 67

67 – 82

82 – 97

Order number

B 7644 0800

B 7644 0801

B 7644 0802

B 7644 0803

B 7644 0908

B 7644 0907

B 7644 0909

B 7644 0905

B 7644 0906

B 7644 0900

B 7644 0901

B 7644 0902

B 7644 0903

B 7644 0904

B 7644 1000

B 7644 1001

B 7644 1002

B 7644 1003

Page 240: Door Hardware

59

Entrance set

Push bar

15 min. 23 Door thickness (DT)

15 max. 10

Touch bar 15 min. 20

max. 26

Door thickness (DT)

Door thickness (DT)

Fixing accessories

Calculation of spindle length

Note: Threaded spindles for panic bars require a

deduction of 15 mm from the lengths

specified below!

Threaded spindles

Specification clause

BKS threaded spindle consisting of:

8 / 8.5 / 9 / 10 mm square spindle with special spot-faced surfaces providing a non-loosening connection with the fittings; with M8 thread

for BKS entrance sets.

Dimension L:.................

Spindle length L

mm

75

85

95

105

115

135

50

60

70

75

85

95

105

115

135

75

85

95

105

115

135

Square spindle

mm

8

8

8

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

10

10

10

10

10

10

Door thickness

mm

37 – 47

47 – 57

57 – 67

67 – 77

77 – 87

87 – 107

--

--

--

37 – 47

47 – 57

57 – 67

67 – 77

77 – 87

87 – 107

37 – 47

47 – 57

57 – 67

67 – 77

77 – 87

87 – 107

Order number

B 7630 0801

B 7630 0802

B 7630 0803

B 7630 0804

B 7630 0805

B 7630 0806

B 7630 0906

B 7630 0907

B 7630 0900

B 7630 0901

B 7630 0902

B 7630 0903

B 7630 0904

B 7630 0905

B 7630 0908

B 7630 1001

B 7630 1002

B 7630 1003

B 7630 1004

B 7630 1005

B 7630 1006

Page 241: Door Hardware

60

X (LI=inside) Y (LO=outside)

DTI DTO min. 23 min. 23 Lever set

Push bar DTI DTO max. 10 min. 23

DTI + 23 = length inside part (LI)DTO + 23 = length outside part (LO)

DTI DTO min. 20 min. 23 Touch bar max. 26

Fixing accessories

Divided spindles for escape door fittings

Note: Fixing elements and the fitting set must be consi-

dered as a unit according to DIN 18273. Therefore,

only BKS spindles and screws must be used for

BKS fittings on fire control, smoke control, and

escape doors!

Calculation of spindle length

Lever set

SI

18 – 23

23 – 28

28 – 33

33 – 38

38 – 43

43 – 48

48 – 53

53 – 58

DTO

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

80

18 – 23

50

B 7676 0019

B 7676 0044

B 7676 0057

B 7676 0062

B 7676 0069

B 7676 0074

B 7676 0081

B 7676 0086

23 – 28

55

B 7676 0038

B 7676 0020

B 7676 0058

B 7676 0063

B 7676 0070

B 7676 0075

B 7676 0082

B 7676 0088

28 – 33

60

B 7676 0039

B 7676 0045

B 7676 0003

B 7676 0064

B 7676 0014

B 7676 0076

B 7676 0016

B 7676 0090

33 – 38

65

B 7676 0026

B 7676 0046

B 7676 0059

B 7676 0021

B 7676 0071

B 7676 0077

B 7676 0083

B 7676 0092

38 – 43

70

B 7676 0011

B 7676 0047

B 7676 0012

B 7676 0065

B 7676 0004

B 7676 0078

B 7676 0017

B 7676 0095

43 – 48

75

B 7676 0040

B 7676 0027

B 7676 0060

B 7676 0066

B 7676 0072

B 7676 0022

B 7676 0084

B 7676 0097

48 – 53

80

B 7676 0002

B 7676 0028

B 7676 0013

B 7676 0067

B 7676 0015

B 7676 0094

B 7676 0005

B 7676 0106

53 – 58

85

B 7676 0085

B 7676 0087

B 7676 0089

B 7676 0091

B 7676 0093

B 7676 0096

B 7676 0105

B 7676 0098

LO

LI

Specification clause

BKS divided spindle for BKS escape door fittings in combination with divided followers in panic locks, consisting of:

Outer part of spindle / inner part of spindle, and fixing screw.

9 mm square spindle with special spot-faced surfaces providing a non-loosening connection with the levers or panic bars.

Fixing screw with anti-twist safeguard

Spindles halves are marked with embossed letters (I=inside, A=outside)

Dim LI (spindle length inside): ......... / Dim LO (spindle length outside): .........

Lever half set / Push bar / Touch bar

LI

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

B 7676 0390

B 7676 0309

B 7676 0319

B 7676 0329

B 7676 0339

B 7676 0349

B 7676 0359

B 7676 0369

B 7676 0379

B 7676 0389

B 7676 0391

B 7676 0300

B 7676 0310

B 7676 0320

B 7676 0330

B 7676 0340

B 7676 0350

B 7676 0360

B 7676 0370

B 7676 0380

B 7676 0392

B 7676 0301

B 7676 0311

B 7676 0321

B 7676 0331

B 7676 0341

B 7676 0351

B 7676 0361

B 7676 0371

B 7676 0381

B 7676 0393

B 7676 0302

B 7676 0312

B 7676 0322

B 7676 0332

B 7676 0342

B 7676 0352

B 7676 0362

B 7676 0372

B 7676 0382

B 7676 0394

B 7676 0303

B 7676 0313

B 7676 0323

B 7676 0333

B 7676 0343

B 7676 0353

B 7676 0363

B 7676 0373

B 7676 0383

25 30 35 40 45 LO

B 7676 0395

B 7676 0304

B 7676 0314

B 7676 0324

B 7676 0334

B 7676 0344

B 7676 0354

B 7676 0364

B 7676 0374

B 7676 0384

B 7676 0396

B 7676 0305

B 7676 0315

B 7676 0325

B 7676 0335

B 7676 0345

B 7676 0355

B 7676 0365

B 7676 0375

B 7676 0385

B 7676 0397

B 7676 0306

B 7676 0316

B 7676 0326

B 7676 0336

B 7676 0346

B 7676 0356

B 7676 0366

B 7676 0376

B 7676 0386

B 7676 0398

B 7676 0307

B 7676 0317

B 7676 0327

B 7676 0337

B 7676 0347

B 7676 0357

B 7676 0367

B 7676 0377

B 7676 0387

B 7676 0399

B 7676 0308

B 7676 0318

B 7676 0328

B 7676 0338

B 7676 0348

B 7676 0358

B 7676 0368

B 7676 0378

B 7676 0388

50 55 60 65 70

Page 242: Door Hardware

61

Fixing accessories

Steel fixing screws

Specification clause

Fixing screws for BKS fittings consisting of:

Phillips countersunk-head screw M5 according to ISO 7046, galvanized and chrome-plated iron

Door thickness:.................... Screw length:....................

Stainless steel fixing screws

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Dimensions Door thickness Description

Description

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Countersunk screw

Dimensions

M5 x 40

M5 x 50

M5 x 60

M5 x 70

M5 x 80

M5 x 90

M5 x 100

Door thickness

37 – 47

47 – 57

57 – 67

67 – 77

77 – 87

87 – 97

97 – 107

Description

B 7660 0100

B 7660 0101

B 7660 0102

B 7660 0103

B 7660 0104

B 7660 0105

B 7660 0106

Description

M5 x 35

M5 x 40

M5 x 50

M5 x 60

M5 x 70

M5 x 80

M5 x 90

M5 x 100

37 – 42

42 – 52

52 – 62

62 – 72

72 – 82

82 – 92

92 – 102

102 – 117

B 7660 0008

B 7660 0001

B 7660 0002

B 7660 0003

B 7660 0004

B 7660 0005

B 7660 0006

B 7660 0007

Specification clause

Fixing screws for BKS specialty stainless steel fittings with visible screw connections, consisting of:

Phillips countersunk-head screw M5 according to ISO 7046, stainless steel

Door thickness:.................... Screw length:....................

Mounting accessories for security fittings ES3

Description

Mounting accessories

Mounting accessories

Mounting accessories

Mounting accessories

Mounting accessories

Door thickness

39 – 54

54 – 69

69 – 84

84 – 94

94 – 114

Description

B 7660 0070

B 7660 0071

B 7660 0072

B 7660 0073

B 7660 0078

Consisting of screws + mounting tools. Spindles must be ordered separately!

Page 243: Door Hardware

62

Review

Panic and emergency exit devices were never clearly regulated by

product standards. Only “... easy opening, ... from the interior, ... at

the full width” was required in these codes. However, the important

term of “easy opening” was never described with reproducible

values. There was also no clear regulation as to how door fittings

must be designed, so that people would not injure themselves on

them. The interplay of various individual components was never

subjected to a real-life vandalism test. The customer was generally

left alone with problems in the assembly or in the interplay of pro-

ducts by various manufacturers. Most of the specifications came

from the area of fire protection and always required the appropriate

verification of suitability for fire-rated doors.

New uniform standards for the equipment of escape doors are

now valid in Europe. These standards describe in detailed test spe-

cifications how “easy opening” can be measured. Moreover, they

contain directives specifying the design and function of fittings.

An essential innovation: Lock, fitting and assembly accessories

are tested together and may only be used as a tested unit. Thanks

to practical tests such as vandalism tests and to single products

being made compatible with each other, the assembly of fittings is

simplified and their long-range function clearly improved. All new

products must be approved accordingly since 04/01/2003 and be

marked with a classification code along with the CE-marking. The

classification code indicates the range of approved applications

and makes it easy to verify the proper product combination during

a later building inspection.

The protection of people in buildings does not only play an impor-

tant role in the event of a fire, but also in panic situations that might

occur every day.

Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe

Present

Page 244: Door Hardware

63

Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe

Two types of escape doors – two new EU standards. Escape door

systems within the context of the new standards are divided into

emergency exit and panic exit devices.

This means that escape doors must be designed as panic exit

devices or as emergency exit devices depending on the respective

application.

Emergency exit devices according to EN 179 are designed for

buildings or building sections which are not open to the public, i.e.

where users are familiar with the function of the escape door.

They are suitable for all applications where public traffic may be

excluded. Secondary exits or doors in building sections frequented by

authorised persons only must also be equipped according to EN 179.

Application examples:

Private housing areas

Class rooms in schools

Administrative buildings of industrial concerns

not accessible to the public

Areas of event buildings not accessible to the public

Areas in airports, banks, shopping centres, etc.

not accessible to the public.

As operating elements this standard specifies lever handles or push

pads.

Recommended use:

Exit devices to EN 179 should be applied in areas where public

use may generally be excluded.

Recommended use:

If a later use of the building is not clearly defined at the

beginning of planning, panic exit devices to EN 1125

should preferably be installed.

This also applies to a modified use at a future time. Otherwise,

considerable retrofitting operations may become necessary.

Panic exit devices according to EN 1125 are used in public

buildings or building sections where visitors not familiar with the

function of the escape doors must be able to operate these without

instructions in the event of an emergency.

This specifically includes:

Hospitals

Escape routes in schools

Public administration

Events buildings

Airports

Shopping centres, etc.

As operating elements this standard specifies push bars or touch

bars reaching over the total width (or at least 60 %) of the door leaf.

Different locking systems for different fields of application

Page 245: Door Hardware

64

Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe

Easy opening of escape routes through panic exit devices

according to EN 1125

The exit device is checked for suitability in two different tests.

The first test is carried out without an initial load being applied to

the door leaf; the door must open automatically in the direction of

the escape route at a maximum operating force of 80 Newton. In the

second test carried out with an initial load of 1000 Newton applied

to the door leaf, the operating force must not exceed 220 Newton to

open the door. These values also apply to double leaf door units and

to exit devices which have additional locking elements such as ver-

tical rods or multipoint locks. As with EN 179, the locking systems

are subjected to a vandalism test and an operational durability

test with a permanent load of 25 Newton to prove their everyday

suitability.

Easy opening of escape routes through

emergency exit devices according to EN 179

These are tested at a maximum opening force of 70 Newton applied

vertically onto the lever handle. With all locking elements released,

the door must open in the direction of the escape route.

Little friction of the lever bearing and the smooth interplay of the

locking elements and the appropriate keepers in the door frame are

important here. Moreover, in order to prove their everyday suitability,

these locking systems are subjected to a vandalism test and an

operational durability test with a permanent load of 25 Newton.

Note:

Only the new standards EN 179 and EN 1125 provide a measu-

rable reference for the “easy opening” of escape doors.

Test 1: Door leaf without initial load

Test 2: Door leaf with an initial load of 1000 N

Main requirements for escape doors:

Doors in rescue routes must permit opening at all times

from the inside easily and at the full width.

Esacpe doors must open the escape route within

1 second with a hand movement without the use of a key

(EN 1125 / EN 179). Escape doors must open outwards.

Rescue routes must not be blocked.

Door fittings must be designed in a way that people‘s clothing

will not catch on them.

The open end of the lever must be designed in a way that it

points to the surface of the door leaf, in order to prevent

injuries (EN 179).

Page 246: Door Hardware

65

Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe

Escape routes must open in one movement

This means that on double leaf door units only full panic systems

are permitted providing the opening of both door leaves, even when

only the handle on the inactive leaf is operated. With the use of

G.U-BKS locks, this requirement can be fulfilled in any location

thanks to a choice of various panic functions for single and double

leaf door assemblies. Further extensive safety requirements may

be met with additional electromechanic options allowing for the

integration of intelligent escape door control and access control

systems. Mechanics and electronics are complemented here in one!

Escape doors must open outwards

This requirement is already known from various codes. It is incor-

porated in the new standards which specify locking systems for

outward opening escape doors exclusively. Escape door functions

“opening inward” known for special cases, cannot be permitted

according to EN 179 and EN 1125. With the use of push bars and

touch bars to EN 1125, this would not be logical after all.

Rescue routes must not be blocked

Any kind of impediment in the floor area – except for thresholds up

to a certain height – are not permitted. Human life is saved on freely

accessible escape routes only.

Fittings must be designed to prevent injury to people

With these standards, design variants are regulated for the first time.

The adequacy of particular fittings can be easily verified by means

of dimensioned graphics.

Graphic 1 shows the current requirements for lever handles accor-

ding to EN 179. Here, precise dimensions of the lever end inclined

toward the door leaf are missing among other specifications. Since

the design possibilities according to this graphic are limited to

U-shaped models, designs according to graphic 2 are planned for

the next updated issue of the standard. Current licenses, however,

already take this amendment into account; otherwise architects and

building contractors would not have the creative scope they desire,

and the manufacturers of fittings could offer only a very limited

range of lever handles.

Graphic 2

Graphic 1

Page 247: Door Hardware

66

CE marking symbol

Identification no. of the certification body + no. of the EC certificate of conformity

Number and year of this European Standard

Category of use: Grade 3 = high frequency applications

DIN EN 1125; 2008

0432 BPR 0002 2008

BKS GmbH Heidestr. 71 D-42549 Velberrt

Durability:

Active leaf grade 7 = 200.000 cycles

Inactive leaf grade 6 = 100.000 cycles

Door mass: Grade 5 = up to 100 kg

Grade 6 = up to 200 kg

Grade 7 = up to 200 kg

Grade 0 = not approved for use on fire/smoke doors

Grade A = approved for smoke doors

Grade B = approved for fire/smoke doors

Suitability

for use on fire/

smoke doors:

Manufacturer + address

Year in which the

marking was applied

Type of horizontal bar operation:

Type A = push bar Type B = touch bar

Projection of horizontal bar:

Grade 1 = large projection

Grade 2 = standard projection

Security (burglary protection):Grade 2 = minimum specification, the only one to be used

Corrosion resistance:

Grade 3 = high resistance

Grade 4 = very high resistance

Safety:

Grade 1 = top grade, the only one to be used

Field of door application:

Category A: single door, double door*

Category B: single door only

Category C: double door**

* active or inactive leaf of double door ** inactive leaf only

Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe

Locks and fittings must be provided with test identification codes

(DO numbers) and with the required CE-marking.

This allows a locking system to be identified as approved during

assembly and fincal acceptance.

We are aware that our product range is very extensive due to the

numerous situations in buildings. For this reason, we have deve-

loped logos with which we additionally mark our products. For

the sake of clarity, partners of G.U-BKS also use these logos, thus

enabling you to combine solutions from different catalogues to meet

your individual requirements.

CE Marking

BKS locking systems have the following certification numbers:

DIN EN 179 = 0432 BPR 0003

DIN EN 1125 = 0432 BPR 0002

The first purpose of CE marking is to simplify the movement of

goods within the EC. Another purpose is to indicate the approved

product use by the classification code on the CE label.

Our locks are visibly marked on the forends with the label explained

below.

Many of them are approved for use in locking systems according

to EN 179 and EN 1125. Their approved use is recognisable by the

classification code on the label.

The field of application is to be taken from the respective product

description.

Page 248: Door Hardware

67

Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe

Fittings approved to EN 179

Various lever models are tested and approved for the use on con-

tract doors.

The illustrated models only represent a part of our programme. We

are continuously developing new products that correspond to the

requirements of our customers.

Upon special request, we can also design individual models for your

contract work which will conform to the requirements of EN 179.

Fittings approved to EN 1125

Only operational elements spanning the door width are approved

as fittings to 1125. Push bars or touch bars are such operational

elements.

The illustrated operational elements provide an overview of our

programme.

Thanks to a variety of finishes, it is possible to create a harmonious

appearance with regard to the fittings on other doors in the building.

Special fitting solutions for slim profiles to avoid material deforma-

tion and injury are also contained in our programme.

You can recognise BKS fittings by the test labels attached to the

bottom side of the mounting plates.

The appropriate BKS locks are marked visibly on the forend.

The table on the right shows which combinations are approved.

By means of the test labels it is possible to identify appropriate locks

and fittings in the event of separate delivery.

Note:

Approval and application as emergency exit device to EN 179

or panic exit device to EN 1125 are only possible in conjunction

with the appropriate EC conformity certificate.

RR-BELCANTO-P

RR-RONDO

Narrow stile doors

EMMAUS

BELCANTO-PRONDO

OFFICE

Timber and steel doors

BKS locks BKS fittings

Timber and steel doors

DO 5.0

DO 5.1

DO 9.2

DO 20.10.1

Narrow stile doors DO 9.1

DO 9.6

DO 20.10.2

SECURY DO 5.1

DO 9.1

DO 20.10.1

Touch bar with integral lock

Push rod, PVC

Push rod, stainless steel

Push rod, aluminium

Touch bar

Push bar with integral lock

Page 249: Door Hardware

68

Fittings

Control locks Square spindle

Floor socket

Vertical rods Screws

Latch plates Locks

Push bar

Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe

Locking systems as unit

Practical experiences in the combination of products by various

manufacturers have shown that not all combinations function

smoothly without an examination. For this reason, one of the essen-

tial features of the new requirements was defined:

Lock, fittings and accessories may only be tested, marked and

assembled as a unit.

The user as well as the planner thereby receive a guarantee that the

system was tested and approved for compatibility.

Extensive durability and manipulation tests guarantee a safe inter-

action of all components.

Page 250: Door Hardware

69

Approval and certification

Exit devices according to EN 179 and EN 1125 must only be

tested by notarized institutes (authorized in Europe). Here, we are

working together with the Material Testing Authority of North Rhine-

Westphalia (MPA/NRW) in Dortmund.

The additional outside supervision of the products is also performed

by MPA and is documented by the Ü-marking on the products.

Shipment according to EN 179 and EN 1125

The components of approved exit devices may be tendered sepa-

rately. Depending on the sales method, separate deliveries directly

to the location are also possible. The responsibility for the correct

composition and assembly is then given to the assembly company.

In this event, the door manufacturer and possibly participating dea-

lers are subject to reporting requirements.

Sales partners of the G.U Group are under the obligation to point

out the adherence to these specifications to their customers. These

partners are authorized to use the illustrated label.

Standardised operation throughout Europe

The operation of escape doors will be standardised in Europe in the

future. The protection of human life is placed above the protection

of property.

Both standards are generally implemented and valid in the EC.

In many countries the use of push rods or touch bars similar to

EN 1125 has been common practice for many years already.

Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe

Page 251: Door Hardware

70

Features of security fittings

1

2

3

4

5

Applications

The security fittings may be used on house or apartment entrance doors.

Depending on the product variant, contract fittings are also approved for fire control, smoke control, and escape doors.

Coming with different backplate widths, they are suitable for timber and steel doors, or narrow stile doors.

Creative design options

By combining various lever and knob models, it is possible to create fitting combi-

nations available as entrance set or as lever set.

Protection of the locking cylinder

The optional cylinder covering protects the

cylinder against being withdrawn or twisted

off forcibly. The plug security plate is

suitable for current key sizes.

Security backplate outside

Depending on the security grade, the outside backplate issecured

by hardened elements against manipulation by drilling.

Material options

Anodized or colour coated aluminium Stainless steel Titanium coating in brass appearance (ES3)

Attachment to the door

Through-fixing with rugged fastening elements guarantees the stable

attachment of the fittings and prevents them from being pried open.

Tested quality

Burglary inhibition according to DIN 18257 Suitability for fire control, smoke control and escape doors to DIN 18273 Manufacture and internal quality control according to EN ISO 9001 External quality control by the Material Testing Authority of

North Rhine-Westphalia (MPA/NRW)

Page 252: Door Hardware

71

Classification of security fittings

Features of security fittings

Extra high burglary resistance class 3 to DIN 18257 (grade 4 security to EN 1906)

Strength of backplate: 5 kN (20 kN)

Maximum flexion of backplate: 2 mm (5 mm)

Tensile strength of fastening elements: (30 kN)

Maximum deformation of fastening: (5 mm)

Drilling resistance of outside backplate: the entire plate surface must be secured

(30 s on randomly selected point over the entire plate surface).

Tensile strength of cylinder cover: 20 kN (20kN)

Chisel test resistance: 12 (12) blows

EN 1906 values in parentheses

High burglary resistance class 2 to DIN 18257 (grade 3 security to EN 1906)

Strength of backplate: not required (15 kN)

Maximum flexion of backplate: not required (5 mm)

Tensile strength of fastening elements: (20 kN)

Maximum deformation of fastening: (5 mm)

Drilling resistance of outside backplate: partial area around locking cylinder must be secured

(30 s on randomly selected point).

Tensile strength of cylinder cover: 17 kN (15kN)

Chisel test resistance: 6 (6) blows

EN 1906 values in parentheses

Moderate burglary resistance class 1 to DIN 18257 (grade 2 security to EN 1906)

Strength of backplate: not required (10 kN)

Maximum flexion of backplate: not required (5 mm)

Tensile strength of fastening elements: (15 kN)

Maximum deformation of fastening: (5 mm)

Drilling resistance of outside backplate: partial area around locking cylinder must be secured

(30 s on randomly selected point).

Tensile strength of cylinder cover: 15 kN (10kN)

Chisel test resistance: 3 (3) blows

EN 1906 values in parentheses

Mild burglary resistance class 0 to DIN 18257 (grade 1 security to EN 1906)

Strength of backplate: (7 kN)

Maximum deformation of fastening: (5 mm)

Tensile strength of fastening elements: (10 kN)

Maximum deformation of fastening: (5 mm)

Drilling resistance of outside backplate: (not provided)

Tensile strength of cylinder cover: (not provided)

Chisel test resistance: (not provided)

EN 1906 values in parentheses

Page 253: Door Hardware

72

Features of contract fittings

1

2

3

4

Applications

The contract (heavy-duty) fitting range was developed for the sophisticated demands of contract work. Thanks to its modular design, it

provides for a multitude of applications.

Depending on the product variant, contract fittings are also approved for fire control, smoke control, and escape doors.

Coming with different backplate widths, they are suitable for timber and steel doors, or narrow stile doors.

Creative design options

By combining various lever and knob models, it is possible to create fitting

combinations available as entrance set or as lever set.

Contract fittings with BKS bearing technology

Attachment to the door

Through-fixing with rugged fastening elements

guarantees the stable attachment of the fittings.

Tested quality

Suitability for fire control, smoke control and escape doors to DIN 18273 Burglary inhibition according to DIN 18257 – class 3 Manufacture and internal quality control according to EN ISO 9001 External quality control by the Material Testing Authority of

North Rhine-Westphalia (MPA/NRW)

Material options

Anodized or colour coated aluminium Stainless steel Titanium coating in brass appearance (ES3)

Features and advantages:

– Compensation of latching inaccuracies

– Maintenance-free operation

– Minimised friction losses

– Fixed backplate with friction washer

– Smooth and noiseless lever operation

Page 254: Door Hardware

73

Features of contract fittings

Mounting advice for push bars

BKS locks and BKS fittings are perfectly compatible with each other; if appropriately assembled, they comply with the high requirements of

the respective standards and regulations.

Through-fixing and twofold spindle fixture – where possible – enable the fittings to resist against high operational forces which may occur

in the event of an emergency.

Especially on 2-leaf narrow stile escape doors is it essential that the fittings should be attached securely. Where through-fixing is not

possible, it is necessary that additional fastening elements such as, e.g., clinch nuts are used to provide for appropriate fitting attachment.

For safe and durable functioning of the fittings we recommend assembly according to the examples below.

Mounting advice for touch bars

Page 255: Door Hardware

74

Materials and finishes

Aluminium

Stainless steel

BKS only use high-quality aluminium alloys for their fitting programme.

A variety of finishes and colours provides for versatile creative possibilities.

The manufacture of such products is very sophisticated, minimal colour deviations are therefore possible.

Our stainless steel fittings are manufactured from material 1.4301 according to DIN 17440.

This material features excellent application properties and is increasingly used on windows and doors.

Anodised finishes Standard colours, powder-coated

Special colours, powder-coated

Golden yellow

RAL 9016

F1 natural

anodised colour

F2 champaign

colour

Finishes

Stainless steel

matt brushed

Brass

Our high-quality fittings with brass appearance are

manufactured from stainsless steel and coated with

titanium (PVD). They distinguish themselves by out-

standing corrosion and abrasion resistance and

require little maintenance only.

Finishes

Brass appearance

Stainless steel

polished

White

RAL 9016

Ruby red

RAL 3003Dark red

RAL 3007

Ultramarine

RAL 5002Sapphire blue

RAL 5003

Mint green

RAL 6029

Dark green

RAL 6012

Brown-olive

RAL 6022Dark brown

RAL 8022

Deep black

RAL 9005

Agate grey

RAL 7038

Dark bronze

UC5

Silver colour

Painted finish

Page 256: Door Hardware

75

left right

Door handing

Product advice

Door fittings should always be fixed from inside. The DIN direction must be specified for asymmetrical levers and backplate forms.

Direction of lever handle

Risk of injury

With narrow stile doors it is important to ensure that suitable

fittings are used.

Lever handles should always be cranked to prevent injuries as

the door is operated.

Boreholes

72

/92

72

/92

74

/94

74

/90

72

/92

CC =cylinder cover CH-RC =Swiss round cylinder RC =round cylinder WVPC

pointing to the left pointing to the right

DIN left

Hinges on the left – visible

DIN right

Hinges on the right – visible

Page 257: Door Hardware

76

According to the defined manufacturer's liability described in the German

"Product Liability Act", the following information regarding locks and fittings

should be observed.

Non-compliance excempts the manufacturer of his liability.

1. Product information and use as directed

A lock generally has the function to lock and block a door. Simple lock designs

serve only to shut the door. This means that a door is kept closed so that it cannot

be opened by pulling or pushing, but may be opened by a simple method, such as

by moving a lever handle. The lock latch – generally called latch – serves as lock.

Securing the closed door by blocking at least one deadbolt or latchbolt (= dead-

bolting latch) which meshes into the appropriate recess of the jamb, respectively

the latch plate, is called blocking.

The deadbolt must be blocked in extended position against being pushed back.

Moreover, door opening must be efficiently impeded unless the appropriate key

is used.

A lock must only be blocked with the door in closed position.

Cylinder attachment screws not matching with the backset dimension of the lock

must be cut to length (BKS delivers the appropriate screw length if the backset

is specified in the order).

A mortise lock is a lock which is inserted into a recess in the door leaf (lock

pocket) and fixed with screws.

The following must be observed to ensure use as directed :

– Locks, latch plates, door fittings, attaching elements and locking cylinders must

be selected to be compatible with each other.

The current state of technology must be applied for proper installation,

maintenance and possible replacement. This is documented in standards related

to these products and in the manufacturers' catalogues and instructions.

With locks for escape doors or special locks, the simultaneous operation of key

and fitting, e.g., a lever handle, is usually not allowed.

Locks for escape doors or special locks may only be combined with locking cylin-

ders with turn knob, if this is agreed with the lock manufacturer by contract. For

it is generally assumed that only the owners of the keys have the right to operate

the lock, and the activation of a lock through a knob cylinder (i.e. without key) is

not considered to be a normal case.

Latch and deadbolt being returned simultaneously by the mere operation of the

lever handle is a special case which must not generally replace the standard key

operation for withdrawing the deadbolt.

Locking cylinders may only be installed in locks without any reservation if they

comply with a dimensional standard (e.g. DIN 18252), and if the locks in turn are

explicitly designed for cylinders to this standard.

In all other cases, the manufacturer, dealer, fabricator or consumer of such locks

has to ensure that the locking cylinders he has selected are suitable for the

intended use.

It is necessary that legal regulations and manufacturer's instructions should be

observed. For example, no locking cylinders with knob, turn or similar handle may

be installed in panic locks.

General terms, unless explained on catalogue pages, in brochures, price lists or

on the internet are defined in the standards relevant for these products (such as

EN 179, EN 1125, EN 1303, EN 1906, EN 12209). Deviations from the particular

relevant standard must be specified in the order.

2. Incorrect use

Incorrect use – meaning not used as specified – of locks is when, e.g.,

– the flawless use is prevented by inserting foreign objects into the lock or into

the latch plate.

– the lock or the latch plate are attacked in such a way on the outside or inside

that their construction or function are affected.

– the deadbolt is extended to prevent the door from closing

– the function of the locking elements is blocked as a result of improper assembly

or subsequent treatment, e.g., painting.

– a load is put on the lever handle exceeding the normal force applied by hand.

– unsuitable, such as dimensionally deviating, or the wrong keys are used

– the specified door gap changes as a result of hinge re-adjustments or uninten-

ded lowering of the door.

– a double door is opened by the passive leaf although not designed and approved

for this feature.

– objects or extremities are put between the door leaf and the jamb as the door

closes.

– activating the lever and the key simultaneously.

3. Product performance

Unless described in our catalogues, brochures or performance specifications,

technical requirements must be agreed with us.

The relevant standards serve as guidelines (for example, EN 179, EN 1125, EN

1303, EN 1906, EN 12209).

Basic requirements and additional requirements are defined in these standards.

The serviceability of locks also depends on the operating frequency, operating

method, environmental effects and maintenance.

Lock, latch plate, door fittings, locking cylinder and keys must be replaced as

soon as problems occur despite proper maintenance.

This also applies to attempts to forcefully overcome locks and their accessories

(burglary attempts).

4. Product maintenance

Locks must be lubricated with suitable lubricants at least once a year or more

frequently depending on the wear. Door fittings, latch plate and locking cylinder

must be checked for their proper condition and tight attachment. Only cleaning

agents not containing corrosive ingredients may be used.

5. Information and instruction duties

In order to comply with the informational and instructional duties prescribed by

the German Product Liability Act, the following documents and services are made

available to specialist dealers, locksmiths, architects, planners, fabricators and

end users upon request :

– catalogues, brochures

– specification clauses, quotation documents, key combination records

– the relevant standards serving as guidelines, for example, EN 179, EN 1125,

EN 1303, EN 1906, EN 12209.

– Instructions for installation, operation and maintenance

For the selection, installation, operation, and maintenance of locks and fittings,

– architects and planners should consider to request and observe all required

product information from us.

– specialist dealers must consider to observe product information and reference

in the price lists and specifically request all necessary instructions from us and

to forward these to the fabricators.

– fabricators must consider to observe all product information and specifically

request operating and maintenance instructions from us and to forward these

to contractors and consumers.

Product information regarding fittings

Page 258: Door Hardware

77

Product information regarding locks and fittings

Important advice regarding

the use of BKS locks and fittings :

1. Do not make drillings on the door leaf with the lock

installed.

2. Do not hit the square through the follower by force.

5. Do not paint over deadbolt and latch.4. The distance between the lock forend and the latch

plate should range between 2 and 5 mm.

3. Do not carry the door leaf by the handle.

Page 259: Door Hardware

78

Product information regarding locks and fittings

8. The deadbolt must not be thrown with the door

open.

9. Do not operate handle and key at the same time.

gleichzeitig betätigt werden.

10. Emergency exit devices must not be left with the

key inserted.

11. Panic or emergency exit devices must not be fitted with

cylinders having a knob or a turn.

Exception: self-locking locks of series 19xx and 21xx.

Attention: Push bars might interfere with the knob or turn!

6. The handle must be loaded in rotational direction only.

The maximum force allowed is 150 N.

7. Do not manipulate the lock with foreign objects.

Operate it with the appropriate key only

Page 260: Door Hardware

79

Product information regarding locks and fittings

Exclusion of liability

BKS products are permanently adapted and developed to meet the growing demands of the market. We also reserve

the right to make changes serving to advance the state of the art.

Further reasons for modification may be:

– global technical development

– alterations in the product range

– adaptation to changed laws and technical standards

The present catalogue was compiled with the greatest possible care. Nevertheless, we ask for your understanding

that we take no responsibility for possible mistakes with regard to presentation and description of the products.

Thank you.

12. Exit devices not corresponding to EN 179 or EN 1125 are

not suitable for frequent use and should only be operated

in the event of an emergency.

13. Double leaf doors without double-sided panic function

(full panic function) may not be forced open by the

passive leaf.

14. If there is any evidence of violence, the lock must be

replaced immediately.

15. Lubricate locks with non-resinous oil at least once a year.

1 x year

Page 261: Door Hardware

80

Relevant standards

DIN 107

Definition of DIN left and DIN right in the building and construction

industry

DIN 1080, Part 1

Terms, symbols and units in civil engineering, basics

DIN 4102, parts 5 + 18

Part 5: Fire performance of building materials and building components;

fire-resistant closures, closures in elevator shaft walls fire-

resistant glazing

Part 18: Fire behaviour of building materials and components; fire

protection closures; attestation of the quality 'self-locking'

(continuous operation test)

DIN 18055

Windows; joint impermeability, resistance to driving rain and to

mechanical stress; specifications and tests

DIN 18082, Parts 1 + 3

Part 1: Fire-resistant closures, steel doors T30-1, type A

Part 3: Fire-resistant closures, steel doors T30-1, Type B

DIN 18095, parts 1 + 2

Part 1: Doors; smoke control doors; terms and requirements

Part 2: Doors; smoke control doors; type testing for durability

and tightness

DIN 18100

Doors; wall openings for doors; dimensions to DIN 4172

DIN 18101

Doors; doors for residential construction; door leaf dimensions, position

of lock and hinges; interrelationship between dimensions

DIN 18111, part 1

Door frames, steel frames, standard frames for rebated doors

DIN 18250

Mortise locks for fire-resistant closures

DIN 18251

Locks; Mortise locks for doors

DIN 18252

Locking cylinders for door locks; terms, descriptions

DIN 18255

Building hardware; lever handles, backplates and rosettes – terms,

dimensions, requirements

DIN 18257

Building hardware; security fittings – terms, dimensions, requirements,

tests and markings

DIN 18273

Building hardware; lever handle sets for fire control doors and smoke

control doors – terms, dimensions, requirements and tests

DIN 18357

VOB (German Construction Contract Procedures), part C: General technical

contractual requirements, building hardware

DIN 18361

VOB (German Construction Contract Procedures), part C: General technical

contractual requirements, glazing

DIN 68706, part 1

Interior doors of timber and timber materials, plywood doors, terms,

perferential dimensions, structural features

EN 179

Building hardware. Emergency exit devices operated by a lever handle

or push pad, for use on escape routes

EN 1125

Building hardware. Panic exit devices operated by a horizontal bar,

for use on escape routes

EN 1154

Building hardware. Controlled door closing devices

EN 1303

Building hardware. Cylinders for locks. Requirements and test methods

ENV 1627

Windows, doors, shutters. Burglar resistance. Requirements and classi-

fication

ENV 1628

Windows, doors, shutters. Burglar resistance. Test method for the

determination of resistance under static loading

ENV 1629

Windows, doors, shutters. Burglar resistance. Test method for determina-

tion of resistance under dynamic loading

ENV 1630

Windows, doors, shutters. Burglar resistance. Test method for the

determination of resistance to manual burglary attempts

EN 1634, parts 1 + 3

Fire resistance tests for door and shutter assemblies

Part 1: Fire control doors and shutters

Part 3: Smoke control doors and shutters

EN 1906

Building hardware. Lever handles and knob furniture. Requirements and

test methods

The most important (European) standards concerning doors and door-related products are:

Page 262: Door Hardware

81

Quality

The constant high quality of all operational sequences at BKS is guaranteed by the application of a Quality Assurance System

to EN ISO 9001.

This is the highest quality standard in Europe, not only for production but also for other company divisions such as development, order

processing or after-sales service etc.

BKS applies this standard to all product areas (locking cylinders, door locks, fittings, electronics and door closers).

The extensive G.U-BKS range is designed to bear high stress loads and oriented towards compatibility among its products.

A high level of quality, reliability and durability of door units can only be guaranteed with a system of compatible products which G.U-BKS

is capable to offer thanks to the unequalled diversity of the Group's product range.

Product quality and compliance with various standards and regulations are documented in test results and approvals,

copies of which are available on request.

Page 263: Door Hardware

82

70 – 71

54 – 55

58 – 59

50 – 51

30 – 31

36 – 37

75

58

48 – 49

62 – 69

60

74

70 – 71

72

42 – 43

24 – 25

16 – 19

12 – 15

44 – 45

26 – 29

46 – 47

20 – 23

8 – 11

73

80

50 – 51

76 – 79

81

61

32 – 35

58 – 60

52 – 53

75

59

........................................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Security fittings, features and requirements

Architects range

Fixing accessories

Floor-mounted door stops

Wide backplate set

Touch bar

Direction of lever handle

Spindles

Stainless steel window handles

Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe

Divided spindles for escape door fittings

Materials and finishes

Features of security fittings

Features of contract fittings

Lever model ANDANTE

Lever model BAUHAUS

Lever model BELCANTO

Lever model BELCANTO-Panic

Lever model CRESCENDO

Lever model EMMAUS

Lever model FORTE

Lever model OFFICE

Lever model RONDO

Mounting advice for fittings

Standards

Pictograms

Product information/product liability

Quality control

Screws

Push bars

Spindles

Door holder

Door handing

Threaded spindles

Page 264: Door Hardware

WP02014-04-2-1 12/2009 Printed in Germany

Gretsch-Unitas GmbHBaubeschlägeJohann-Maus-Str. 3D-71254 DitzingenPhone + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-0Fax + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-2 93

BKS GmbHHeidestr. 71D-42549 VelbertPhone + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-0Fax + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-4 31

www.g-u.com

Page 265: Door Hardware

New locking functions for glass doors BKS lock technology goes glass

Locks and Fittings for Toughened Glass Assemblies

Lock series PRIME OFFICE

Page 266: Door Hardware
Page 267: Door Hardware

3

Standard variants in heavy duty qualityPRIME OFFICE 0515 · Pages 6 – 8

BKS locking skills applied on glassGlass door lock series PRIME OFFICE · Pages 4 – 5

Contents

Strike boxes for single and double action swing doorsPage 12

Door fi ttingsPage 13

Self-locking panic locks for escape doors to EN 179PRIME OFFICE Series 21 · Pages 9 – 11

Technical detailsLock dimensions, glass preparation and cutting dimensions · Pages 14 – 15

Glass Door Locks PRIME OFFICE

Contents

Page 268: Door Hardware

4

Glass Door Locks

Series PRIME OFFICE – BKS locking skills applied on glass

New functionalities on glass doors –

with PRIME OFFICE glass door locks

Banks and insurance offices

Office and administrative buildings

Glass as building material has gained in importance not only for windows and façades but also for in-terior architecture. The trend for glass, especially in building interiors, is supported by enhanced product functionalities and versatile design options.

With the lock series PRIME OFFICE, the group of com-panies Gretsch-Unitas have developed a product line exclusively for this building material.

Lock variant Application example

PRIME OFFICE 0515-PZ, for profi le cylinder

PRIME OFFICE 0515-BB, warded

PRIME OFFICE 0515-Bad/WC, bathroom

Standard application depending on lock insert.

PRIME OFFICE 2110

– Panic function B (shift function)

– Self-locking latchbolt lock

All-glass door assemblies, e.g., entrance to an offi ce

or surgery. The outside handle can be engaged and

disengaged (function B).

PRIME OFFICE 2112

– Panic function C

(forced locking function)

– Self-locking latchbolt lock

All-glass door integrated in a sliding partition system,

e.g. entrance to an EDP room. The door can be opened

by key. By turning the key to the limit in opening direc-

tion, the follower is coupled and the door can be opened

by handle. Upon removing the key, the outside handle is

switched to idling again (function C).

PRIME OFFICE 2116

– Panic function E (latch lever function)

– Self-locking latchbolt lock

All-glass door with fi xed knob on the outside; opening

from outside by key (function E).

Performance features

Tried and trusted BKS mortise lock technology

Consistency within the lock range in terms of technical

design and style

Standard applications including warded key and bath-

room variants

Self-locking glass door panic locks offering various

functional features

Combination with mechatronic locking systems

Multifunctional doors realised in glass

Finish: stainless steel

Compatible among each other functionally and vi-sually, the locks of the PRIME OFFICE range allow for sophisticated applications on glass doors. With the tried and tested BKS lock technology having been brought onto glass, there are completely new options for the use of toughened glass doors and door assemblies which have not been thought pos-sible before.

Opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.

Page 269: Door Hardware

5

1

23

4

Airports, railway stations

Hotels Hospitals, care homes

Nurseries, schools,universities

Shopping centres Stadiums,sporting facilities

Things to be considered when ordering

1 Lock variants

PRIME OFFICE 0515

PRIME OFFICE Series 21

Page

6 – 11

2 Strike boxes

PRIME OFFICE

Page

12

3 Door fi ttings

RONDO

BELCANTO / BELCANTO-Panik

Page

13

4 Profi le cylinders

Profi le cylinder lengths

Page

14

Page 270: Door Hardware

6

PRIME OFFICE 0515 – Single action swing doors

Standard variants in heavy duty quality

PRIME OFFICE 0515 DIN lh DIN rh

Cylinder lock

prepared for profi le cylinder*K-17818-43-L-8H K-17818-43-R-8H

Cylinder lock

prepared for profi le cylinder*

with profi le cylinder rosette

K-17818-45-L-8H K-17818-45-R-8H

Warded lock K-17818-42-L-8H K-17818-42-R-8H

Bathroom lock

with rosetteK-17818-46-L-8H K-17818-46-R-8H

Cylinder lock

prepared for

Swiss round cylinder*

with round cylinder rosette

K-17818-47-L-8H K-17818-47-R-8H

Variants / Order numbers

* Appropriate profi le cylinders can be found in our “Locking cylinders performance catalogue” and in the brochure “Round cylinder series 45 janus”.

Page 271: Door Hardware

7

PRIME OFFICE 0515 DIN lh DIN rh

Deadbolt lock

prepared for profi le cylinder*K-17818-03-L-8H K-17818-03-R-8H

Deadbolt lock

prepared for profi le cylinder*

with profi le cylinder rosette

K-17818-05-L-8H K-17818-05-R-8H

Deadbolt lock

prepared for

Swiss round cylinder*

with round cylinder rosette

K-17818-07-L-8H K-17818-07-R-8H

Latch lock K-17818-51-L-8H K-17818-51-R-8H

PRIME OFFICE 0515 – Single action swing doors

Standard variants in heavy duty quality

Variants / Order numbers

* Appropriate profi le cylinders can be found in our “Locking cylinders performance catalogue” and in the brochure “Round cylinder series 45 janus”.

Page 272: Door Hardware

8

PRIME OFFICE 0515 – Single or double action swing doors

Standard variants in heavy duty quality

PRIME OFFICE 0515 DIN lh DIN rh

Deadbolt lock

prepared for profi le cylinder*K-17818-33-L-8H K-17818-33-R-8H

Deadbolt lock

prepared for profi le cylinder*

with profi le cylinder rosette

K-17818-35-L-8H K-17818-35-R-8H

Deadbolt lock

prepared for

Swiss round cylinder*

with round cylinder rosette

K-17818-37-L-8H K-17818-37-R-8H

Specifi cation clause

BKS PRIME OFFICE heavy duty lock for frequently used project doors,

tested to EN 12209; heavy duty quality according to DIN 18251 –

grade 3; deadbolt made from zinc diecast; steel-reinforced slide

bearing with synthetic, silenced 8 mm follower.

Exterior dimensions:

105 mm x 185 mm x 38 mm (W x H x D),

cover with rounded corners

Glass thickness:

Locks suited for 8/10/12 mm thick toughened safety glass and rebate

depths of 24/26/28 mm, respectively.

Socket for lever handle:

For handles with rosette, fi xing pin centres 38 mm.

Variants / Order numbers

* Appropriate profi le cylinders can be found in our “Locking cylinders performance catalogue” and in the brochure “Round cylinder series 45 janus”.

Page 273: Door Hardware

9

PRIME OFFICE Series 21 – Single action swing doors

Self-locking panic locks 2110 for escape doors to EN 179

Shift function B

PRIME OFFICE 2110 DIN lh DIN rh

Cylinder lock

prepared for profi le cylinder*K-17819-53-L-8H K-17819-53-R-8H

Cylinder lock

prepared for profi le cylinder*

with profi le cylinder rosette

K-17819-55-L-8H K-17819-55-R-8H

Cylinder lock

prepared for

Swiss round cylinder*

with round cylinder rosette

K-17819-57-L-8H K-17819-57-R-8H

Variants / Order numbers

Specifi cation clause

Self-locking panic lock from series 21 for frequently used project

doors; tested to EN 12209; approved to EN 179 (emergency exit de-

vices) – grade 4; prepared for lever handles with rosette, follower

9 mm; with automatic latchbolt and integral trigger lever (self-locking

feature), latchbolt ejection 18.5 mm in locked position.

Exterior dimensions:

105 mm x 185 mm x 38 mm (W x H x D),

cover with rounded corners

Glass thickness:

Locks suited for 8/10/12 mm thick toughened safety glass and rebate

depths of 24/26/28 mm, respectively.

Socket for lever handle:

For handles with rosette, fi xing pin centres 38 mm.

Functional description

Shift function B

Actuation from inside

Opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.

Normal position: outside handle engaged

Passage possible from both sides by operating the handle.

Shift position: outside handle disengaged

Outside handle idling due to follower being uncoupled. Door can only

be opened by operating the key to engage the handle (normal posi-

tion). Afterwards the follower can be put to idling again (shift position)

by key.

* Appropriate profi le cylinders can be found in our “Locking cylinders performance catalogue” and in the brochure “Round cylinder series 45 janus”.

Page 274: Door Hardware

10

PRIME OFFICE Series 21 – Single action swing doors

Self-locking panic locks 2112 for escape doors to EN 179

Forced locking function C

PRIME OFFICE 2112 DIN lh DIN rh

Cylinder lock

prepared for profi le cylinder*K-17820-53-L-8H K-17820-53-R-8H

Cylinder lock

prepared for profi le cylinder*

with profi le cylinder rosette

K-17820-55-L-8H K-17820-55-R-8H

Cylinder lock

prepared for

Swiss round cylinder*

with round cylinder rosette

K-17820-57-L-8H K-17820-57-R-8H

Variants / Order numbers

Specifi cation clause

Self-locking panic lock from series 21 for frequently used project

doors; tested to EN 12209; approved to EN 179 (emergency exit de-

vices) – grade 4; prepared for lever handles with rosette, follower

9 mm; with automatic latchbolt and integral trigger lever (self-locking

feature), latchbolt ejection 18.5 mm in locked position.

Exterior dimensions:

105 mm x 185 mm x 38 mm (W x H x D),

cover with rounded corners

Glass thickness:

Locks suited for 8/10/12 mm thick toughened safety glass and rebate

depths of 24/26/28 mm, respectively.

Socket for lever handle:

For handles with rosette, fi xing pin centres 38 mm.

Functional description

Forced locking function C

Actuation from inside

Opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.

Actuation from outside

Outside handle idling due to follower being uncoupled. The door can

only be opened by holding the key in end stop position. Upon remo-

ving the key, the outside handle is switched to idling again.

* Appropriate profi le cylinders can be found in our “Locking cylinders performance catalogue” and in the brochure “Round cylinder series 45 janus”.

Page 275: Door Hardware

11

PRIME OFFICE Series 21 – Single action swing doors

Self-locking panic locks 2116 for escape doors to EN 179

Latch lever function E

PRIME OFFICE 2116 DIN lh DIN rh

Cylinder lock

prepared for profi le cylinder*K-17821-53-L-8H K-17821-53-R-8H

Cylinder lock

prepared for profi le cylinder*

with profi le cylinder rosette

K-17821-55-L-8H K-17821-55-R-8H

Cylinder lock

prepared for

Swiss round cylinder*

with round cylinder rosette

K-17821-57-L-8H K-17821-57-R-8H

Variants / Order numbers

Specifi cation clause

Self-locking panic lock from series 21 for frequently used project

doors; tested to EN 12209; approved to EN 179 (emergency exit de-

vices) – grade 4; prepared for lever handles with rosette, follower

9 mm; with automatic latchbolt and integral trigger lever (self-locking

feature), latchbolt ejection 18.5 mm in locked position.

Exterior dimensions:

105 mm x 185 mm x 38 mm (W x H x D),

cover with rounded corners

Glass thickness:

Locks suited for 8/10/12 mm thick toughened safety glass and rebate

depths of 24/26/28 mm, respectively.

Socket for lever handle:

For handles with rosette, fi xing pin centres 38 mm.

Functional description

Latch lever function E

Actuation from inside

Opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.

Actuation from outside

Fixed knob; the door is opened by key (the automatic latchbolt is re-

tracted through the actuated latch lever).

* Appropriate profi le cylinders can be found in our “Locking cylinders performance catalogue” and in the brochure “Round cylinder series 45 janus”.

Page 276: Door Hardware

12

PRIME OFFICE 0515 / Series 21

Strike boxes for single and double action swing doors

Strike boxes for single action swing doors DIN lh * DIN rh **

Strike box

for latch locks / deadbolt locks

PRIME OFFICE 0515

K-17822-71-L-8H K-17822-71-R-8H

Strike box

for latch locks

PRIME OFFICE 0515 /

PRIME OFFICE Series 21

K-17822-81-L-8H K-17822-81-R-8H

Strike box

for deadbolt locks

PRIME OFFICE 0515

K-17822-91-L-8H K-17822-91-R-8H

Strike box for double action swing doors DIN lh * DIN rh **

Strike box

for deadbolt locks

PRIME OFFICE 0515

K-17822-61-L-8H K-17822-61-R-8H

Variants / Order numbers

Specifi cation clause

Strike box for PRIME OFFICE 0515 and PRIIME OFFICE Series 21, for

single and double action swing doors.

Exterior dimensions:

105 mm x 185 mm x 38 mm (W x H x D),

cover with rounded corners

Glass thickness:

Strike boxes suited for 8/10/12 mm thick toughened safety glass.

* DIN rh lock on active leaf requires DIN lh strike box.** DIN lh lock on active leaf requires DIN rh strike box.

Page 277: Door Hardware

13

PRIME OFFICE 0515 / Series 21

Door fittings

Variants / Order numbers

PRIME OFFICE 0515 Lever model Type of set Spindle Order number

RONDO Lever set 8 mm B 7050 6141

RONDO Entrance set 8 mm B 7073 6141

BELCANTO Lever set 8 mm B 7060 6141

BELCANTO Entrance set 8 mm B 7081 6141

Variants / Order numbers

PRIME OFFICE Series 21 Lever model Type of set Spindle Order number

RONDO Lever set 9 mm B 7053 6141

RONDO Entrance set 9 mm B 7076 6141

BELCANTO-Panik Lever set 9 mm B 70BI 6141

BELCANTO-Panik Entrance set 9 mm B 70BL 6141

Specifi cation clause

G.U-BKS fi ttings for PRIME OFFICE 0515.

Heavy duty stainless steel fi ttings, rosette with 38 mm fi xing pin cen-

tres; with 8 mm square spindle and fi xings; fi xed rosette with friction

washer (BKS differential bearing).

Specifi cation clause

G.U-BKS fi ttings for PRIME OFFICE Series 21.

Heavy duty stainless steel fi ttings, rosette with 38 mm fi xing pin cen-

tres; with 9 mm square spindle and fi xings; fi xed rosette with friction

washer (BKS differential bearing).

Page 278: Door Hardware

14

PRIME OFFICE 0515 / Series 21

Technical details

185

80

1040 t

o bo

ttom

edg

e of

gla

ssD

BE

C

F

15

3.557

DB

E

90

C

A

G

Lock105

Strike box105

90 120

15

4

5757

214

A

PRIME OFFICE without profi le cylinder rosette

Glass

thickness

A [mm]

Lock

thickness

B [mm]

Minimum

recommended

cylinder length

C (HS+OHS)*

[mm]

Protrusion of cylinder Position

of latchbolt

F [mm]

Rebate

depth

G [mm]

Hinge side

D [mm]

Opposite

hinge side

E [mm]

8 38 54 (27+27) 13 3 21 24

10 40 54 (27+27) 13 1 23 26

12 42 58 (27+31) 13 3 25 28

PRIME OFFICE with profi le cylinder rosette

Glass

thickness

A [mm]

Lock

thickness

B [mm]

Minimum

recommended

cylinder length

C (HS+OHS)*

[mm]

Protrusion of cylinder Position

of latchbolt

F [mm]

Rebate

depth

G [mm]

Hinge side

D [mm]

Opposite

hinge side

E [mm]

8 38 62 (31+31) 0,5 0,5 21 24

10 40 66 (31+35) 0,5 2,5 23 26

12 42 66 (31+35) 0,5 0,5 25 28

Dimensions and cylinder lengths depending on glass thickness

* HS = Hinge side, OHS = Opposite hinge side

View and horizontal sections

Page 279: Door Hardware

15

R60

49

14

1.5

Countersunk screw

M4x6

Countersunk

screw

M4x6

Cover

(lock side)

Countersunk

screw

M6x30

Fixing plate

(lock side)

Glass door lock

Gasket

(lock side)

Adhesive film

Clamping plate

(opposite to lock side)

with gasket and glass

protector

Cover

(opposite to lock side)

PRIME OFFICE 0515 / Series 21

Technical details

Glass preparation details

57

80

ø 50

ø 50

1040 t

o bo

ttom

edg

e of

gla

ss

Mounting the lock to the glass pane

Strike plate designto EN 179 (recess for latch)

All undimensioned radii R = 1.5 mmStrike plate thickness t = min. 1.5 mm

Page 280: Door Hardware

WP00332-04-2-2 05/2010 Printed in Germanywww.g-u.com

BKS GmbHHeidestr. 71D-42549 VelbertPhone + 49 (0) 2051 2 01-0Fax + 49 (0) 2051 2 01-4 31

Gretsch-Unitas GmbHBaubeschlägeJohann-Maus-Str. 3D-71254 DitzingenPhone + 49 (0) 7156 3 01-0Fax + 49 (0) 7156 3 01-2 93

Page 281: Door Hardware

Fittings for toughened glass assemblies

Order Catalogue

WP00452-04-3-1 08/2007 Printed in Germany

Fitt

ing

s fo

r to

ug

hen

ed g

lass

ass

emb

lies

Ed

itio

n 0

8.2

00

7

Gretsch-Unitas GmbHBaubeschlägeJohann-Maus-Str. 3D-71254 DitzingenTel. + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-0Fax + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-2 93www.g-u.com

Edition 08.2007

Patch fi ttings for glass doors

Locks and strike boxes Accessories for all glass systems

Sliding wall systems Swing door drives Automatic sliding door systems

Curved sliding doors / Revolving doors

Door closers

Page 282: Door Hardware

3

Glass Door Fittings

Contents

1 Patch fittings for glass doors Page

Fittings for double-action swing doors 8

Overpanel fittings 9 – 15

Connectors 16 – 20

Glass preparation details 21 – 26

2 Locks and strike boxes Page

Centre locks 28 – 29

Corner locks 30

Glass preparation details 31

3 Accessories for all glass systems Page

Floor bearing, pivots, lock keeper plate, 34 – 37 floor sockets, fixing plate

4 Door closers Page

Overhead door closers 40 – 44

Floor springs 45 – 46

5 Sliding wall systems Page

All glass system shopMaster GSW-M 48 – 49

All glass system shopMaster GSW-A 50 – 51

6 Swing door drives Page

Swing door drive turnMaster 54 – 55

Underfloor drive swingMaster DTU 56 – 57

7 Automatic sliding door systems Page

Sliding door compactMaster CM and CM-F 60 – 61

Sliding door econoMaster EM 62 – 63

Telescopic sliding door compactMaster CMT and CMT-F 64 – 65

8 Curved sliding doors / Revolving doors Page

Curved sliding door compactMaster CMR and CMR-F 68 – 69

Standard revolving door GRA 70 – 71

All glass revolving door GGG 72 – 73

Large-capacity revolving door GGR / GGV 74 – 75

Security revolving door / Security curved sliding door GSI 76 – 77

Page 283: Door Hardware

4

Glass Door Fittings

Complete programmefor 10 or 12 mm glass thickness

FinishesThe fittings are available in various finishes :

Stainless steel matt

Stainless steel polished

Brass colour

Quality / Quality controlOur glass fittings are high-grade products. Their quality is constantly tested and controlled.

Glass preparationAny preparational work has to be carried out before the glass is tempered. Subsequent glass preparation on toughened safety glass is not possible.

The glass preparation details shown in the dimensioned drawings of this catalogue correspond to international standards.

Load capacityG.U-BKS fittings for glass doors and all glass systems are solidly processed and ideally suitable for high loads.

They are designed for a maximum door leaf weight of 100 kg and a width of 1100 mm.

Glass thicknessThe fittings are suitable for 10 mm or 12 mm toughened glass.

Product rangeApart from fittings for all glass systems, the door technology division of G.U-BKS offers a wide range of products including door automa-tion systems. All products of the programme are well coordinated among each other, thus providing solutions for any technical and appearance requirements.

Practical advice All patch fittings are lh/rh usable.

For reasons of burglary prevention, patch fittings should always be fixed from inside.

Page 284: Door Hardware

5

Glass Door Fittings

Complete programmefor 10 or 12 mm glass thickness

The G.U-BKS glass fitting range allows for versatile creative solutions.

On the following catalogue pages you can make your individual choice of fittings.

With each fitting type an overview of possible hardware combinati-ons is given as well as a cross reference to the corresponding glass preparation details.

Page 285: Door Hardware

6

Page 286: Door Hardware

7

Patch Fittings for Glass Doors

Thanks to G.U-BKS supplying all hardware components from one source, optimum compatibility and functionality are guaranteed.

Likewise, an appearance match of components is always ensured, be it in stainless steel finish – matt or polished – or in brass colour.

Page 287: Door Hardware

8

Patch Fittings for Glass Doors

Fittings for double-action swing doors – GB 10, GB 20for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness

Bottom patch GB 10 Applicable with : Floor spring and floor bearing 6115

Glass preparation details page 21

Top patch GB 20 Applicable with : Overpanel patches GB 30, GB 40, GB 41, GB 51

Top pivots 6118/9, 6124, 6129

Glass preparation details page 21

Description Finish PU Order no.

Bottom patch GB 10incl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00100-00-0-8HV-00100-00-0-8IV-00100-00-0-3R

Top patch GB 20incl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00101-00-0-8HV-00101-00-0-8IV-00101-00-0-3R

Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness(GB 10, GB 20, GB 30, GB 30/K)

1 pc. K-17419-12-0-0

Order references

Page 288: Door Hardware

9

Patch Fittings for Glass Doors

Fittings for overpanels – GB 30, GB 30/Kfor 10 or 12 mm glass thickness

Overpanel patch GB 30

with 15 mm pivot, prepared for wall fixing with threaded pin 6130 or fixing plate 6140 (see accessories)

Applicable with : Top patch GB 20

Glass preparation details page 21

Single overpanel strike box GB 30/K

prepared for wall fixing with threaded pin 6130 or fixing plate 6140 (see accessories)

Applicable with : Corner lock GS 50S

Glass preparation details page 21

Description Finish PU Order no.

Overpanel patch GB 30incl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00103-00-0-8HV-00103-00-0-8IV-00103-00-0-3R

Single overpanel strike box GB 30/Kincl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00104-00-0-8HV-00104-00-0-8IV-00104-00-0-3R

Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness(GB 10, GB 20, GB 30, GB 30/K)

1 pc. K-17419-12-0-0

Order references

Page 289: Door Hardware

10

Patch Fittings for Glass Doors

Fittings for overpanels – GB 40, GB 40/Kfor 10 or 12 mm glass thickness

Patch for overpanels and sidelight GB 40

with 15 mm pivot

Applicable with : Top patch GB 20

Glass preparation details page 21

Corner overpanel strike box GB 40/K Applicable with : Corner lock GS 50S

Glass preparation details page 21

Description Finish PU Order no.

Patch for overpanels and sidelight GB 40incl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00105-00-0-8HV-00105-00-0-8IV-00105-00-0-3R

Corner overpanel strike box GB 40/Kincl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00106-00-0-8HV-00106-00-0-8IV-00106-00-0-3R

Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness(GB 40, GB 40/K)

1 pc. K-17420-12-0-0

Order references

Page 290: Door Hardware

11

Patch Fittings for Glass Doors

Fittings for overpanels – GB 41for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness

Patch for overpanel and sidelights GB 41with fin fitting DIN left hand

with 15 mm pivot

Applicable with : Top patch GB 20

Patch for overpanel and sidelights GB 41with fin fitting DIN right hand

with 15 mm pivot

Applicable with : Top patch GB 20

Glass preparation details page 22

Glass preparation details page 22

Reinforcing glass panels for toughened glass assemblies and partition walls:

We recommend to use reinforcement glass panes for assemblies with overpanels exceeding the dimension of :

Empirical formula = W + H > 1400 mm

Recommended glass thickness = 12 mm

In order to ensure the safe and permanent operation of your glass assembly, we recommend that you consult your hardware/glass supplier already at the planning stage.

Reinforcing glass panels for toughened glass assemblies and partition walls:

We recommend to use reinforcement glass panes for assemblies with overpanels exceeding the dimension of :

Empirical formula = W + H > 1400 mm

Recommended glass thickness = 12 mm

In order to ensure the safe and permanent operation of your glass assembly, we recommend that you consult your hardware/glass supplier already at the planning stage.

Page 291: Door Hardware

12

Attention: Exterior view !

Description Finish PU Order no.

Patch for overpanel and sidelights GB 41, DIN lhincl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00107-00-L-8HV-00107-00-L-8IV-00107-00-L-3R

Patch for overpanel and sidelights GB 41, DIN rhincl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00107-00-R-8HV-00107-00-R-8IV-00107-00-R-3R

Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness(GB 41, GB 41/K)

1 pc. K-17421-12-0-0

Order references

Patch Fittings for Glass Doors

Fittings for overpanels – GB 41for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness

Page 292: Door Hardware

13

Patch Fittings for Glass Doors

Fittings for overpanels – GB 41/Kfor 10 or 12 mm glass thickness

Corner overpanel strike box GB 41/Kwith fin fitting DIN left hand

Applicable with : Corner lock GS 50S

Corner overpanel strike box GB 41/Kwith fin fitting DIN right hand

Applicable with : Corner lock GS 50S

Glass preparation details page 22

Glass preparation details page 22

Reinforcing glass panels for toughened glass assemblies and partition walls:

We recommend to use reinforcement glass panes for assemblies with overpanels exceeding the dimension of :

Empirical formula = W + H > 1400 mm

Recommended glass thickness = 12 mm

In order to ensure the safe and permanent operation of your glass assembly, we recommend that you consult your hardware/glass supplier already at the planning stage.

Reinforcing glass panels for toughened glass assemblies and partition walls:

We recommend to use reinforcement glass panes for assemblies with overpanels exceeding the dimension of :

Empirical formula = W + H > 1400 mm

Recommended glass thickness = 12 mm

In order to ensure the safe and permanent operation of your glass assembly, we recommend that you consult your hardware/glass supplier already at the planning stage.

Page 293: Door Hardware

14

Attention: Exterior view !

Description Finish PU Order no.

Corner overpanel strike boxGB 41/K, DIN lhincl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00108-00-L-8HV-00108-00-L-8IV-00108-00-L-3R

Corner overpanel strike box GB 41/K, DIN rhincl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00108-00-R-8HV-00108-00-R-8IV-00108-00-R-3R

Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness(GB 41, GB 41/K)

1 pc. K-17421-12-0-0

Order references

Patch Fittings for Glass Doors

Fittings for overpanels – GB 41/Kfor 10 or 12 mm glass thickness

Page 294: Door Hardware

15

Patch Fittings for Glass Doors

Fittings for overpanels – GB 51for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness

Double overpanel patch GB 51with fin fitting

with 15 mm pivot

Description Finish PU Order no.

Double overpanel patch GB 51incl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00109-00-0-8HV-00109-00-0-8IV-00109-00-0-3R

Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness(GB 51)

1 pc. K-17422-12-0-0

Order references

Glass preparation details page 23Applicable with: Top patch GB 20

Reinforcing glass panels for toughened glass assemblies and partition walls:

We recommend to use reinforcement glass panes for assemblies with overpanels exceeding the dimension of :

Empirical formula = W + H > 1400 mm

Recommended glass thickness = 12 mm

In order to ensure the safe and permanent operation of your glass assembly, we recommend that you consult your hardware/glass supplier already at the planning stage.

Page 295: Door Hardware

16

Patch Fittings for Glass Doors

Connectors for single and double-action swing doors – GB 60for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness

Connector for overpanels and sidelight GB 60

including PVC stop for single-action doors

Glass preparation details page 24

Description Finish PU Order no.

Connector for overpanels and sidelight GB 60incl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00110-00-0-8HV-00110-00-0-8IV-00110-00-0-3R

Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness (GB 60)

1 pc. K-17423-12-0-0

Order references

Page 296: Door Hardware

17

Patch Fittings for Glass Doors

Connectors – GB 70for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness

Overpanel connector GB 70

including PVC stop for single-action doors

Glass preparation details page 25

Description Finish PU Order no.

Overpanel connector GB 70incl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00113-00-0-8HV-00113-00-0-8IV-00113-00-0-3R

Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness(GB 70)

1 pc. K-17424-12-0-0

Order references

Page 297: Door Hardware

18

Patch Fittings for Glass Doors

Connectors – GB 71for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness

Overpanel connector GB 71 with fin fitting

with adjusting clearance

Glass preparation details page 25

Description Finish PU Order no.

Overpanel connector GB 71incl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00114-00-0-8HV-00114-00-0-8IV-00114-00-0-3R

Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness(GB 71)

1 pc. K-17425-12-0-0

Order references

Reinforcing glass panels for toughened glass assemblies and partition walls:

We recommend to use reinforcement glass panes for assemblies with overpanels exceeding the dimension of :

Empirical formula = W + H > 1400 mm

Recommended glass thickness = 12 mm

In order to ensure the safe and permanent operation of your glass assembly, we recommend that you consult your hardware/glass supplier already at the planning stage.

Page 298: Door Hardware

19

Patch Fittings for Glass Doors

Connectors – GB 80, GB 81for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness

Connector GB 80

for cross of four fixed panels

Glass preparation details page 26

Connector GB 81with fin fitting

for cross of four fixed panels plus reinforcing panel

Glass preparation details page 26

Reinforcing glass panels for toughened glass assemblies and partition walls:

We recommend to use reinforcement glass panes for assemblies with overpanels exceeding the dimension of :

Empirical formula = W + H > 1400 mm

Recommended glass thickness = 12 mm

In order to ensure the safe and permanent operation of your glass assembly, we recommend that you consult your hardware/glass supplier already at the planning stage.

Page 299: Door Hardware

20

Description Finish PU Order no.

Connector GB 80incl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00116-00-0-8HV-00116-00-0-8IV-00116-00-0-3R

Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness(GB 80)

1 pc. K-17426-12-0-0

Connector GB 81incl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00117-00-0-8HV-00117-00-0-8IV-00117-00-0-3R

Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness(GB 81)

1 pc. K-17427-12-0-0

Order references

Patch Fittings for Glass Doors

Connectors – GB 80, GB 81for 10 or 12 mm glass thickness

Page 300: Door Hardware

21

Glass Preparation Details

Bottom patch GB 10 / Top patch GB 20Overpanel patch GB 30 / Single overpanel strike box GB 30/K

Patch for overpanels and sidelight GB 40 / Corner overpanel strike box GB 40/K

Page 301: Door Hardware

22

Glass Preparation Details

Patch for overpanel and sidelights GB 41 DIN lh/rh Corner overpanel strike box GB 41/K DIN lh/rh

Page 302: Door Hardware

23

Glass Preparation Details

Double overpanel patch GB 51

Page 303: Door Hardware

24

Glass Preparation Details

Connector for overpanels and sidelight GB 60

Page 304: Door Hardware

25

Glass Preparation Details

Overpanel connector GB 70

Overpanel connector GB 71 with fin fitting

Page 305: Door Hardware

26

Glass Preparation Details

Connector GB 80

Connector with fin fitting GB 81

Page 306: Door Hardware

27

Locks and Strike Boxes

The G.U-BKS range of locks for all glass systems consists of centre locks, corner locks and strike boxes suited for 10 mm and 12 mm toughened safety glass.

The locks are prepared for Euro profile cylinders / half cylinders and come with security rosettes. They are usable on DIN lh / DIN rh doors.

The assembly is secure and easy.

Page 307: Door Hardware

28

Locks and Strike Boxes

Centre lock GS 50 S/CL and centre lock strike box GS 50/Kfor 10 or 12 mm glass thickness

Applicable with : Centre lock strike box GS 50/K and lock keeper 6135

Centre lock GS 50 S/CL

prepared for profile cylinder

Centre lock strike box GS 50/K

Applicable with : Centre lock GS 50 S/CL

Glass preparation details page 31

Glass preparation details page 31

Page 308: Door Hardware

29

Description Finish PU Order no.

Centre lock GS 50 S/CLincl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00125-00-0-8HV-00125-00-0-8IV-00125-00-0-3R

Centre lock strike box GS 50/Kincl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00126-00-0-8HV-00126-00-0-8IV-00126-00-0-3R

Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness(GS 50 S/CL, GS 50/K)

1 pc. K-17429-12-0-0

Order references

Locks and Strike Boxes

Centre lock GS 50 S/CL and centre lock strike box GS 50/Kfor 10 or 12 mm glass thickness

Page 309: Door Hardware

30

Locks and Strike Boxes

Corner lock GS 50Sfor 10 or 12 mm glass thickness

Corner lock GS 50S

prepared for profile cylinder

Applicable with : Overpanel strike boxes GB 30/K, GB 40/K, GB 41/K; lock keeper 6135, floor socket 6139 (see accessories)

Glass preparation details page 31

Description Finish PU Order no.

Corner lock GS 50Sincl. gasket for 10 mm glass

Stainless steel matt Stainless steel polished Brass colour

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

V-00124-00-0-8HV-00124-00-0-8IV-00124-00-0-3R

Gasket for 12 mm glass thickness(GS 50S)

1 pc. K-17428-12-0-0

Order references

Page 310: Door Hardware

31

Centre lock GS 50 S/CLCentre lock strike box GS 50/K

Glass Preparation Details

Corner lock GS 50S

Page 311: Door Hardware

32

Page 312: Door Hardware

33

Accessories for All Glass Systems

The well-assorted accessory programme allows to considerably extend the range of hardware applications.

The same high quality standards are applied as throughout the complete G.U-BKS fitting range.

Page 313: Door Hardware

34

Accessories for All Glass Systems

Floor bearing 6115

with tapered spindle

Applicable with : Bottom patch GB 10

Top pivot 6118/9with pin turnable upward to disappear

with 15 mm pivot, for mounting on timber and steel frames

Applicable with : Top patch GB 20

Description Finish PU Order no.

Floor bearing 6115 1 pc. V-00131-00-0-0

Top pivot 6118/9 1 pc. V-00132-00-0-0

Order references

Page 314: Door Hardware

35

Top pivot 6124with fixing plate

with 15 mm pivot, for mounting on timber, aluminium and steel frames

Applicable with : Top patch GB 20

Accessories for All Glass Systems

Top pivot 6129with brass plug

with 15 mm pivot, used as wall ancjor, pre-drill 12 mm

Applicable with : Top patch GB 20

Threaded pin 6130with brass plug

for wall mounting of overpanel patch GB 30 and strike box GB 30/K

Description Finish PU Order no.

Top pivot 6124 Stainless steelBrass

1 pc.1 pc.

V-00133-00-0-8HV-00133-00-0-3R

Top pivot 6129 1 pc. V-00134-00-0-0

Threaded pin 6130 1 pc. V-00135-00-0-0

Order references

Page 315: Door Hardware

36

Accessories for All Glass Systems

Floor socket 6139

Applicable with : Corner lock GS 50S

Description Finish PU Order no.

Lock keeper plate 6135 Stainless steel 1 pc. V-00136-00-0-8H

Floor socket 6139 stainless steel 1 pc. V-00140-00-0-8H

Order references

Lock keeper plate 6135with square aperture

Applicable with : Centre lock GS 50 S/CL

Page 316: Door Hardware

37

Adjustable eccentric floor socket B 9028

Applicable with : Corner lock GS 50S

Fixing plate 6140

for wall mounting of overpanel fittings GB 30 and GB 30/K

Description Finish PU Order no.

Eccentric fl oor socket B 9028 1 pc. B 9028 0000

Fixing plate 6140 AL-EV1 1 pc. V-00142-00-0-1

Order references

Accessories for All Glass Systems

Page 317: Door Hardware

38

Page 318: Door Hardware

39

Door Closers

Based on decades of experience in the development of door closers, the Gretsch-Unitas group of companies offers a comprehensive programme for a large variety of applications.

Regardless of whether it is an overhead door closer or a floor spring – mature technology and high product quality allow for long lasting and reliable functionality.

A multitude of variants makes it possible to meet the requirements of almost any location.

Fabricators and end users benefit from the high level of assembly and using convenience provided by G.U-BKS door closers.

The products are designed and worked to allow for simple and efficient installation.

Page 319: Door Hardware

40

EN 1154: 1996 + A1: 2002 4 8 3 1 1 46

06 0672-CPD-0094

Product features Quality tested and controlled to EN 1154.

Closing force continuously adjustable from size 3 to 6 (to EN 1154).

Continuous adjustment of valves for

– closing speed – latching force – backcheck

All valves are colour-coded and adjustable from the front.

Plastic valves with optimum thermal characteristics provide consistent operation also with changes in temperature.

Security valves protect against forced operation in both closing and opening direction.

Max. door opening and closing angle 180°.

Controlled closing from any opening angle.

All fixings concealed.

Easy assembly of slide rail through positive-locking insertion into mounting bar.

Available in numerous variants.

Cover in various colours.

Cover fixed with safety lock.

Optional : adjustable hold-open device for door opening angles of 70° up to 150° with variable hold-open force.

Application On single-action swing doors of timber, glass, PVC, aluminium and steel.

DIN lh and DIN rh usable.

On single and double leaf doors.

On interior and exterior fire and smoke protection door.

Standard mounting on hinge side / opposite to hinge side.

Transom mounting on hinge side / opposite to hinge side.

Overhead Door Closer OTS 730 with Slide Rail

Overhead door closer OTS 730 Finish PU Order no.

with slide rail silver colourdark bronzewhite (RAL 9016)

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

K-13429-00-0-1K-13429-00-0-5K-13429-00-0-7

with mechanic hold-open device MF-EA, (on-/off switchable)

silver colourdark bronzewhite (RAL 9016)

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

K-13484-00-0-1K-13484-00-0-5K-13484-00-0-7

Fixing plate for glass doors silver colourdark bronzewhite (RAL 9016)

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

K-13981-00-0-1K-13981-00-0-5K-13981-00-0-7

Order referencesSize 3 Door leaf width up to 950 mm

Size 4 Door leaf width up to 1100 mm

Size 5 Door leaf width up to 1250 mm

Size 6 Door leaf width up to 1400 mm

Closing forces (sizes) to EN 1154

Page 320: Door Hardware

41

EN 1154: 1996 + A1: 2002 4 8 1 0 1 44

06 2006-OTS-0002

Overhead Door Closer OTS 630 with Slide Rail

Overhead door closer OTS 630 Finish PU Order no.

with slide rail silver colourdark bronzewhite (RAL 9016)

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

K-14068-00-0-1K-14068-00-0-5K-14068-00-0-7

with mechanic hold-open device MF-EA, (on-/off switchable)

silver colourdark bronzewhite (RAL 9016)

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

K-14070-00-0-1K-14070-00-0-5K-14070-00-0-7

Fixing plate for glass doors silver colourdark bronzewhite (RAL 9016)

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

K-13773-00-0-1K-13773-00-0-5K-13773-00-0-7

Order references

Application On single-action swing doors of timber, glass, PVC, aluminium and steel.

DIN lh and DIN rh usable.

Standard mounting on hinge side / opposite to hinge side.[1]

Transom mounting on hinge side / opposite to hinge side.[1]

Size 1 Door leaf width up to 750 mm

Size 2 Door leaf width up to 850 mm

Size 3 Door leaf width up to 950 mm

Size 4 Door leaf width up to 1100 mm

Product features Closing force continuously adjustable from size 1 to 4 (to EN 1154).

Continuous adjustment of valves for

– closing speed – latching force

All valves are colour-coded and adjustable from the front.

Plastic valves with optimum thermal characteristics provide consistent operation also with changes in temperature.

Security valve protects against forced operation.

Max. door opening and closing angle 180°.

Controlled closing from any opening angle.

All fixings concealed.

Easy assembly of slide rail through positive-locking insertion into mounting bar.

Cover in various colours

Cover fixed with safety lock.

Optional : adjustable hold-open device for door opening angles of 70° up to 150° with variable hold-open force.

Closing forces (sizes) to EN 1154

[1] Advice: Use door stop at maximum opening angle.

Page 321: Door Hardware

42

EN 1154: 1996 + A1: 2002 4 8 2 1 1 46

06 0672-CPD-0092

Overhead Door Closer OTS 530 with Scissor Action Arm

Overhead door closer OTS 530 Finish PU Order no.

with standard arm silver colourdark bronzewhite (RAL 9016)

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

K-13346-00-0-1K-13346-00-0-5K-13346-00-0-7

with hold-open arm MF-EA,(on-/off switchable)

silver colourdark bronzewhite (RAL 9016)

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

K-13347-00-0-1K-13347-00-0-5K-13347-00-0-7

Fixing plate for glass doors silver colourdark bronzewhite (RAL 9016)

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

K-13773-00-0-1K-13773-00-0-5K-13773-00-0-7

Order references

Application On single-action swing doors of timber, glass, PVC, aluminium and steel.

DIN lh and DIN rh usable.

On interior and exterior fire and smoke protection doors.

Standard mounting on hinge side, transom mounting opposite to hinge side.

Size 2 Door leaf width up to 850 mm

Size 3 Door leaf width up to 950 mm

Size 4 Door leaf width up to 1100 mm

Size 5 Door leaf width up to 1250 mm

Size 6 Door leaf width up to 1400 mm

Product features Closing force continuously adjustable on the side from size 2 to 6 (to EN 1154).

Continuous adjustment of valves for

– closing speed– latching force– delayed closing action– backcheck

All valves are colour-coded and adjustable from the front.

Plastic valves with optimum thermal characteristics provide consistent operation also with changes in temperature.

Security valves protect against forced operation in both closing and opening direction.

Max. door opening and closing angle 180°.

Controlled closing from any opening angle.

Easy assembly of slide rail through positive-locking insertion into mounting bar.

Cover in various colours.

Cover fixed with safety lock.

Optional : adjustable hold-open device for door opening angles of 70° up to 150° with variable hold-open force.

Closing forces (sizes) to EN 1154

Page 322: Door Hardware

43

EN 1154: 1996 + A1: 2002 4 8 2 0 1 45

06 2006-OTS-0002

Overhead Door Closer OTS 440 with Scissor Action Arm

Overhead door closer OTS 440 Finish PU Order no.

with standard arm silver colourdark bronzewhite (RAL 9016)

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

K-16545-00-0-1K-16545-00-0-5K-16545-00-0-7

with hold-open arm silver colourdark bronzewhite (RAL 9016)

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

K-16546-00-0-1K-16546-00-0-5K-16546-00-0-7

Fixing plate for glass doors silver colourdark bronzewhite (RAL 9016)

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

K-16553-00-0-1K-16553-00-0-5K-16553-00-0-7

Slide rail with slide arm silver colourdark bronzewhite (RAL 9016)

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

K-16652-00-0-1K-16652-00-0-5K-16652-00-0-7

Order references

Application On single-action swing doors of timber, glass, PVC, aluminium and steel.

DIN lh and DIN rh usable.

Standard mounting on hinge side, transom mounting opposite to hinge side.

Also usable with slide arm for sizes 2 and 3 (to EN 1154).

Size 2 Door leaf width up to 850 mm

Size 3 Door leaf width up to 950 mm

Size 4 Door leaf width up to 1100 mm

Size 5 Door leaf width up to 1250 mm

Product features Closing force continuously adjustable from size 2 to 5 (to EN

1154). Adjustment from the side, no displacement of closer body.

Continuous valve adjustment from the front for

– closing speed– latching force

Plastic valves with optimum thermal characteristics provide consistent operation also with changes in temperature.

Security valve protects against forced operation.

Max. door opening and closing angle 180°.

Controlled closing from any opening angle

Aluminium case in modern design.

Optional : adjustable hold-open device for door opening angles of 70° up to 150° with variable hold-open force.

Closing forces (sizes) to EN 1154

Page 323: Door Hardware

44

EN 1154: 1996 + A1: 2002 4 8 2 0 1 44

06 2006-OTS-0002

Overhead Door Closer OTS 210 with Scissor Action Arm

Overhead door closer OTS 210 Finish PU Order no.

with standard arm silver colourdark bronzewhite (RAL 9016)

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

K-15710-00-0-1K-15710-00-0-5K-15710-00-0-7

with hold-open arm silver colourdark bronzewhite (RAL 9016)

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

K-15711-00-0-1K-15711-00-0-5K-15711-00-0-7

Fixing plate for glass doors silver colourdark bronzewhite (RAL 9016)

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

K-16552-00-0-1K-16552-00-0-5K-16552-00-0-7

Slide rail with slide arm silver colourdark bronzewhite (RAL 9016)

1 pc.1 pc.1 pc.

K-16652-00-0-1K-16652-00-0-5K-16652-00-0-7

Order references

Application On single-action swing doors of timber, glass, PVC, aluminium and steel.

DIN lh and DIN rh usable.

Standard mounting on hinge side, transom mounting opposite to hinge side.

Also usable with slide arm for closing force sizes 2 and 3 (to EN 1154).

Size 2 Door leaf width up to 850 mm

Size 3 Door leaf width up to 950 mm

Size 4 Door leaf width up to 1100 mm

Product features Closing force continuously adjustable from size 2 to 4 (to EN 1154). Adjustment by moving the closer body and turningthe arm bearing upside down.

Continuous valve adjustment from the front for

– closing speed– latching force

Plastic valves with optimum thermal characteristics provide consistent operation also with changes in temperature.

Security valve protects against forced operation.

Max. door opening and closing angle 180°.

Controlled closing from any opening angle

Aluminium case in modern design.

Optional : adjustable hold-open device for door opening angles of 70° up to 150° with variable hold-open force.

Closing forces (sizes) to EN 1154

Page 324: Door Hardware

45

EN 1154: 1996 + A1: 2002 4 8 4 0 1 43

GU 2006-UTS-0003

Floor Spring UTS 840

Floor spring UTS 840 Finish PU Order no.

Size 3Size 4

1 pc.1 pc.

K-17442-25-0-0K-17442-33-0-0

Cover plate Stainless steel mattBrass colour

1 pc.1 pc.

V-00704-00-0-8HV-00704-00-0-3R

Order references

Application For interior and exterior double-action swing doors of timber, glass, PVC, aluminium and steel.

DIN lh and DIN rh usable.

Maximum weight of door leaf 120 kg.

Size 3 Door leaf width up to 1000 mm

Size 4 Door leaf width up to 1250 mm

Product features Available sizes 3 and 4 to EN 1154.

Continuous adjustment of valves for

– closing speed– latching force

Longitudinal, lateral and vertical floor spring position adjustable within the cement case.

Plastic valves with optimum thermal characteristics provide consistent operation also with changes in temperature.

Max. door opening and closing angle 130°.

Hold-open at 90°.

Mechanic backcheck from a door opening angle of approx. 80°.

Height of case – only 40 mm.

Closing forces (sizes) to EN 1154

Page 325: Door Hardware

46

EN 1154: 1996 + A1: 2002 4 8 1 0 1 44

06 2006-UTS-0003

Floor Spring UTS 42

Floor spring UTS 42 PU Order no.

without hold-open

mechanic hold-open at 90°/85° [1]

mechanic hold-open at bei 95°/90° [1]

1 pc.

1 pc.

1 pc.

K-15342-00-0-0

K-15343-00-0-0

K-15344-00-0-0

Cover plate

stainless steel 1 pc. K-15385-00-0-8

Pottant 1 pc. K-13048-00-0-0

Order references

Application For single-action and double-action swing doors of timber, glass, PVC, aluminium and steel.

DIN lh and DIN rh usable.

Maximum weight of door leaf 120 kg.

Size 1 Door leaf width up to 750 mm

Size 2 Door leaf width up to 850 mm

Size 3 Door leaf width up to 950 mm

Size 4 Door leaf width up to 1100 mm

Product features Closing force continuously adjustable from size 1 to 4 (to EN 1154).

Continuous adjustment of valves for

– closing speed– latching force

Longitudinal, lateral and vertical floor spring position adjustable within the cement case.

Plastic valves with optimum thermal characteristics provide consistent operation also with changes in temperature.

Security valve protects against forced operation.

Max. door opening and closing angle 175°.

Hold-open at 90° / 95°.[1]

Mechanic backcheck from a door opening angle of approx. 80°.

Removable divided axle.

Height of case – only 40 mm.

Closing forces (sizes) to EN 1154

[1] double-action / single-action swing doors

Page 326: Door Hardware

47

Sliding Wall Systems

Sliding Wall Systems

All glass system shopMaster GSW-M

All glass system shopMaster GSW-A

Page 327: Door Hardware

48

All Glass Systems

shopMaster GSW-M

The all glass system shopMaster GSW-M is used in:

banks, halls and hotels

shop in shop areas in shop-ping centres and exclusive office buildings

training and conference rooms

The glass sliding partition system shopMaster GSW-M offers the possibility of individual solutions for the realisation of partitions and shop front designs for shop in shop concepts.

Planners are set no boundaries – there is a solution for almost any floor plan.

According to requirements, glass sliding partitions are available in linear, curved or segmented design.

The units can be arranged in a variety of ways, a floor guide is not needed. The compact design only requires limited space for the running track and parking niche.

Side passage may be provided e.g. by means of side hung sliding swing panels equipped with door closers.

Due to the small height of the running track, installation flush with the ceiling is possible almost everywhere.

Based on latest production engineering, the runners are supported in high-quality ball bearings, thus allowing for reliable operation and smooth opening/closing of the panels.

Secure locking is provided by high quality locks and fittings. Special fittings prevent the clamp profiles from falling in the event of glass breakage.

Page 328: Door Hardware

49

Maximum panel height 3500 mm

Maximum panel width 1250 mm

Maximum panel weight 150 kg

Available glass thicknesses 10/12 mm

Running track type linear / angled / in segmentscurved from a radius of 3000 mm

Surfaces silver colour E6/EV1 anodisedRAL (powder coating)stainless steel look

shopMaster GSW-M

Technical data

Special solutions on request

carriage

end cap

end cap

facefi xed locking bolt (optional, depending on type of panel)

extension profi le(optional)

running track,2-part

basic profi le

clamping profi le

toughened glass10 / 12 mm

toughened glass10 / 12 mm

closing profi le

Page 329: Door Hardware

50

All Glass Systems

shopMaster GSW-A

The all glass system shopMaster GSW-A is used in:

banks, halls and hotels

shop in shop areas in shop-ping centres and exclusive office buildings

training and conference rooms

The glass sliding partition system shopMaster GSW-A offers the possibility of individual solutions for the realisation of partitions and shop front designs for shop in shop concepts.

Various parking niche options provide the planner with many possibilities. The compact construction requires only minimum space for running track and parking niches.

In state-of-the-art technology, the modules are equipped with PVC coated rollers supported in ball bearings. Thus, reliable ope-ration as well as smooth running of the panels are achieved.

The innovative modular con-struction allows the control and movement of panels of variable design and size. Sliding units may be connected to the modules individually – depending on the requirements.

The perfect mobility of the automatic all glass sliding partition shopMaster GSW-A is achieved with the combination of automated control via motor and perfect functioning of the mechanics.

The floor guide provides additional stability and utmost convenience for the user. For safety reasons, it is possible to move the automatic all glass sliding partition manually in case of power failure.

Due to the small height of the running track of 86,5 mm, installation flush with the ceiling is possible almost everywhere.

Page 330: Door Hardware

51

shopMaster GSW-A

Type of units

Sliding panel

with drive and current collecting module, each positioned above the top rail profile. Bottom guidance by means of rolling pin in floor track.

Side hung end panel

with automatic closing and opening when the all glass sliding partition is locked or released.

Operating functions decelerated movement to end

positions

manual operation of driven panel possible in case of power failure

running function can be activated from any position without test run

obstacle recognition (stop when obstacle is touched)

maximum opening force 150 N

manufactured in accordance with BGR 232 (ZH 1/494) and VDE regulations

easy drive maintenance without having to dismantle the ceiling

floor guide 20 x 20 mm

automatic locking

emergency release via profilecylinder

available with fully automaticpanel cover

Control unit Multifunction button switch

»OPEN – CLOSE« (automatic)

passage opening »OPEN – CLOSE« (1 panel controllable separately)

Technical dataMaximum panel height 3500 mm* Nominal voltage 230 V/AC, 50 Hz

Maximum panel width 1250 mm* Nominal power 230 W

Maximum panel weight 160 kg Operating current 24 V/DC

Maximum number of panels 32 Ambient temperature -15 °C up to +50 °C

Available glass thicknesses 10/12 mm Protection class IP 20

Speed adjustable within 50 – 150 mm/s

Running track type linear / angled / curved from a radius of 3000 mm*

Surfaces silver colour E6/EV1 anodisedRAL (powder coating)

stainless steel matt fi nish**

*Special dimensions on request **Module covers anodised, simulated stainless steel finish

Page 331: Door Hardware

52

Page 332: Door Hardware

53

Swing Door Drives

Swing Door Drives

Swing door drive turnMaster

Underfloor drive swingMaster DTU

Page 333: Door Hardware

54

Swing Door Drives

turnMaster

The microprocessor controlled electromechanic swing door drive turnMaster easily adapts to the individual requirements of the particular location.

Its design and stable workman-ship allow for reliable functio-ning and outstanding running smoothness.

The installation of the drive is simple and time-saving. Retrofitting and modernising existing door systems is easy and efficient.

Even large and heavy doors can be controlled and moved effortlessly by the user. This provides convenient and safe passage also for elderly or handicapped persons.

With hands free activation, the drive system is ideally suited to areas with increased hygienic demands, e.g. in hospitals.

The swing door drive turnMaster is available in pull open and push open version.

G.U-BKS swing door drives are used in:

projects where barrier-free passage is demanded

facilities for the disabled

residences for the elderly

areas of increased hygienic demands (clinics)

pharmacies

surgeries

food enterprises

hotels and restaurants

Page 334: Door Hardware

55

135

Sensor Sensor

104

turnMaster TM

Product features low-noise operation

suitable for exterior and interior doors

easy assembly, start-upand maintenance

integrated function selection switch with LED indication

mechanic release from hold-open position

adjustable wind pressure function

dynamic adjustment of hold open time

connection of motor driven lock, electric door opener and safety sensors possible

slot for radio receiver card

same design as with the G.U-BKS door closer range

Technical data

Functioning modes automatic operation

servo operation

low-energy operation

Type of drive turnMaster TM

Execution push or pull open

Opening electro-mechanic

Closing by spring force

Closing force[1] size 3 – 6 push open, size 3 – 5 pull open

With power failure door closer function

Opening angle 130° push open, 98° pull open

Opening speed adjustable

Hold open time adjustable

Mains voltage 230 V/AC, 50 Hz

Power consumption 200 VA

Maximum weight of door leaf 250 kg

Door leaf widths 700 – 1400 mm push open, 700 – 1250 mm pull open

Ambient temperature for dry rooms only; -15 °C up to +50 °C

Protection class IP 20

Dimensions 700 x 104 x 135 mm

Power supply for peripheral accessories

24 V/DC, 1 A

Programme selection switch integrated; with LED indication (altern.: external);operating modes: off, automatic, closing time, permanent open

Options push open arm soffi t depths up to 250 mmaxle extension

[1] Sizes to EN 1154

The accordance to DIN 18650 was certifi ed by TÜV.(TÜV = German Technical Supervisory Association)

Page 335: Door Hardware

56

Underfloor Drive for Swing Doors

swingMaster DTU

G.U-BKS underfloor drives for swing doors are used in:

historical buildings

shopping centres

hospitals

hotels

modern and transparent entrance areas

Transparency and concealed mechanics combined with functionality and high quality performance: The innovative underfloor drive swingMaster DTU offers architects and planners a unique possibility of automating swing door systems.

On the basis of a well proven technology, all demands on a reliable, modern swing door drive are realised.

In modern shop construction it captivates by providing unobtrusive automation.

With this drive system the automation of all glass entrance systems or doors in historical or listed buildings is efficient and provides comfortable access to all users.

The use of an optional battery allows for a desmoking fuction.

Page 336: Door Hardware

57

swingMaster DTU

Technical data

Accessories stainless steel cover plate, 240 grid

connection to building management technology

Options safety sensors in opening and closing direction

Type of drive swingMaster DTU

Type 1 door leaf DTU-1 2 door leaves DTU-2 [1]

Opening angle 110°

Mains voltage 230 V/AC, 50 Hz

Dimensions

Cement box 340 x 430 x 156 mm

Floor recess 350 x 470 x 156 mm [2]

Weight of door leaf 200 kg/max. door width 1100 mm180 kg/max. door width 1200 mm150 kg/max. door width 1400 mm

Operation modes Off / Automatic / Exit / Permanent open

With power failure optional battery for one-time opening

Hold open time adjustable

Opening speed adjustable

Special solutions on request. [1] Available on request. [2] plus additional space for wiring

outside outside

inside

DIN lh opening towards the inside DIN rh opening towards the inside

inside

Dimensions

Installation examples

cement box out of galvanised steel

Page 337: Door Hardware

58

Page 338: Door Hardware

59

Automatic Sliding Door Systems

Automatic Sliding Door Systems

Sliding door compactMaster

Sliding door econoMaster

Telescopic sliding door compactMaster

Page 339: Door Hardware

60

Sliding Doors

compactMaster

G.U-BKS sliding doors are used in:

airports

shopping centres

banks

public buildings

hospitals

homes for the elderly

homes for the disabled

safety zones

any smart entrance solution

G.U-BKS sliding door systems offer functionality, cost-effecti-veness and security wherever they are applied.

With G.U-BKS sliding doors your entrance is user-friendly and energy saving. The operation of the door is clear and simple.

The compactMaster meets all requirements on comfortable operation and design.

With a vertical dimension of 100 mm, the drive unit easily fits into the architecture of the building.

Its compact and slim design beautifully harmonizes with sophisticated modern glass façades.

G.U-BKS sliding doors are tested and suitable for the use with escape and rescue routes.

Development and manufacture are carried out in accordance with the prevailing technical regulations and standards.

Our high quality is guaranteed with the certification of our products by acknowledged testing institutes as well as with our own quality control procedures.

Page 340: Door Hardware

61

compactMaster CM and CM-F

Due to intelligent control en-gineering, the drive systemcompactMaster offers maxi-mum safety.

The modular construction of the drive provides quick assembly and easy maintenance.

The potential connection of the automatic door to building management systems via an optional interface is standard.

The compactMaster drive system is tested and suitable for the use with escape and rescue routes (type CM-F).

The accordance to DIN 18650 was certified by TÜV. (TÜV = German Technical Supervisory Association)

Technical data

Type of drive compactMaster CM and CM-F

1 door leaf 2 door leaves

Maximum clearance width 1250 mm 2500 mm

Minimum clearance width[1] 800 mm 1000 mm

Maximum clearance height 2500 mm 2500 mm

Maximum weight of door leaf 100 kg/leaf

Mains voltage 230 V/AC, 50 Hz

Power consumption 160 VA

Hold open time 0 – 255 s

Hold open time key impulse 0 – 255 s

Opening speed max. 0,7 m/s

Closing speed max. 0,7 m/s

Winter opening width adjustable within 50 – 100 % of the clearance width

Ambient temperature for dry rooms only; -15 °C up to +50 °C

Protection class IP 20

Special solutions on request [1] Standard widths with regard to total dimension of drive system and local situation

Page 341: Door Hardware

62

Sliding Doors

econoMaster

G.U-BKS sliding doors are used in:

airports

shopping centres

banks

public buildings

hospitals

homes for the elderly

homes for the disabled

safety zones

any smart entrance solution

G.U-BKS sliding door systems offer functionality, cost-effecti-veness and security wherever they are applied.

With G.U-BKS sliding doors your entrance is user-friendly and energy saving. The operation of the door is clear and simple.

The drive system econoMaster represents a new generation of cost-efficient sliding door drives.

High performance combined with technically mature mecha-nics – experience the difference to other “low cost” drives!

The use of large rollers gua-rantees smooth running and longevity.

Even large doors with weights up to 80 kg per door leaf openquietly and fast.

The small height of the drive (130 mm) together with a slim frame profile provide both a stylish appearance and functionality to any entrance.

The G.U-BKS drive system econoMaster – your solution for the cost-efficient automa-tion of fine entrances.

Page 342: Door Hardware

63

econoMaster EM

Due to its slim design, the drive system econoMaster easily fits into the architecture of any building.

The operational parameters specified above can be set accurately in a quick and easy way.

Due to its running smoothness and speed as well as its simple assembly, the econoMaster is an interesting product for both manufacturer and user.

Technical data

Type of drive econoMaster EM

1 door leaf 2 door leaves

Maximum clearance width 1250 mm 2500 mm

Minimum clearance width[1] 800 mm 1000 mm

Maximum clearance height 2500 mm 2500 mm

Maximum weight of door leaf 80 kg/leaf

Mains voltage 230 V/AC, 50 Hz

Power consumption 50 VA

Hold open time 0 – 60 s

Speed max. 0,7 m/s

Winter opening width 80 % of the clearance width

Ambient temperature for dry rooms only; -15 °C up to +50 °C

Protection class IP 20

[1] Standard widths with regard to total dimension of drive system and local situation

The accordance to DIN 18650 was certified by TÜV. (TÜV = German Technical Supervisory Association)

Page 343: Door Hardware

64

Telescopic Sliding Doors

compactMaster

G.U-BKS telescopic sliding doors are used in:

airports

shopping centres

banks

public buildings

hospitals

homes for the elderly

homes for the disabled

safety zones

any smart entrance solution

G.U-BKS sliding door systems offer functionality, cost-effecti-veness and security wherever they are applied.

With G.U-BKS sliding doors your entrance is user-friendly and energy saving. The operation of the door is clear and simple.

G.U-BKS telescopic sliding doors are ideally suited when it comes to provide a wide passage area for maximum passenger flow where space is limited.

With slim door panel profiles, the telescopic sliding door system offers a very stylish and attractive appearance to the entrance area.

With a vertical dimension of 110 mm, the drive unit easily fits into the architecture of the building.

The option between 2-leaf and 4-leaf variants provides versatile creative solutions to meet individual requirements.

G.U-BKS telescopic sliding doors are tested and suitable for the use with escape and rescue routes.

Page 344: Door Hardware

65

compactMaster CMT and CMT-F

G.U-BKS telescopic sliding doors are available with 2 or 4 leaves.

Telescopic sliding doors are especially suitable to provide large passage areas even in restricted structural openings.

G.U-BKS telescopic sliding doors are tested and suitable for the use with escape and rescue routes (type CMT-F).

Types

Technical data

4 leaves, with fixed side lights 4 leaves, with fixed side lights and fanlights

4 leaves, only door leaves Telescopic 2- or 4-leaf doors provide large passage widths.

Type of drive compactMaster CMT For emergency routes: compactMaster CMT-F

2 door leaves 4 door leaves 2 door leaves 4 door leaves

Maximum clearance width 2500 mm 3500 mm 2200 mm 3000 mm

Minimum clearance width[1] 900 mm 1800 mm 900 mm 1800 mm

Maximum clearance height 2500 mm 2500 mm

Maximum fanlight height 800 mm 800 mm

Maximum weight of door leaf 140 kg/pair of leaves

Mains voltage 230 V/AC, 50 Hz

Power consumption 160 VA

Hold open time 0 – 255 s

Hold open time key impulse 0 – 255 s

Opening speed max. 0,7 m/s

Closing speed max. 0,7 m/s

Winter opening width adjustable within 50 – 100 % of the clearance width

Ambient temperature for dry rooms only; -15 °C up to +50 °C

Protection class IP 20

Special solutions on request [1] Standard widths with regard to total dimension of drive system and local situation

The accordance to DIN 18650 was certified by TÜV. (TÜV = German Technical Supervisory Association)

Page 345: Door Hardware

66

Page 346: Door Hardware

67

Curved Sliding Doors / Revolving Doors

Curved Sliding Doors / Revolving Doors

Curved sliding door compactMaster

Standard revolving door GRA

All glass revolving door GGG

Large-capacity revolving door GGR/GGV

Security revolving door / Security curved sliding door GSI

Page 347: Door Hardware

68

Curved Sliding Doors

compactMaster

G.U-BKS curved sliding doorsare used in:

hotels

administration buildings

banks

entrances with sophisticated architecture

G.U-BKS sliding door systems offer functionality, cost-effecti-veness and security wherever they are applied.

With G.U-BKS sliding doors your entrance is user-friendly and energy saving. The operation of the door is clear and simple.

The curved sliding door system with slim profile door leaves provides freedom in aesthetic design – it will be the eye catcher of your stylish entrance area.

With a vertical dimension of 115 mm, the drive unit easily fits into the architecture of the building.

G.U-BKS curved sliding doors are tested and suitable for the use with escape and rescue routes.

Sophisticated design and innovative technology:

With G.U-BKS curved sliding doors you make a statement!

Page 348: Door Hardware

69

compactMaster CMR and CMR-F

G.U-BKS curved sliding doors offer versatile creative possibilities.

Options EMCO mat, coir matting

halogen spot lights to be installed in the aluminium ceiling

Variants semicircle

divided circle

complete circle 360°

radii from 1000 – 3000 mm

integration in building management and access control systems.

Technical data

Type of drive compactMaster CMR and CMR-F

1 door leaf 2 door leaves

Maximum clearance width 1250 mm 2500 mm

Minimum clearance width[1] 800 mm 1000 mm

Maximum clearance height 2500 mm 2500 mm

Maximum weight of door leaf 100 kg/leaf

Mains voltage 230 V/AC, 50 Hz

Power consumption 160 VA

Hold open time 0 – 255 s

Hold open time key impulse 0 – 255 s

Opening speed max. 0,7 m/s

Closing speed max. 0,7 m/s

Winter opening width adjustable within 50 – 100 % of the clearance width

Ambient temperature for dry rooms only; -15 °C up to +50 °C

Protection class IP 20

Special solutions on request [1] Standard widths with regard to total dimension of drive system and local situation

G.U-BKS curved sliding doors are tested and suitable for the use with escape and rescue routes (type CMR-F).

The accordance to DIN 18650 was certifi ed by TÜV.(TÜV = German Technical Supervisory Association)

Page 349: Door Hardware

70

Revolving Doors

Standard

Standard revolving doors series GRA are used in:

hotels and restaurants

office and administration buildings

service stations

banks

The standard revolving door series GRA is characterised by a framed turn stile and by drum walls consisting of an aluminium-glass-construction with slim profiles or thermally insulated smooth panels.

Due to their variable construc-tion and to many options, G.U-BKS revolving doors meet individual demands in dimen-sions and design offering high quality solutions for many buil-ding and renovation projects.

Comfortable, unobstructed and safe passage is as important as a reduction of energy costs and the possible uses revolving doors offer to the operator. Dirt, exhaust and traffic noise are kept outside.

In addition to an impressive and individual design, functionality, thermal insulation and noise protection are the features of building entrances realised with G.U-BKS revolving door systems.

Page 350: Door Hardware

71

Drum walls curved 9 mm clear laminated glass

curved, smooth-surfaced panel (with 30 mm thermal insulation)

Surfaces RAL finish

silver anodised

colour anodised

stainless steel 240 grid satin polished

bright polished stainless steel

Standard Revolving Door GRA

Turnstile 3 or 4 rigid leaves with10 mm clear toughened glass

folding mechanism for summer position possible(height of canopy 350 mm)

Night locking espagnolette locks in thedoor leaves

electromechanical lockingunit for the turnstile

manual or automatic night sliding doors running outside

Drive manual

manual with automaticpositioning

semi-automatic (push-and-go)

fully automatic

In the case of an automatic drive, the canopy fascia profile must have a height of 175 mm at the minimum.

Options halogen spot lights to be installed in the aluminium ceiling

stainless steel floor ring (V2A)

vertical or horizontal handles of stainless steel

EMCO mat, coir matting

roof outside the building waterproof

Further options on request.

D* A* B* C / 3 door leaves C / 4 door leaves E

1800 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 830 ~ 1220 1860

1900 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 875 ~ 1290 1960

2000 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 920 ~ 1350 2060

2100 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 965 ~ 1420 2160

2200 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 1010 ~ 1490 2260

2300 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 1060 ~ 1560 2360

2400 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 1105 ~ 1620 2460

2500 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 1150 ~ 1690 2560

2600 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 1195 ~ 1760 2660

2700 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 1240 ~ 1820 2760

2800 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 1285 ~ 1890 2860

2900 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 1330 ~ 1960 2960

3000 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 1375 ~ 2030 3060

3100 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 1420 ~ 2090 3160

3200 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 1465 ~ 2160 3260

3300 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 1510 ~ 2230 3360

3400 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 1555 ~ 2290 3460

3500 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 1600 ~ 2360 3560

3600 2100 – 3000 175 – 800 ~ 1645 ~ 2430 3660

*Special dimensions on request

Page 351: Door Hardware

72

Revolving Doors

All glass

All glass revolving doors series GGG are used in:

hotels

office and administration buildings

banks

The all glass revolving door series GGG is the highlight of a perfect integration of an entrance system in a glass façade.

Glass roof and optional floor drive provide unique creative possibilities for architects aiming at maximum transparancy.

Depending on the positioning of the door leaves, revolving doors offer efficient protection against draughts.

Page 352: Door Hardware

73

All Glass Revolving Door GGG

Turnstile 3 or 4 rigid door leaves of12 mm clear toughened glass with slim frames

Drum walls curved 9 mm clear glass with 40 mm skirting profile

Night locking patch locks on door leaves

manual night sliding doors running outside

Surfaces RAL finish

silver anodised

colour anodised

stainless steel 240 grid satin polished

bright polished stainless steel

Drive manual

manual with automatic positioning

semi-automatic (push-and-go)

fully automatic

Automatic drives are installed underfloor.

Options vertical or horizontal handles of stainless steel

EMCO mat, coir matting

stainless steel floor ring (V2A)

Further options on request.

D* A* B** C / 3 door leaves C / 4 door leaves E

1800 2100 – 3000 16 ~ 830 ~ 1220 1860

1900 2100 – 3000 16 ~ 875 ~ 1290 1960

2000 2100 – 3000 16 ~ 920 ~ 1350 2060

2100 2100 – 3000 16 ~ 965 ~ 1420 2160

2200 2100 – 3000 16 ~ 1010 ~ 1490 2260

2300 2100 – 3000 16 ~ 1060 ~ 1560 2360

2400 2100 – 3000 16 ~ 1105 ~ 1620 2460

2500 2100 – 3000 16 ~ 1150 ~ 1690 2560

2600 2100 – 3000 18 ~ 1195 ~ 1760 2660

2700 2100 – 3000 18 ~ 1240 ~ 1820 2760

2800 2100 – 3000 18 ~ 1285 ~ 1890 2860

2900 2100 – 3000 18 ~ 1330 ~ 1960 2960

3000 2100 – 2600 18 ~ 1375 ~ 2030 3060

*Special dimensions on request **or thicker, depending on static requirements

Page 353: Door Hardware

74

Revolving Doors

Large-capacity

Large-capacity revolving doors series GGR/GGV are used in:

shopping centres

airports

furniture stores

hospitals

health and rehabilitation clinics

hotels

The large-capacity revolving door series GGR/GGV is the elegant and energy-saving solution when it comes to managing large quantities of people.

This door combines elegant design and high functionality in an ideal way. The passage with shopping trolleys, baby carriages or wheelchairs is possible without any problem.

Whether with or without central display case, night locking or illumination – this revolving door offers a large variety of design options.

The GGR/GGV series is tested and licensed for use with escape and rescue routes.

As a matter of course, maximum safety is guaranteed by fixed sensors and sensors moving with the turnstile.

Page 354: Door Hardware

75

Large-capacity Revolving Door GGR/GGV

Turnstile 3 or 4 pivoted door leaves with 6 mm clear toughened glass

Night locking espagnolette locks in the door leaves

electromechanical locking unit for the turnstile

manual or automatic night sliding doors running outside

Surfaces RAL finish

silver anodised

colour anodised

stainless steel 240 grid satin polished

bright polished stainless steel

Drum walls curved 9 mm clear laminated glass

curved, smooth-surfaced panel (with 30 mm thermal insulation)

Drive fully automatic via radar including safeguard for primary and secondary closing edges, sensors and contact strips for heel protection, storm lock

Options halogen spot lights to be installed in the aluminium ceiling

stainless steel floor ring (V2A)

push button for disabled persons

EMCO mat, coir matting

roof outside the building waterproof

Further options on request.

D* A* B* C / 3 door leaves C / 4 door leaves E

3600 2100 – 2500 500 – 800 ~ 1690 ~ 2455 3720

4200 2100 – 2500 500 – 800 ~ 1972 ~ 2864 4320

4800 2100 – 2500 500 – 800 ~ 2253 ~ 3274 4920

5400 2100 – 2500 500 – 800 ~ 2535 ~ 3683 5520

6000 2100 – 2500 500 – 800 ~ 2817 ~ 4092 6120

6200 2100 – 2500 500 – 800 ~ 2911 ~ 4228 6320

*Special dimensions on request

Page 355: Door Hardware

76

Security Doors / Access Control Doors

Security revolving door / Security curved sliding door

Security revolving doors and security curved sliding doors are used in:

banks

insurance companies

computer centres

research centres

authorities

ministries

industrial buildings

office and administration buildings

Security revolving doors and security curved sliding doors are a safe and comfortable solution for all applications where a high degree of security is required, e.g. in computer centres, banks, ministries.

The admission of individual persons is controlled via electronic control systems providing smooth passage in both directions.

With a very high proportion of glass, the design of the door offers to the user generous space and comfortable passage.

High security of persons admitted is achieved by the use of suitable profile systems which come in a large variety and allow for creative design and adaptation to the architecture of the building.

Security revolving door

Security curvedsliding door

Page 356: Door Hardware

77

Security Revolving Door / Security Curved Sliding Door GSI

Dimensions: Security revolving door GSI

Dimensions: Security curved sliding door GSI

Turnstile 3 or 4 rigid door leaves with 10 mm clear toughened glass (revolving door)

2 curved running leaves with 9 mm clear laminated glass (curved sliding door)

Drum walls curved 9 mm clear laminated glass

curved, smooth-surfaced panel (with 30 mm thermal insulation)

Night locking espagnolette locks in the door leaves

manual or automatic night sliding doors running outside

hook bolt lock in the sliding leaf

Drive fully automatic with control via access control systems such as card readers (provided by the customer)

Surfaces RAL finish

silver anodised

colour anodised

stainless steel 240 grid satin polished

bright polished stainless steel

Options halogen spot lights to be installed in the aluminium ceiling

vertical or horizontal handles of stainless steel

roof outside the building waterproof

further security glazing such as B1

Further options on request.

D* A* B* C / 3 door leaves C / 4 door leaves E

1800 2100 – 3000 350 – 800 ~ 859 ~ 1239 1860

1900 2100 – 3000 350 – 800 ~ 907 ~ 1308 1960

2000 2100 – 3000 350 – 800 ~ 954 ~ 1377 2060

2100 2100 – 3000 350 – 800 ~ 1002 ~ 1446 2160

2200 2100 – 3000 350 – 800 ~ 1050 ~ 1514 2260

*Special dimensions on request

D* A* B* C E

1000 2100 – 3000 350 – 800 ~ 500 1060

1300 2100 – 3000 350 – 800 ~ 600 1360

1500 2100 – 3000 350 – 800 ~ 700 1560

*Special dimensions on request

Page 357: Door Hardware

78

Exclusion of Liability

The glass fittings are constantly being developed by the Gretsch-Unitas group of companies for reasons of

technical progress

product range modification

changed legislation

When using G.U-BKS fittings for toughened glass assemblies, the directives, regulations and legal provisions valid in the particular country are to be observed.

Although this catalogue was compiled with utmost care, we kindly ask you to understand that we cannot assume liability for effects arising from possible errors in product descriptions and illustrations. Thank you.

Page 358: Door Hardware

Fittings for toughened glass assemblies

Order Catalogue

WP00452-04-3-1 08/2007 Printed in Germany

Fitt

ing

s fo

r to

ug

hen

ed g

lass

ass

emb

lies

Ed

itio

n 0

8.2

00

7

Gretsch-Unitas GmbHBaubeschlägeJohann-Maus-Str. 3D-71254 DitzingenTel. + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-0Fax + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-2 93www.g-u.com

Edition 08.2007

Patch fi ttings for glass doors

Locks and strike boxes Accessories for all glass systems

Sliding wall systems Swing door drives Automatic sliding door systems

Curved sliding doors / Revolving doors

Door closers